Control Products. NEMA & General Purpose Controls

Transcription

1 Control Products NEMA & General Purpose Controls Contents Pages Contents Pages Product Overview.... 9/3 Manual Control Fractional HP Starters, Class SMF... 9/4-9/5 Switches, Class MMS and MRS.... 9/6-9/7 Starters and Switches, Class - 3RV... 9/8-9/9 NEMA Control ing System...9/0 Non-Combination Starters Features and Benefits.... 9/ - 9/2 Non-Reversing Starters, Class /3-9/5 Combination Starters Features and Benefits... 9/6 Combination Starters, Class 7 and /7-9/25 Reversing Starters, Class /26-9/27 Combination Reversing Starters, Class 25 and /28-9/29 Two Speed Starters Features and Benefits.... 9/30 Two Speed Starters, Class /3-9/34 Combination Two Speed Starters, Class /35-9/42 Reduced Voltage Control Reduced Voltage Features and Benefits.... 9/43 Auto Transformer Starters, Class 36 and /44-9/47 Part Winding Starters, Class 36 and /48-9/5 Wye Delta Open Transition, Class 36 and /52-9/55 Wye Delta Closed Transition, Class 36 and /56-9/59 Heavy Duty Contactors Non-Reversing Contactors, Class /60-9/6 Vacuum Contactors,.... 9/60 Reversing Contactors, Class /62 Overload Relays, Class 48, 958 and 3RB /64-9/67 Duplex Controllers Features and Benefits.... 9/72 Non Combination, Class /73 Combination, Class /74-9/75 Pump Control Panels Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for the Agricultural industry, Class /68-9/7 Class 87 and 88 Features and Benefits.... 9/76-9/77 Full-Voltage Type, Class /78-9/79 Vacuum Starter Type, Class /80 Reduced-Voltage Type, Class /8-9/82 Lighting Control Electrically Held Contactors, Class LE /83-9/88 Electrically Held Contactors, Class LC... 9/89-9/93 Mechanically Held Contactors, Class CLM.... 9/94-9/96 Control Power Transformers Domestic and International (UL, CSA and CE), Class MT and MTG....9/97-9/0 Modifications and Drawings Field Modification Kits.... 9/02-9/2 Enclosure Kits.... 9/3-9/8 Factory Modifications... 9/9-9/23 Dimensions.... 9/37-9/7 Wiring Diagrams.... 9/72-9/93 Heater Tables and Replacement Parts Overload Relay Heater Tables.... 9/24-9/30 NEMA Coils and Contact Kits.... 9/3-9/32 Coil VA Ratings and Overload Relays /33 Lighting Contactor Parts and Kits.... 9/34 9/

2 Control Products NEMA & General Purpose Controls Notes 9/2

3 Control Products NEMA & General Purpose Controls Product Overview Class SMF Fractional Horsepower Manual Starters Page 9/4 Class MMS & MRS Fractional Horsepower Manual Switches Page 9/6 Class Manual Starters and Switches Page 9/8 Class 4 NEMA Starters Page 9/3 Class 7, 8 NEMA Combination Starters Page 9/7 Class 22 NEMA Reversing Starters Page 9/26 Class 25, 26 NEMA Combination Reversing Starters Page 9/28 Class 30 NEMA Multi-Speed Starters Page 9/3 Class 32 NEMA Combination Multi-Speed Starters Page 9/35 Class 36, 37 Reduced Voltage Electromechanical Starters Page 9/43 Class 40 NEMA Contactors and Vacuum Contactors Page 9/60 Class 43 NEMA Reversing Contactors Page 9/62 Class 48, 958, 3RB20 Overload Relays Page 9/63 Class 82, 83, 84, 87, 88 Pump Controls Page 9/68 Class LE, LC, CLM Lighting Contactors Page 9/83 Class MT, MTG Control Power Transformers Page 9/97 Modifications and Drawings Page 9/02 Heater Tables and Replacement Parts Page 9/24 9/3

4 Manual Control Fractional HP Starters, Class SMF General Class SMF Class SMF fractional horsepower starters provide overload protection as well as manual on-off control for small horsepower motors in a variety of industrial and commercial applications. Available in one or two pole versions, these devices are suitable for use with AC single phase motors up to HP. Two pole starters can also be used with DC motors up to 3 4 HP. Typical applications include fans, conveyors, pumps, and small machine tools. Continuous Current Rating 6 amperes. Overload Trip Assembly Motor protection is provided by a Class SMFH heater element which must be installed before the starter will operate. Two Speed Starters Two speed manual starters are designed for control of small single phase AC motors having separate windings for high and low speed operation. Two toggle operated starters are used, with overload protection included for each motor winding. Surface mounting devices, and those with a gray flush plate, utilize a mechanical interlock which allows direct control of the motor by means of the toggle operators. Enclosures Class SMF, NEMA Type surface mounting enclosures are sheet steel with a thermo-plastic wrap-around cover for convenience in wiring. The NEMA Type enclosure is also available in an oversized version which allows more wiring space. A zinc alloy die casting is used for NEMA Type 4 enclosures. Pilot Lights Red or green neon pilot light units are available for flush mounting plates, NEMA Type enclosures, and NEMA Type 4 enclosures. Pilot lights may be either factory or field installed. (For starters that contain a pilot light, a Red light is standard. For a Green pilot light add G to the end of the catalog number.) Terminals Binding head screw type terminals are suitable for #0 or smaller copper wire, and are accessible from the front. All terminals are clearly marked. Mounting Open types without a pilot light fit standard single gang switch boxes, and can be used with any cover plate having a standard toggle cutout. Single-unit flush mounting types, including those with pilot lights, are suitable for wall mounting in a standard switch box or for machine cavity mounting without a box. Operation Available with toggle handle or with removable key type operator to discourage unauthorized operation. Class SMF Starter in a NEMA Type Enclosure with Pilot Light Emergency Off Actuator A toggle operator extender is available for Class SMF, NEMA Type surface mounted units. The extender has a red vinyl button that provides a fast and easy method for locating and switching the device s toggle operator into the OFF position. The Emergency Off Actuator is available in kit form only for field installation. Handle Guard/Lock-Off An optional handle guard on Class SMF, NEMA Type enclosed starters prevents accidental operation of the toggle operator and also allows the toggle operator to be padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. This handle guard can be factory installed on NEMA Type enclosed starters and is also available in kit form for field installation on NEMA Type surface and flush mounting enclosures. Standard NEMA Type 4 metallic enclosures include provisions for padlocking the device in the OFF position. 9/4

5 Manual Control Fractional HP Starters with Melting Alloy Overload, Class SMF Ordering Information Heater Elements see page 9/24. Field Modification Kits see page 9/02. Dimensions see page 9/37. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/72. Horsepower Ratings Maximum Horsepower AC Single Phase DC -Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole Class SMF Starter in a NEMA Type Enclosure with Pilot Light 277 Starter Class SMF, Single Phase a General Purpose Flush Mounting NEMA Type General Purpose NEMA Type NEMA NEMA Type Open Starter with Flush Plate Enclosure, Surface Mounting 3R, 4 & 2 Type 4 3R, 7 & 9 (No Enclosure Provided) Watertight, Watertight, Div and Div 2 Dust-tight Dust-tight Class I Groups Metallic Metallic B, C, D & Standard Jumbo Enclosure Enclosure Class II Groups Gray Stainless Stainless with Clear Cover E, F, G Flush Steel Steel Enclosures Type Open Type Plate Flush Plate Flush Plate Standard Oversized of No. of Operator Poles Starter Features e Standard SMFF0 SMFFF SMFFS SMFFG SMFFGJ SMFFWN Red Pilot Light SMFF0P SMFFFP SMFFSP SMFFSJP SMFFGP SMFFGJP Toggle Standard SMFF02 SMFFF2 SMFFS2 SMFFG2 SMFFGJ2 SMFFWN2 2 Red Pilot Light SMFF02P SMFFF2P SMFFS2P SMFFSJ2P SMFFG2P SMFFGJ2P Standard SMFF03 SMFFF3 SMFFS3 SMFFG3 SMFFGJ3 SMFFWN3 Red Pilot Light SMFF03P SMFFF3P SMFFS3P SMFFSJ3P SMFFG3P SMFFGJ3P Key Standard SMFF04 SMFFF4 SMFFS4 SMFFG4 SMFFGJ4 SMFFWN4 2 Red Pilot Light SMFF04P SMFFF4P SMFFS4P SMFFSJ4P SMFFG4P SMFFGJ4P Starter With Handle Guard/Lock-Off Class SMF, Single Phase a Standard d d d SMFFG5 SMFFGJ5 SMFFW b SMFFR b Red Pilot Light d d d SMFFG5P SMFFGJ5P SMFFWP b (2) 3 4" NPT Outlets d d d SMFFWH SMFFRH Toggle Red Pilot Light d d d SMFFG6P SMFFGJ6P SMFFW2P b 2 (2) 3 4" NPT Outlets d d d SMFFW2H SMFFR2H (2) 3 4" NPT Outlets d d d SMFFW2PH and Red Pilot Light One Starter in Duplex Enclosure Class SMF, Single Phase a General Purpose Flush Mounting Open Starter with Flush Plate - (No Enclosure Provided) Gray Flush Plate Stainless Steel Flush NEMA Type General For Wall or Cavity Plate for Wall or Cavity Purpose Enclosure Replacement Type of Mounting Mounting Surface Mounting Starters Operator of Poles Starter Features e Toggle 2 Standard SMFFG02 Red Pilot Light SMFFG02P Key 2 Red Pilot Light SMFFG04P (2) 3 4" NPT Outlets and Red Pilot Light d d d SMFFWPH Standard d d d SMFFG6 SMFFGJ6 SMFFW2 b SMFFR2 b Two Starters In Duplex Enclosure Class SMF, Single Phase c Standard SMFFF222 SMFFG222 Toggle 2 Per Starter Red Pilot Light on Each Starter SMFFF222P SMFFS22P SMFFG222P Key 2 Per Starter Red Pilot Light on Each Starter SMFFF44P SMFFS44P SMFFG44P Starter And Auto-Off-Hand SPDT Selector Switch (AC Only) Class SMF, Single Phase a Standard SMFFF7 SMFFG7 Red Pilot Light SMFFF7P SMFFS7P SMFFG7P Toggle Standard SMFFF72 SMFFG72 2 Red Pilot Light SMFFF72P SMFFS72P SMFFG72P Key 2 Red Pilot Light SMFFF74P SMFFS74P SMFFG74P Two Speed Starters (AC Only) Class SMF, Single Phase c Mechanical Interlock SMFFF SMFFG SMFF0T Mechanical Interlock and (2) Red Pilot Lights SMFFFP SMFFGP SMFF0PT Mechanical Interlock, HIGH-OFF-LOW SMFFS0P SMFF0PT Selector Switch and (2) Red Pilot Lights Toggle Mechanical Interlock SMFFF22 SMFFG22 SMFF02T 2 Mechanical Interlock and (2) Red Pilot Lights SMFFF22P SMFFG22P SMFF02PT Mechanical Interlock, HIGH-OFF-LOW SMFFS202P SMFF02PT Selector Switch and (2) Red Pilot Lights a One heater element required. b Furnished with () 3 4" NPT Outlet in bottom (reversible for top feed). c Two heater elements required. d Order Open Type starter plus separate handle guard kit. e For starters that contain a pilot light, a Red light is standard. For a Green pilot light add G to the end of the catalog number. Product Category: NEMA 9/5

6 Manual Control Fractional HP Switches, Class MMS, MRS General Class MMS, MRS Class MMS and MRS motor starting switches provide manual ON-OFF control of single or three phase AC motors where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. Compact construction and a 600 volt rating make these switches suitable for a wide range of industrial and commercial uses. Typical applications include small machine tools, pumps, fans, conveyors and many other types of electrical machinery. They can also be used on non-motor loads such as resistance heating applications. Continuous Current Rating MMS & MRS: 30 amperes at 250 volts max, 26.4 amperes at 277 volts, 20 amperes at 600 volts max, 30 amperes resistive at 600 volts max. Two Speed Class MRS Two speed manual switches may be used with separate winding three phase or single phase AC motors where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. Two switches are employed to give ON-OFF control in each speed. Reversing Class MRS Reversing manual switches provide a compact means of starting, stopping and reversing AC motors where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. They are suitable for use with three phase squirrel cage motors and for single phase motors which can be reversed by reconnecting motor leads. Two switches are used, one to connect the motor forward rotation and one for reverse. Enclosures Class MMS, MRS, NEMA Type surface mounting enclosures are sheet steel with a thermo-plastic wrap-around cover for convenience in wiring. The NEMA Type enclosure is also available in an oversized version which allows more wiring space. A zinc alloy die casting is used for NEMA Type 4 enclosures. Pilot Lights Red or green neon pilot light units are available for flush mounting plates, NEMA Type enclosures, and NEMA Type 4 enclosures. Pilot lights may be either factory or field installed. (For switches that contain a pilot light, a Red light is standard. For a Green pilot light add G to the end of the catalog number.) Terminals Binding head screw type terminals are suitable for #0 or smaller copper wire, and are accessible from the front. All terminals are clearly marked. Mounting Open types without a pilot light fit standard single gang switch boxes, and can be used with any cover plate having a standard toggle cutout. Single-unit flush mounting types, including those with pilot lights, are suitable for wall mounting in a standard switch box or for machine cavity mounting without a box. Operation Available with toggle handle or with removable key type operator to discourage unauthorized operation. Class MMS Switch in a NEMA Type Enclosure Emergency Off Actuator A toggle operator extender is available for Class MMS, MRS, NEMA Type surface mounted units. The extender has a red vinyl button that provides a fast and easy method for locating and switching the device s toggle operator into the OFF position. The Emergency Off Actuator is available in kit form only for field installation. Handle Guard/Lock-Off An optional handle guard on Class MMS, MRS, NEMA Type enclosed switches prevents accidental operation of the toggle operator and also allows the toggle operator to be padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. This handle guard is available in kit form for field installation on NEMA Type surface and flush mounting enclosures. Standard NEMA Type 4 metallic enclosures include provisions for padlocking the device in the OFF position. 9/6

7 Manual Control Switches a, Class MMS, MRS Class MMS Switch in a NEMA Type Enclosure Ordering Information Heater Elements not Required. Field Modification Kits see page 9/02. Dimensions see page 9/37. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/72. Horsepower Ratings No of Motor Type Maximum HP DC Ratings Device Poles AC 5V 230V V 90V 5V 230V Class MMS 2 Single Phase /2 3 3-Phase 2 7 /2 0 2 /2 Class MRS 2 Single Phase /2 Reversing 3 3-Phase 2 7 /2 0 2 /2 2 Single Phase Class MMS /2 3 3-Phase, Constant or Variable Torque 2 7 Two Speed /2 0 2 /2 3 3-Phase, Constant Horsepower 2 7 /2 0 2 /2 Switch Class MMS, Single Phase and 3-Phase General Purpose Flush Mounting NEMA Type General Purpose NEMA Type NEMA NEMA Open Switch with Flush Plate Enclosure Surface Mounting 3R, 4 & 2 Type 4 b Type 7 & 9 b (No Enclosure Provided) Watertight, Watertight, Class I Groups Standard Jumbo Dust-tight Dust-tight B, C & D & Gray Stainless Stainless Metallic Enclosurer Metallic Class II Groups with Clear Cover Enclosure E, F, G Flush Steel Steel Enclosures Type No Open Type Plate Flush Plate Flush Plate Standard Oversized of of Switch Operator Poles Features d Standard MMSK0 MMSKF MMSKS MMSKG MMSKGJ MMSKWN MMSKW MMSKR Toggle Key Reversing Switch Class MRS, Single Phase and 3-Phase General Purpose Flush Mounting NEMA Type Open Switch with Flush Plate General Purpose Replacement Switch Type of of Suitable Switch Features d (Including (No Enclosure Provided) Enclosure Surface Mounting Class MRS Operator Poles Motor Types Mechanical Interlock) Toggle Single Phase Standard MRSKF MRSKG MRSK0T 2 3-Lead Red Pilot Device 5V AC MRSKFA MRSKGA MRSK0AT Repulsion-Induction Red Pilot Device 230V AC MRSKFB MRSKGB MRSK0BT 3-Phase; Also Standard MRSKF22 MRSKG22 MRSK02T Single Phase Capacitor, Red Pilot Light 0 20V AC MRSKF22A MRSKG22A MRSK02AT 3 Split Phase, or 4-Lead Red Pilot Light V AC MRSKF22B MRSKG22B MRSK02BT Repulsion-Induction Red Pilot Light V AC MRSKF22C MRSKG22C MRSK02CT Two Speed Switch Class MMS, Single Phase and 3-Phase General Purpose Flush Mounting NEMA Type Open Switch with Flush Plate General Purpose Replacement Switch Type of of Suitable Switch Features d (Including (No Enclosure Provided) Enclosure Surface Mounting Class MRS Operator Poles Motor Types Mechanical Interlock) Toggle 2 Red Pilot Light 5V AC Red Pilot Light 230V AC MMSK0A c MMSKFA MMSKSA MMSKSJA MMSKGA MMSKGJA MMSKWA MMSK0Bc MMSKFB MMSKSB MMSKSJB MMSKGB MMSKGJB MMSKWB 3 Standard MMSK02 MMSKF2 MMSKS2 MMSKG2 MMSKGJ2 MMSKWN2 MMSKW2 MMSKR2 2 3 Red Pilot Light V AC Red Pilot Light V AC MMSK02B c MMSKF2B MMSKS2B MMSKSJ2B MMSKG2B MMSKGJ2B MMSKW2B MMSK02Cc MMSKF2C MMSKS2C MMSKSJ2C MMSKG2C MMSKGJ2C MMSKW2C Standard MMSK03 MMSKF3 MMSKS3 MMSKG3 MMSKGJ3 MMSKWN3 Red Pilot Light 5V AC Red Pilot Light 230V AC MMSK03A MMSKF3A MMSKS3A MMSKSJ3A MMSKG3A MMSKGJ3A MMSK03B MMSKF3B MMSKS3B MMSKSJ3B MMSKG3B MMSKGJ3B Standard MMSK04 MMSKF4 MMSKS4 MMSKG4 MMSKGJ4 MMSKWN4 Red Pilot Light V AC Red Pilot Light V AC MMSK04B MMSKF4B MMSKS4B MMSKSJ4B MMSKG4B MMSKGJ4B MMSK04C MMSKF4C MMSKS4C MMSKSJ4C MMSKG4C MMSKGJ4C Single Phase Standard MMSKF MMSKG MRSK0T 2 Two Winding (2) Red Pilot Devices 5V AC MMSKFA MMSKGA MRSK0AT (3-Lead) (2) Red Pilot Devices 230V AC MMSKFB MMSKGB MRSK0BT 3-Phase Standard MMSKF22 MMSKG22 MRSK02T 3 Separate Winding (2) Red Pilot Lights V AC MMSKF22B MMSKG22B MRSK02BT (Wye-Connected) (2) Red Pilot Lights V AC MMSKF22C MMSKG22C MRSK02CT a Manual switches do not include overloads. b Furnished with () 3/4" NPT outlet in bottom (reversible for top feed). In order to obtain a 3 4" NPT outlet in top and bottom, add suffix letter H to type number with Price adder. c Do not use as replacement interiors for NEMA Type 4 metallic enclosures. For replacement unit, order Type MMSK0 or MMSK02 and separate pilot light kit. Product Category: NEMA d For switches that contain a pilot light, a Red light is standard. For a Green pilot light add G to the end of the catalog number. 9/7

8 Manual Control Starters and Switches, Class - 3RV General Now Available with the New 3RV2 Innovations MSP Class - 3RV Class across the line manual starters and switches provide control for machinery where remote start stop control is not required. Class - 3RV manual starters are used for single and poly-phase motors up to 575V. Starters have bimetallic heater elements to provide class 0 overcurrent protection. Each starter has a fourth bimetallic strip that reacts only to the ambient temperature inside the control panel. This ambient compensation helps prevent the starter from nuisance tripping when the panel temperature is higher than the ambient temperature of the motor. A built-in differential trip bar causes the starter to trip faster on a phase loss condition to help reduce motor damage. Magnetic trip elements in each starter take the device off line when it senses current of 3 times the maximum FLA dial setting. Class - 3RV switches provide control for inherently protected motors. Typical applications include metal and woodworking machinery, grinders, power saws, conveyors, fans, pumps, blowers, textile and packaging machinery, and paper cutters. Each switch is provided with magnetic trip elements which take the device off line when it senses current of 3 times the maximum switch rating. Class - 3RV manual starters can be used as Type E self-protected manual combination starters (up to 22 amps) per UL508 or as components in Group Installation per NEC When using the Class - 3RV as a manual combination starter upstream protection is not required. Class - 3RV controllers are available with low voltage protection which will automatically open the power poles when the voltage drops or the power is interrupted. Controllers with the LVP option provide the OSHA requirements for protecting personnel from potential injury caused by the automatic start-up of machinery following a voltage drop or power interruption when low voltage protection is specified. Class - 3RV is available as Open style, or in NEMA, NEMA 7 & 9 or NEMA 7 & 9 / 3 & 4 enclosures. Standard Features include: b ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout and visible trip indication b Adjustment dial for setting to motor FLA (Starters only) b Low Voltage Protection (LVP) Option b Short Circuit trip at 3 times the maximum setting of the FLA dial or rated current b Ambient compensated up to 40 F b Phase loss sensitivity b Test trip function b LVP Option Meets OSHA Requirements b UL ed b CSA Certified OPEN TYPE Starter NEMA General Purpose NEMA 7 & 9 Div & Div 2 Class I Group C & D Class II Group E, F & G NEMA 3 & 4, NEMA 7 & 9 Div & Div 2 Class I Group C & D Class II Group E, F & G 9/8

9 Manual Control Starters and Switches, Class - 3RV Ordering Information No heaters required. Field Modification Kits see page 9/02. Dimensions see page 9/39. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/72. For applications requiring a low voltage protection coil see table at right. Low Voltage Protection Coil Table 60 Hz Voltage Letter 20V * F 208V * D 240V * G 460V * H * Add corresponding letter to end of base Class catalog number for low voltage protection coil with Price adder. Note: The LVP option for Open type 3RV is available from the factory, please order separately from the field modification kits on page 9/03. The coil voltage should correspond with the line voltage. Class Manual Motor Starter Manual Starter Class - 3RV FLA Adjustment Range a Max HP Single Phase HP Ratings 3-Phase HP Ratings Enclosure Open Type NEMA General Purpose Enclosure Manual Switch Class - 3RV Rated Max HP Current a Single Phase HP Ratings 3-Phase HP Ratings Open Type NEMA General Purpose NEMA 7 & 9 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G NEMA 7 & 9 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G NEMA 3 & 4, NEMA 7 & 9 Watertight Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V No.. No. No.. No. 2 c 2 c 3RV232-0JC0 b D3B D3H D3W 5 6 c 2 c c c 3 c 3 c 3RV232-FC0 b 2D3B 2D3H 2D3W 0 2 c 2 c 3 c 3 c 7 2 c 0 c 3RV232-JC0 b 3D3B 3D3H 3D3W 20 2 c 3 c 5 c 7 2 c 5 c 20 c 3RV232-4BC0 b 4D3B 4D3H 4D3W 25 2 c 5 c 7 2 c 7 2 c 5 c 20 c 3RV232-4DC0 b 5D3B 5D3H 5D3W NEMA 3 & 4, NEMA 7 & 9 Watertight Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V No.. No. No.. No RV20-0AA0 b AD3B AD3H AD3W RV20-0BA0 b BD3B BD3H BD3W RV20-0CA0 b CD3B CD3H CD3W RV20-0DA0 b DD3B DD3H DD3W RV20-0EA0 b ED3B ED3H ED3W RV20-0FA0 b FD3B FD3H FD3W RV202-0GA0 b GD3B GD3H GD3W RV202-0HA0 b HD3B HD3H HD3W RV202-0JA0 b JD3B JD3H JD3W RV202-0KA0 b KD3B KD3H KD3W RV202-AA0 b LD3B LD3H LD3W RV202-BA0 b MD3B MD3H MD3W RV202-CA0 b ND3B ND3H ND3W RV202-DA0 b PD3B PD3H PD3W RV202-EA0 b QD3B QD3H QD3W RV202-FA0 b RD3B RD3H RD3W RV202-GA0 b SD3B SD3H SD3W RV202-HA0 b TD3B TD3H TD3W RV202-JA0 b UD3B UD3H UD3W RV202-KA0 b VD3B VD3H VD3W c 3RV202-4AA0 b WD3B WD3H WD3W c 3RV202-4BA0 b XD3B XD3H XD3W c 3RV202-4CA0 b YD3B YD3H YD3W c 5 c 7 2 c 7 2 c 5 c 20 c 3RV202-4DA0 b ZD3B ZD3H ZD3W a Instantaneous Magnetic Trip will occur at 3 times the maximum FLA dial setting or rated switch current. b Product Category: IEC c Shaded Ratings apply for Manual Motor Controllers Only! These Ratings do not apply as UL ed Manual Combination Starters. Product Category: NEMA d Add to the end of the catalog number for /2 inch drain hole with plug and list price adder. Drain fitting not supplied, order separately XDB-2. 9/9

10 Heavy Duty Control ing System General Solid-state OLR Current Range e Class 7 Combination Starter (Non Fusible, Fusible) 8 Combination Starter (Circuit Breaker) 25 Reversing Combination Starter (Non Fusible, Fusible) 26 Reversing Combination Starter (Circuit Breaker) B 00 C 0 D E 3 4 F 2 G 2 2 H 3 I 3 2 J 4 L 5 M 6 N 7 P 8 Model U Solid-state OLR size 0 4 & size 7 & 8 P Thermal size 0 3 2, Solid state size 5 & 6 Enclosure 92 Standard Width 82 Extra Wide Three Phase A 0.25 B C 3 2 D E 0 40 F 3 52 G H J w/ CT s K w/ CT s L w/ CT s M w/ CT s N w/ CT s Enclosure Type B NEMA F NEMA 4X Fiberglass H NEMA 7/9/3/4, Bolted (Class 8 & 26 only) N NEMA 2 (Field convertible to 3/3R/4) W NEMA 4/4X 304 Stainless Steel Breaker HP Code b Horsepower Rating 200, 230, 460, 575 A 2, 2,, B,, 3, 3 C 3, 3, 5, 5 D 3, 3, 7 2, 7 2 E 7 2, 7 2, 0, 0 F,, 5, 5 G 0, 0,, H 7 2, 0, 20, 20 J f 0, 5, 25, 25 K,, 30, 30 L 5, 20,, M,, 30, 30 N 25, 30, 50, 50 P 30, 40, 75, 75 R 40, 50, 00, 00 Class 4 Across the Line NEMA Motor Starter 22 Reversing NEMA Motor Starter 40 Across the Line NEMA Magnetic Contactor 43 Reversing NEMA Magnetic Contactor B 00 C 0 D E 3 4 F 2 G 2 2 H 3 I 3 2 J 4 L 5 M 6 N 7 P 8 Model U Solid-state OLR size 00 4, 7 & 8 P Thermal size 00 4, Solid state sizes 5 & 6 Solid-state OLR Current Range e Three Phase A 0.25 B C 3 2 D E 0 40 F 3 52 G H J w/ CT s K w/ CT s L w/ CT s M w/ CT s N w/ CT s Single Phase a A 0.25 B C 3 2 D Coil Pilot Control Circuit A 2 suitable for c 0 20V/ V@60Hz 0V/90 220V@50Hz 3-wire control C (NO aux. c V/ V@60Hz V/ V@50Hz contact incl.) D V@60Hz E V@60Hz 550V@50Hz Enclosure F 20V@60Hz 0V@50Hz 2 power poles,-phase G V@60Hz 3 3 power poles, 3-phase V@50Hz 8 3 power poles, 3-phase, H V@60Hz extra wide enclosure V@50Hz J f 24V@60Hz 24V@50Hz L 277V@60Hz 240V@50Hz Enclosure Type A Open B NEMA F NEMA 4X Fiberglass H NEMA 7/9/3/4, Bolted (Class 8 & 26 only) 0 NEMA 2 (Field convertible to 3/3R/4) W NEMA 4/4X 304 Stainless Steel Class 36 Non Combination Reduced Voltage Starter 37 Combination Reduced Voltage Starter C 0 D E 3 4 F 2 G 2 2 H 3 I 3 2 J 4 L 5 M 6 N 7 P 8 Model U Solid-state OLR size 0 4 & size 7 & 8 P Thermal size Solid state size 5 & 6 Solid-state OLR Current Range e Type T Auto XFMR P Part Wind. 0 Wye Delta Open Trans. C Wye Delta Closed Trans. Line /208 Enclosure Type A Open B NEMA W NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel G 0 NEMA 2 H L Coil Disconnect Type d D D Non Fused Disc. E F Fusible Disc. F P MCP a Single phase solid-state OLR available on Class 4 Starters only. b Not used on Class 7, 25 or with solid-state OLR versions. c Not available on sizes 5 8. d For Class 37 only. e Position used for solid-state OLR only. f Not available on sizes 7 and 8. 9/0

11 Heavy Duty Starters Features and Benefit General Solid State Starter Class 4 Standard Features 00 4 magnetic starters include the following standard features: b Rugged Industrial Design b Half s for Cost and Space Savings b Dual Voltage, Dual Frequency Coils b Solid State or Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload Protection b Wide Range of Accessories b Easy Coil Access b Overload Test Feature b Straight Thru Wiring b Gravity Dropout b Large Silver Cadmium Contacts b UL listed file #E4900 (class 4, 22, 30, 40 & 43) b CSA certified file #LR 6535 (class 4, 22, 30, 40 & 43) Application Heavy Duty starters are designed for across the line starting of single phase and polyphase motors. These controls are available in NEMA s 00 through 8. In addition to the usual NEMA Starter s, Siemens offers three exclusive Half s; 3 4, 2 2 and 3 2. These integral sizes offer the same rugged, industrial construction as our NEMA s and ensure efficient operating performance. Half s provide a real cost savings by cutting down on over capacity when NEMA s exceed the motor ratings. All Siemens Heavy Duty controls, including our popular Half s comply with applicable NEMA and UL tests. All starters are supplied with a NO holding interlock that in conjunction with an appropriate pilot device will provide low voltage protection or release. NEMA starters are ideal for applications requiring dependability and durability. Typical applications include use with machine tools, air conditioning equipment, material handling equipment, compressors, hoists and various production and industrial equipment as well as in demanding automotive applications. Starters are available as an open type or in NEMA, 2/3/3R, 4 (painted), 4/4X (stainless), 4X (fiberglass), and 7 & 9 enclosures. Gravity Dropout For added reliability, the gravity dropout of the armature and contacts is assisted by stainless steel springs which help provide quick, precise opening of the contacts. 45 Degree, Wedge Action Contacts The 45 degree, wedge action contacts reduce tracking and provide faster arc quenching. The resulting self-cleaning and reduced contact bounce mean cooler operation and longer life for the large silver cadmium oxide contacts. Terminal Design Control terminals are self-rising pressure type. Molded Coil Magnetic coils are carefully wound and then sealed in epoxy. Encapsulation helps seal out moisture, promotes heat transfer and resists electrical, mechanical and thermal stresses. Dual Voltage/Frequency Coil Starters are available with dual voltage, dual frequency coils. They are designed to operate on either 50 or 60 Hertz. Molded Stationary Contact Block Thermoset materials resist arc tracking and the stresses of heat and severe impact. Field Modification Kits All starters can be modified in the field with a complete range of accessories. These include pushbuttons, selector switches, pilot lights, auxiliary contacts and surge suppressors. Auxiliary Equipment b NEMA starters are available with built-in START-STOP push buttons for 3-wire control or a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch for 2-wire control b Field modifications such as auxiliary contacts, pilot lights, push buttons, selector switches, and fuse blocks are available to meet particular application requirements b Normally opened or normally closed auxiliary power pole kits are available for s 00 through 3 4 b Transformers can be ordered as either factory or field modifications. In some cases these may require a larger enclosure b A full line of replacement parts are available including contact kits, coils, and overload relays 5 & 6 Starters Additional Features b Solid State Overload (3RB type) Standard b Latest technology in arc quenching to extend contactor life b Wide variety of enclosures in all starter configurations 7 & 8 Starters Additional Features b New Compact Design b Can be mounted in any position b Same coil voltage is AC or DC 9/

12 Heavy Duty Starters Features and Benefits ESP200 Solid State Starter ESP200 starters combine the rugged NEMA contactors with a state of the art solid state overload that provides phase loss, phase unbalance ground fault protection. It offers the user greater motor protection and extended life in heavy duty applications. The ESP200 ultimately results in a cost savings to the user. ESP200 Solid State Overload Relays Standard features provide Improved Starter Performance: b True phase loss protection; trips within 3 seconds b Phase unbalanced prevents motor running inefficiently b Ground fault trip when selected b Selectable trip class 5, 0, 20 or 30 b Reset trip can be selected Auto/ Manual restart b Easy to select and use, Dip Switch selectable b Overload is self powered, no need for external power source Half Starters Half- starters feature all the rugged performance characteristics of our NEMA rated starter sizes, but are fractionally sized to more closely match your exact motor rating. As a result, significant economic savings are made possible without sacrificing the reliability you expect from a heavy duty starter. These additional starter sizes have the reserve capacity to handle occasional plugging and jogging applications without derating. Superior operating performance in heavy duty applications is assured by the large current carrying parts, not by derating the device. Exclusive half-sizes save potentially hundreds, even thousands of dollars per project. Using the table below, simply match the specific size starter to the horsepower rating of your motor. Every half-size starter saves you money up to 3%. All half-sizes comply to applicable NEMA and UL standards. ESP200 FLA Adjustment Dial Set the adjustment dial on the overload to the FLA of the motor. Figure Typical Solid-State Overload Adjustment Dial Markings Each overload is precisely calibrated and labels are laser printed. DIP Switch Settings Adjust DIP switch settings to the Trip Class desired 5, 0, 20, or 30. b Set Phase Unbalance ON or OFF b Set Phase Loss ON or OFF b Set Reset to Manual or Automatic b Set Ground Fault ON or OFF Savings for Siemens Half- Starters in NEMA Enclosures, FVNR Motor Half- Starter Half Savings Over 230V 460V Next Full % % % Standard Auxiliary Contacts Type (3rd Character) Configuration Internal / External B Thru E N.O. Internal All FVNR F Thru J N.O. External Starters & Contactors L Thru M 2N.O., 2N.C. External N Thru P N.O., N.C. External 9/2 Product Category: NEMA

13 Heavy Duty Motor Starters Solid State Overload with Auto/Manual Reset, Class 4 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/40 open and 9/57 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/73. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Overload Enclosure Open Type Contacts g Standard Auxiliary NEMA General Purpose 200 NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 4BUA32A* 4BUA32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use A 4BUB32A* 4BUB32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use A 4BUC32A* 4BUC32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use A 4CUA32A* 4CUA32B* 4CUA32@* 4CUA32F* 4CUA32H* 4CUA320* A 4CUB32A* 4CUB32B* 4CUB32@* 4CUB32F* 4CUB32H* 4CUB320* A 4CUC32A* 4CUC32B* 4CUC32@* 4CUC32F* 4CUC32H* 4CUC320* A 4CUD32A* 4CUD32B* 4CUD32@* 4CUD32F* 4CUD32H* 4CUD320* A 4DUA32A* 4DUA32B* 4DUA32@* 4DUA32F* 4DUA32H* 4DUA320* A 4DUB32A* 4DUB32B* 4DUB32@* 4DUB32F* 4DUB32H* 4DUB320* A 4DUC32A* 4DUC32B* 4DUC32@* 4DUC32F* 4DUC32H* 4DUC320* A 4DUD32A* 4DUD32B* 4DUD32@* 4DUD32F* 4DUD32H* 4DUD320* A 4DUE32A* 4DUE32B* 4DUE32@* 4DUE32F* 4DUE32H* 4DUE320* A 4EUE32A* 4EUE32B* 4EUE32@* 4EUE32F* 4EUE32H* 4EUE320* B 4FUF32A* 4FUF32B* 4FUF32@* 4FUF32F* 4FUF32H* 4FUF320* B 4GUG32A* 4GUG32B* 4GUG32@* 4GUG32F* 4GUG32H* 4GUG320* B 4HUG32A* 4HUG32B* 4HUG32@* 4HUG32F* 4HUG32H* 4HUG320* B 4IUH32A* 4IUH32B* 4IUH32@* 4IUH32F* 4IUH32H* 4IUH320* B 4JUH32A* 4JUH32B* 4JUH32@* 4JUH32F* 4JUH32H* 4JUH320* LPU32A* 4LPU32B* 4LPU32E* d 4LPU32H* 4LPU320* MPX32A* 4MPX32B* 4MPX32E* d 4MPX320* * e A+CT 4NUN32A* 4NUN32B* 4NUN32E* d 4NUN320* f A+CT 4PUN32A* 4PUN32B* 4PUN32E* d 4PUN320* Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 2-Pole c Max Hp Overload Enclosure Open Type NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Standard Auxiliary General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight, Contacts Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel / 230 NEMA 4/4X Stainless b NEMA 4X Watertight, Dust-tight, Fiberglass Corrosion Resistant Watertight, = W for 304 Stainless Steel Corrosion = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 3 & 4 Div. and Div. 2 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 3 & 4 Div. and Div. 2 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R b Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) NEMA Amp Frame Range A 4CUB2A* 4CUB2B* 4CUB2@* 4CUB2F* 4CUB2H* 4CUB20* A 4CUC2A* 4CUC2B* 4CUC2@* 4CUC2F* 4CUC2H* 4CUC20* A 4CUD2A* 4CUD2B* 4CUD2@* 4CUD2F* 4CUD2H* 4CUD20* A 4DUB2A* 4DUB2B* 4DUB2@* 4DUB2F* 4DUB2H* 4DUB20* A 4DUC2A* 4DUC2B* 4DUC2@* 4DUC2F* 4DUC2H* 4DUC20* A 4DUD2A* 4DUD2B* 4DUD2@* 4DUD2F* 4DUD2H* 4DUD20* B 4FUG2A* 4FUG2B* 4FUG2@* 4FUG2F* 4FUG2H* 4FUG20* B 4HUG2A* 4HUG2B* 4HUG2@* 4HUG2F* 4HUG2H* 4HUG20* NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R b Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in size 5 8 starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. J coil will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, and L do not apply to single phase starters. d Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). e F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC f Only available F coil00-250v AC 50/60Hz, or DC Product Category: NEMA 9/3

14 Heavy Duty Motor Starters Solid State Overload with Auto/Manual Reset, Class 4 Ordering Information Coil Table NEMA Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/57. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/73. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Overload Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 3 & 4 Div. and Div. 2 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) NEMA Half Amp Range Frame A 4BUA82B* Use 0 Use 0 Use A 4BUB82B* Use 0 Use 0 Use A 4BUC82B* Use 0 Use 0 Use A 4CUA82B* 4CUA82@* 4CUA82H* 4CUA820* A 4CUB82B* 4CUB82@* 4CUB82H* 4CUB820* A 4CUC82B* 4CUC82@* 4CUC82H* 4CUC820* A 4CUD82B* 4CUD82@* 4CUD82H* 4CUD820* A 4DUA82B* 4DUA82@* 4DUA82H* 4DUA820* A 4DUB82B* 4DUB82@* 4DUB82H* 4DUB820* A 4DUC82B* 4DUC82@* 4DUC82H* 4DUC820* A 4DUD82B* 4DUD82@* 4DUD82H* 4DUD820* A 4DUE82B* 4DUE82@* 4DUE82H* 4DUE820* A 4EUE82B* 4EUE82@* 4EUE82H* 4EUE820* B 4FUF82B* 4FUF82@* 4FUF82H* 4FUF820* B 4GUG82B* 4GUG82@* 4GUG82H* 4GUG820* B 4HUG82B* 4HUG82@* 4HUG82H* 4HUG820* B 4IUH82B* 4IUH82@* 4IUH82H* 4IUH820* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. 9/4 Product Category: NEMA

15 Heavy Duty Motor Starters Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload with Manual and Auto Reset, Class 4 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. Single phase starters require heater element. 3-phase starters require 3 heater elements. Field Modification Kits page 9/04. Factory Modifications page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/40 open and 9/57 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/73. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure 200 Contactor Amp Rating NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 4/4X NEMA 3 & 4 Stainless b Class I Groups C & D Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 4X Class II Groups E, F & G NEMA 2 Open Type Standard Auxiliary Contacts NEMA General Purpose Corrosion = W for 304 = X for 36 Stainless Steel Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use NEMA 3/3R b Industrial Use Weatherproof No $ No $ No $ No $ No $ No $ NEMA Half ½ ½ BP32A*8 4BP32B*8 Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP32A*8 4CP32B*8 4CP32@*8 4CP32F*8 4CP32H*8 4CP320*8 7½ 7½ DP32A*8 4DP32B*8 4DP32@*8 4DP32F*8 4DP32H*8 4DP320* ¾ 4EP32A*8 4EP32B*8 4EP32@*8 4EP32F*8 4EP32H*8 4EP320* FP32A*8 4FP32B*8 4FP32@*8 4FP32F*8 4FP32H*8 4FP320* ½ 4GP32A*8 4GP32B*8 4GP32@*8 4GP32F*8 4GP32H*8 4GP320* HP32A*8 4HP32B*8 4HP32@*8 4HP32F*8 4HP32H*8 4HP320* ½ 4IP32A*8 4IP32B*8 4IP32@*8 4IP32F*8 4IP32H*8 4IP320* JG32A*8 4JG32B*8 4JG32@*8 4JG32F*8 4JG32H*8 4JG320*8 Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 2-Pole c Max Hp Enclosure 5 Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole a Max Hp Enclosure / 230 Contactor Amp Rating NEMA Contactor Amp Rating Half NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant Class II Groups E, F & G Class III NEMA 7 & 9. NEMA 3 & 4 Div and Div 2 Class II Groups E, F & G Bolted Enclosures NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 3 & 4 Div and Div 2 Class I Groups C & D Bolted Enclosures NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R b Industrial Use Weatherproof NEMA Open Type General Purpose No $ No $ No $ No $ No $ No $ BP2A*8 4BP2B*8 Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP2A*8 4CP2B*8 4CP2@*8 4CP2F*8 4CP2H*8 4CP20* DP2A*8 4DP2B*8 4DP2@*8 4DP2F*8 4DP2H*8 4DP20* P 4EP2A*8 4EP2B*8 4EP2@*8 4EP2F*8 4EP2H*8 4EP20*8 3 7½ FP2A*8 4FP2B*8 4FP2@*8 4FP2F*8 4FP2H*8 4FP20* GP2A*8 4GP2B*8 4GP2@*8 4GP2F*8 4GP2H*8 4GP20*8 NEMA 2. NEMA 3/3R b Industrial Use Weatherproof Class III NEMA General Purpose No No No No NEMA Half ½ ½ BP82B*8 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP82B*8 4CP82@*8 4CP82H*8 4CP820*8 7½ 7½ DP82B*8 4DP82@*8 4DP82H*8 4DP820* EP82B*8 4EP82@*8 4EP82H*8 4EP820* FP82B*8 4FP82@*8 4FP82H*8 4FP820* GP82B*8 4GP82@*8 4GP82H*8 4GP820* HP82B*8 4HP82@*8 4HP82H*8 4HP820* IP82B*8 4IP82@*8 4IP82H*8 4IP820*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All Starter s carry one maximum Hp rating. For higher Hp single phase motors, use 3-phase starters, wire and set per diagram on page 9/73. a To receive a single phase starter in an extra wide enclosure, order the enclosure kit from pg 6-9 and the open style starter from pg 6-4 or 6-6 as separate items. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. Product Category: NEMA c Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. J coil will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, and L do not apply to single phase starters. d Standard Auxiliary Contacts, Same as Contactors, refer to page 9/60. 9/5

16 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Features and Benefits General Combination Starter Features Combination starters include the following features: b Manufactured with Cold Forming TOX Process b Solid State Overloads Standard on s 5 8 b Easy to Install b Wide Range of Enclosure Types Available b Heavy Duty Quarter Turns b 00kA Short Circuit Current Rating when Protected with Class R Fuses to 600V or MCP to 480V b Visible Blade Disconnect b Industrial Type Disconnect Handle b UL listed file #E85287 (class 7, 8, 25, 26 & 32) b CSA certified file #LR 6535 (class 7, 8, 25, 26 & 32) Application A combination starter meets National Electrical Code requirements for:. A means of providing short circuit motor protection with fused or breaker disconnection of line voltage. 2. A means of safeguarding personnel from contact with live parts and from accidental starting of machinery by disconnecting the motor and the controller. 3. A motor controller with overload protection. Prewired combination starters eliminate the cost of wiring between separate disconnect and starter. Factory testing assures field performance. Combination starters also provide a more compact and attractive installation than separate units. Enclosure Types Combination starters are available in NEMA, 2/3/3R/4 (painted), 4/4X (stainless), 4X fiberglass and 7 & 9 enclosures. Enclosures protect personnel from contact with live parts and depending upon the construction, protect the control in varying degrees from physical damage and harmful atmospheres. All enclosures are supplied with corrosion resistant finishes. Heavy Duty Disconnect Switches The disconnect switch that goes the distance in durability, performance and reliability has the following advantages: b Visible blades for the highest level of safety b Double break switching action to reduce arcing, increase lifetime and eliminate the electric hinge b More rugged positive action switch b Oversized lugs are standard b Line side shield to help guard personnel from contact with live parts b Higher horsepower rating for design E high efficiency motors b UL listed for IIsco, Burndy and T&B crimp type lugs b The 200A switch accepts up to 300 MCM versus 250 MCM wire size Its rugged construction - with a high fault withstand rating of 00kA at 600 VAC when fused with class R rated fuses - meets the most stringent industry standards set forth by the automotive, petro-chemical, and pulp and paper industries. UL recognized and CSA certified, our disconnect switches are available either non-fusible or fusible with class R and class J fuse clips. Enclosure Kits for NEMA Combination Starters Description You can assemble a non-stocked combination starter per your unanticipated needs in minutes. Say, for example, your customer needs a fusible combination starter that you don t have in stock. You need in now, but don t sweat it. Simply start with the enclosure kit which has the handle preinstalled. You install the required starter and fusible disconnect, connect the power wire and you are finished. Within minutes, you have the required combination starter in your hands. No more waiting on the factory. You need it, you got it! What Is In It For You! b Reduce Lead-time - What used to take days to get now takes minutes b Reduced Inventory - Instead of stocking scores of various combination starters, simply stock a few enclosure kits, disconnect kits, circuit breaker kits and open starters. With these basic building blocks you virtually have hundreds of products on-hand b Quality - The same high level of quality you have been accustomed to with our products will also be found in these new enclosure kits b UL ed - By correctly following the instructions included with the kits, the product you build is UL/CSA ed Refer to page 9/5 for more details. Siemens Type ETI Circuit Breaker The ETI circuit breaker is a device designed specifically for application in motor circuits. The ETI is a magnetic only protective device designed to provide protection against short circuit current. The instantaneous-only type ETI circuit breaker employs adjustable magnetic trip settings to allow broader application ranges and a higher degree of motor short circuit protection. Heavy Duty Starters These combination starters use the same starters described in the heavy duty starter section of this catalog. 9/6

17 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 7 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. For Fusible Styles see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Standard Width Enclosure, 3 Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Overload Disc. Amp Range Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted (thru size 4) Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA Half Amp Range Frame A 30 7CUA92B* 7CUA92@* 7CUA92F* 7CUA92N* A 30 7CUB92B* 7CUB92@* 7CUB92F* 7CUB92N* A 30 7CUC92B* 7CUC92@* 7CUC92F* 7CUC92N* A 30 7CUD92B* 7CUD92@* 7CUD92F* 7CUD92N* A 30 7DUA92B* 7DUA92@* 7DUA92F* 7DUA92N* A 30 7DUB92B* 7DUB92@* 7DUB92F* 7DUB92N* A 30 7DUC92B* 7DUC92@* 7DUC92F* 7DUC92N* A 30 7DUD92B* 7DUD92@* 7DUD92F* 7DUD92N* A 60 7DUE92B* 7DUE92@* 7DUE92F* 7DUE92N* A 60 7EUE92B* 7EUE92@* 7EUE92F* 7EUE92N* B 60 7FUF92B* 7FUF92@* 7FUF92F* 7FUF92N* B 00 c 7GUG92B* 7GUG92@* 7GUG92F* 7GUG92N* 20 d 25 e B 00 7HUG92B* 7HUG92@* 7HUG92F* 7HUG92N* B 200 7IUH92B* 7IUH92@* 7IUH92F* 7IUH92N* B 200 7JUH92B* 7JUH92@* 7JUH92F* 7JUH92N* f 7LPU92B* 7LPU92E* g 7LPU92N* MPX92B* 7MPX92E* g 7MPX92N* i A+CT 200 7NUN92B* 7NUN92N* j A+CT 600 7PUN92B* 7PUN92N* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in starter sizes 5 8. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c For 60A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/20. d For 25 HP and 200A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/20. e For 30HP and 200A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/20. f For 600A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/20. g Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). h F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, Product Category: NEMA H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC j Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 9/7

18 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 7 Ordering Information Coil Table Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. For Fusible Styles see page 9/2. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Disc. Amp Range Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 30 7CUA82B* 7CUA82@* 7CUA82N* A 30 7CUB82B* 7CUB82@* 7CUB82N* A 30 7CUC82B* 7CUC82@* 7CUC82N* A 30 7CUD82B* 7CUD82@* 7CUD82N* A 30 7DUA82B* 7DUA82@* 7DUA82N* A 30 7DUB82B* 7DUB82@* 7DUB82N* A 30 7DUC82B* 7DUC82@* 7DUC82N* A 30 7DUD82B* 7DUD82@* 7DUD82N* A 60 7DUE82B* 7DUE82@* 7DUE82N* A 60 7EUE82B* 7EUE82@* 7EUE82N* B 60 7FUF82B* 7FUF82@* 7FUF82N* B 00 c 7GUG82B* 7GUG82@* 7GUG82N* 20 d 25 e B 00 7HUG82B* 7HUG82@* 7HUG82N* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b For 60A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/2. c For 25 HP and 200A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/2. d For 30HP and 200A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 9/2. 9/8 Product Category: NEMA

19 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 7 Ordering Information Coil Table Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (3 required) Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Disc Amp Rating Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant Weatherproof NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Watertight, Dust-tight CP92B*8 7CP92@*8 7CP92F*8 7CP92N*8 7 2 c 7 2 c DP92B*8 7DP92@*8 7DP92F*8 7DP92N* EP92B*8 7EP92@*8 7EP92F*8 7EP92N* FP92B*8 7FP92@*8 7FP92F*8 7FP92N* GP92B*8 7GP92@*8 7GP92F*8 7GP92N*8 25 d 30 d HP92B*8 7HP92@*8 7HP92F*8 7HP92N* IP92B*8 7IP92@*8 7IP92F*8 7IP92N* JP92B*8 7JP92@*8 7JP92F*8 7JP92N*8 Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Disc Amp Rating Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight CP82B*8 7CP82@*8 7CP82N*8 7 2 c 7 2 c DP82B*8 7DP82@*8 7DP82N* EP82B*8 7EP82@*8 7EP82N* FP82B*8 7FP82@*8 7FP82N* GP82B*8 7GP82@*8 7GP82N*8 25 d 30 d HP82B*8 7HP82@*8 7HP82N*8 Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, ( s are three phase, wire for single phase in the field) Max Hp Enclosure 5 208/ 230 NEMA Half Disc Amp Rating NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight CP92B*8 7CP92@*8 7CP92F*8 7CP92N* DP92B*8 7DP92@*8 7DP92F*8 7DP92N*8 3 5 P 60 7EP92B*8 7EP92@*8 7EP92F*8 7EP92N* FP92B*8 7FP92@*8 7FP92F*8 7FP92N* GP92B*8 7GP92@*8 7GP92F*8 7GP92N*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b For 60A disc, order fusible cat. no. page 9/22. For 200A disc, order fusible cat. no. page 9/22. Product Category: NEMA 9/9

20 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 7 Ordering Information Coil Table Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole e Max Hp Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Overload Disc. Amp Fuse Clip Range Amp/ Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted (thru size 4) Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 30 30A/250V 7CUA92B*0 7CUA92@*0 7CUA92F*0 7CUA92N* A 30 30A/600V 7CUA92B* 7CUA92@* 7CUA92F* 7CUA92N* A 30 30A/250V 7CUB92B*0 7CUB92@*0 7CUB92F*0 7CUB92N* A 30 30A/600V 7CUB92B* 7CUB92@* 7CUB92F* 7CUB92N* A 30 30A/250V 7CUC92B*0 7CUC92@*0 7CUC92F*0 7CUC92N* A 30 30A/600V 7CUC92B* 7CUC92@* 7CUC92F* 7CUC92N* A 30 30A/250V 7CUD92B*0 7CUD92@*0 7CUD92F*0 7CUD92N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUA92B*0 7DUA92@*0 7DUA92F*0 7DUA92N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUA92B* 7DUA92@* 7DUA92F* 7DUA92N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUB92B*0 7DUB92@*0 7DUB92F*0 7DUB92N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUB92B* 7DUB92@* 7DUB92F* 7DUB92N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUC92B*0 7DUC92@*0 7DUC92F*0 7DUC92N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUC92B* 7DUC92@* 7DUC92F* 7DUC92N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUD92B*0 7DUD92@*0 7DUD92F*0 7DUD92N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUD92B* 7DUD92@* 7DUD92F* 7DUD92N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUE92B*0 7DUE92@*0 7DUE92F*0 7DUE92N* A 60 60A/250V 7DUE92B*2 7DUE92@*2 7DUE92F*2 7DUE92N* A 60 60A/600V 7EUE92B*3 7EUE92@*3 7EUE92F*3 7EUE92N* A 60 60A/250V 7EUE92B*2 7EUE92@*2 7EUE92F*2 7EUE92N* B 60 60A/250V 7FUF92B*2 7FUF92@*2 7FUF92F*2 7FUF92N* B 60 60A/600V 7FUF92B*3 7FUF92@*3 7FUF92F*3 7FUF92N* B 60 60A/600V 7GUG92B*3 7GUG92@*3 7GUG92F*3 7GUG92N* B 00 00A/600V 7GUG92B*5 7GUG92@*5 7GUG92F*5 7GUG92N* B 00 00A/250V 7GUG92B*4 7GUG92@*4 7GUG92F*4 7GUG92N* B 00 00A/250V 7HUG92B*4 7HUG92@*4 7HUG92F*4 7HUG92N* B 00 00A/600V 7HUG92B*5 7HUG92@*5 7HUG92F*5 7HUG92N* B A/250V 7HUG92B*6 7HUG92@*6 7HUG92F*6 7HUG92N* B A/250V 7IUH92B*6 7IUH92@*6 7IUH92F*6 7IUH92N* B A/600V 7IUH92B*7 7IUH92@*7 7IUH92F*7 7IUH92N* B A/250V 7JUH92B*6 7JUH92@*6 7JUH92F*6 7JUH92N* B A/600V 7JUH92B*7 7JUH92@*7 7JUH92F*7 7JUH92N* A/250V 7LPU92B*8 7LPU92E*8 d 7LPU92N* A/250V c 7LPU92B*20 7LPU92E*20 d 7LPU92N* A/600V 7LPU92B*7 7LPU92E*7 d 7LPU92N* A/600V 7LPU92B*9 7LPU92E*9 d 7LPU92N* A/600V c 7LPU92B*2 7LPU92E*2 d 7LPU92N* A/250V 7MPX92B*20 7MPX92E*20 d 7MPX92N* A/600V 7MPX92B*2 7MPX92E*2 d 7MPX92N* A/600V 7MPX92B*23 7MPX92E*23 d 7MPX92N* f A+CT A/600V 7NUN92B*24 7NUN92N* g A+CT A/600V 7PUN92B*25 7PUN92N*25 Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in starter sizes 5 8. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Use Class J fuses only. d Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). e Single phase wiring page 9/73. f F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC g Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 9/20

21 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 7 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Disc. Amp Range Fuse Clip Amp/ Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 30 30A/250V 7CUA82B*0 7CUA82@*0 7CUA82N* A 30 30A/600V 7CUA82B* 7CUA82@* 7CUA82N* A 30 30A/250V 7CUB82B*0 7CUB82@*0 7CUB82N* A 30 30A/600V 7CUB82B* 7CUB82@* 7CUB82N* A 30 30A/250V 7CUC82B*0 7CUC82@*0 7CUC82N* A 30 30A/600V 7CUC82B* 7CUC82@* 7CUC82N* A 30 30A/250V 7CUD82B*0 7CUD82@*0 7CUD82N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUA82B*0 7DUA82@*0 7DUA82N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUA82B* 7DUA82@* 7DUA82N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUB82B*0 7DUB82@*0 7DUB82N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUB82B* 7DUB82@* 7DUB82N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUC82B*0 7DUC82@*0 7DUC82N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUC82B* 7DUC82@* 7DUC82N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUD82B*0 7DUD82@*0 7DUD82N* A 30 30A/600V 7DUD82B* 7DUD82@* 7DUD82N* A 30 30A/250V 7DUE82B*0 7DUE82@*0 7DUE82N* A 60 60A/250V 7DUE82B*2 7DUE82@*2 7DUE82N* A 60 60A/600V 7EUE82B*3 7EUE82@*3 7EUE82N* A 60 60A/250V 7EUE82B*2 7EUE82@*2 7EUE82N* B 60 60A/250V 7FUF82B*2 7FUF82@*2 7FUF82N* B 60 60A/600V 7FUF82B*3 7FUF82@*3 7FUF82N* B 60 60A/600V 7GUG82B*3 7GUG82@*3 7GUG82N* B 00 00A/600V 7GUG82B*5 7GUG82@*5 7GUG82N* B 00 00A/250V 7GUG82B*4 7GUG82@*4 7GUG82N* B 00 00A/250V 7HUG82B*4 7HUG82@*4 7HUG82N* B 00 00A/600V 7HUG82B*5 7HUG82@*5 7HUG82N* B A/250V 7HUG82B*6 7HUG82@*6 7HUG82N*6 Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. 9/2

22 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Fusible with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 7 Ordering Information Coil Table Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (3 required) Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Disc Amp Rating Fuse Clip Amps/ Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A/250V 7CP92B*08 7CP92@*08 7CP92F*08 7CP92N* A/600V 7CP92B*8 7CP92@*8 7CP92F*8 7CP92N* A/250V 7DP92B*08 7DP92@*08 7DP92F*08 7DP92N* A/600V 7DP92B*8 7DP92@*8 7DP92F*8 7DP92N* A/250V 7DP92B*28 7DP92@*28 7DP92F*28 7DP92N* A/250V 7EP92B*28 7EP92@*28 7EP92F*28 7EP92N* A/600V 7EP92B*38 7EP92@*38 7EP92F*38 7EP92N* A/250V 7FP92B*28 7FP92@*28 7FP92F*28 7FP92N* A/600V 7FP92B*38 7FP92@*38 7FP92F*38 7FP92N* A/600V 7GP92B*38 7GP92@*38 7GP92F*38 7GP92N* A/600V 7GP92B*58 7GP92@*58 7GP92F*58 7GP92N* A/250V 7GP92B*48 7GP92@*48 7GP92F*48 7GP92N* A/250V 7HP92B*48 7HP92@*48 7HP92F*48 7HP92N* A/600V 7HP92B*58 7HP92@*58 7HP92F*58 7HP92N* A/250V 7HP92B*68 7HP92@*68 7HP92F*68 7HP92N* A/250V 7IP92B*68 7IP92@*68 7IP92F*68 7IP92N* A/600V 7IP92B*78 7IP92@*78 7IP92F*78 7IP92N* A/250V 7JP92B*68 7JP92@*68 7JP92F*68 7JP92N* A/600V 7JP92B*78 7JP92@*78 7JP92F*78 7JP92N*78 Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Disc Amp Rating Fuse Clip Amps/ Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight Industrial Use = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A/250V 7CP82B*08 7CP82@*08 7CP82N* A/600V 7CP82B*8 7CP82@*8 7CP82N* A/250V 7DP82B*08 7DP82@*08 7DP82N* A/600V 7DP82B*8 7DP82@*8 7DP82N* A/250V 7DP82B*28 7DP82@*28 7DP82N* A/250V 7EP82B*28 7EP82@*28 7EP82N* A/600V 7EP82B*38 7EP82@*38 7EP82N* A/250V 7FP82B*28 7FP82@*28 7FP82N* A/600V 7FP82B*38 7FP82@*38 7FP82N* A/600V 7GP82B*38 7GP82@*38 7GP82N* A/600V 7GP82B*58 7GP82@*58 7GP82N* A/250V 7GP82B*48 7GP82@*48 7GP82N* A/250V 7HP82B*48 7HP82@*48 7HP82N* A/600V 7HP82B*58 7HP82@*58 7HP82N* A/250V 7HP82B*68 7HP82@*68 7HP82N*68 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. Single phase wiring page 9/73. 9/22 Product Category: NEMA

23 Combination Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type with Solid State Overload, Class 8 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Overload NEMA Half Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps Amp Range Frame Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 3 & 4 Div. and Div. 2 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted (thru size 4) Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 8CUB92B* 8CUB92@* 8CUB92F* 8CUB92H* 8CUB92N* A 8CUC92B* 8CUC92@* 8CUC92F* 8CUC92H* 8CUC92N* A 8CUD92B* 8CUD92@* 8CUD92F* 8CUD92H* 8CUD92N* A 8DUB92B* 8DUB92@* 8DUB92F* 8DUB92H* 8DUB92N* A 8DUC92B* 8DUC92@* 8DUC92F* 8DUC92H* 8DUC92N* A 8DUD92B* 8DUD92@* 8DUD92F* 8DUD92H* 8DUD92N* A 8DUE92B* 8DUE92@* 8DUE92F* 8DUE92H* 8DUE92N* A 8EUE92B* 8EUE92@* 8EUE92F* 8EUE92H* 8EUE92N* B 8FUF92B* 8FUF92@* 8FUF92F* 8FUF92H* 8FUF92N* B 8GUG92B* 8GUG92@* 8GUG92F* 8GUG92H* 8GUG92N* B 8HUG92B* 8HUG92@* 8HUG92F* 8HUG92H* 8HUG92N* B 8IUH92B* 8IUH92@* 8IUH92F* 8IUH92H* 8IUH92N* B 8JUH92B* 8JUH92@* 8JUH92F* 8JUH92H* 8JUH92N* LPT92B* 8LPT92E*c 8LPT92H* 8LPT92N* LPU92B* 8LPU92E*c 8LPU92N* MPW92B* 8MPW92E*c 8MPW92N* MPX92B* 8MPX92E*c 8MPX92N* d A+CT 8NUV92B* 8NUV92N* d A+CT 8NUY92B* 8NUY92N* e A+CT 8PUW92B* 8PUW92N* e A+CT 8PUZ92B* 8PUZ92N* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in starter sizes 5 8. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). d F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC e Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC Product Category: NEMA 9/23

24 Combination Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type with Solid State Overload, Class 8 Ordering Information Coil Table Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps Overload Amp Range Frame Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 8CUB82B* 8CUB82@* 8CUB82N* A 8CUC82B* 8CUC82@* 8CUC82N* A 8CUD82B* 8CUD82@* 8CUD82N* A 8DUB82B* 8DUB82@* 8DUB82N* A 8DUC82B* 8DUC82@* 8DUC82N* A 8DUD82B* 8DUD82@* 8DUD82N* A 8DUE82B* 8DUE82@* 8DUE82N* A 8EUE82B* 8EUE82@* 8EUE82N* B 8FUF82B* 8FUF82@* 8FUF82N* B 8GUG82B* 8GUG82@* 8GUG82N* B 8HUG82B* 8HUG82@* 8HUG82N* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. 9/24 Product Category: NEMA

25 Combination Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 8 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (3 required) Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/59. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/74. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure NEMA Half Motor Circuit Interrupter ETI Amps Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. NEMA General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion = W for 304 Stainless = X for 36 Stainless Steel a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 3 & 4 Corrosion Resistant Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G NEMA 7 & 9 Div and Div 2 Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use NEMA 2,NEMA 3/3R, a NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use CP92BA*8 8CP92@A*8 8CP92FA*8 8CP92HA*8 8CP92NA* CP92BB*8 8CP92@B*8 8CP92FB*8 8CP92HB*8 8CP92NB* CP92BC*8 8CP92@C*8 8CP92FC*8 8CP92HC*8 8CP92NC* DP92BA*8 8DP92@A*8 8DP92FA*8 8DP92HA*8 8DP92NA* DP92BB*8 8DP92@B*8 8DP92FB*8 8DP92HB*8 8DP92NB* DP92BD*8 8DP92@D*8 8DP92FD*8 8DP92HD*8 8DP92ND* DP92BE*8 8DP92@E*8 8DP92FE*8 8DP92HE*8 8DP92NE* EP92BF*8 8EP92@F*8 8EP92FF*8 8EP92HF*8 8EP92NF* EP92BG*8 8EP92@G*8 8EP92FG*8 8EP92HG*8 8EP92NG* FP92BH*8 8FP92@H*8 8FP92FH*8 8FP92HH*8 8FP92NH* FP92BJ*8 8FP92@J*8 8FP92FJ*8 8FP92HJ*8 8FP92NJ* GP92BK*8 8GP92@K*8 8GP92FK*8 8GP92HK*8 8GP92NK* GP92BL*8 8GP92@L*8 8GP92FL*8 8GP92HL*8 8GP92NL* HP92BM*8 8HP92@M*8 8HP92FM*8 8HP92HM*8 8HP92NM* HP92BN*8 8HP92@N*8 8HP92FN*8 8HP92HN*8 8HP92NN* IP92BP*8 8IP92@P*8 8IP92FP*8 8IP92HP*8 8IP92NP* JP92BR*8 8JP92@R*8 8JP92FR*8 8JP92HR*8 8JP92NR*8 Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Motor Circuit Interrupter ETI Amps Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion for 304 Stainless for 36 Stainless Steel NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R, a NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight CP82BA*8 8CP82@A*8 8CP82NA* CP82BB*8 8CP82@B*8 8CP82NB* CP82BC*8 8CP82@C*8 8CP82NC* DP82BA*8 8DP82@A*8 8DP82NA* DP82BB*8 8DP82@B*8 8DP82NB* DP82BD*8 8DP82@D*8 8DP82ND* DP82BE*8 8DP82@E*8 8DP82NE* EP82BF*8 8EP82@F*8 8EP82NF* EP82BG*8 8EP82@G*8 8EP82NG* FP82BH*8 8FP82@H*8 8FP82NH* FP82BJ*8 8FP82@J*8 8FP82NJ* GP82BK*8 8GP82@K*8 8GP82NK* GP82BL*8 8GP82@L*8 8GP82NL* HP82BM*8 8HP82@M*8 8HP82NM* HP82BN*8 8HP82@N*8 8HP82NN*8 Product Category: NEMA 9/25

26 Reversing Heavy Duty Starters Solid State Overload, Class 22 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/42 open and 9/62 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/76. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Overload Enclosure Open Type Standard Auxiliary Contacts f NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b NEMA 4X Watertight, Dust-tight, Fiberglass Corrosion Resistant Watertight, Dust-tight 304 Stainless Steel Corrosion Resistant NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R b Div. and Div. 2 Industrial Use Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Class II Groups E, F & G (Field Convertible to 3/3R) Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/ Outdoor Use NEMA Half Amp Range Frame A 22BUA32A* 22BUA32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use A 22BUB32A* 22BUB32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use A 22BUC32A* 22BUC32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use A 22CUA32A* 22CUA32B* 22CUA32W* 22CUA32F* 22CUA32H* 22CUA320* A 22CUB32A* 22CUB32B* 22CUB32W* 22CUB32F* 22CUB32H* 22CUB320* A 22CUC32A* 22CUC32B* 22CUC32W* 22CUC32F* 22CUC32H* 22CUC320* A 22CUD32A* 22CUD32B* 22CUD32W* 22CUD32F* 22CUD32H* 22CUD320* A 22DUA32A* 22DUA32B* 22DUA32W* 22DUA32F* 22DUA32H* 22DUA320* A 22DUB32A* 22DUB32B* 22DUB32W* 22DUB32F* 22DUB32H* 22DUB320* A 22DUC32A* 22DUC32B* 22DUC32W* 22DUC32F* 22DUC32H* 22DUC320* A 22DUD32A* 22DUD32B* 22DUD32W* 22DUD32F* 22DUD32H* 22DUD320* A 22DUE32A* 22DUE32B* 22DUE32W* 22DUE32F* 22DUE32H* 22DUE320* A 22EUE32A* 22EUE32B* 22EUE32W* 22EUE32F* 22EUE32H* 22EUE320* B 22FUF32A* 22FUF32B* 22FUF32W* 22FUF32F* 22FUF32H* 22FUF320* B 22GUG32A* 22GUG32B* 22GUG32W* 22GUG32F* 22GUG32H* 22GUG320* B 22HUG32A* 22HUG32B* 22HUG32W* 22HUG32F* 22HUG32H* 22HUG320* B 22IUH32A* 22IUH32B* 22IUH32W* 22IUH32F* 22IUH32H* 22IUH320* B 22JUH32A* 22JUH32B* 22JUH32W* 22JUH32F* 22JUH32H* 22JUH320* LPU32A* 22LPU32B* 22LPU32E* c 22LPU320* MPX32A* 22MPX32B* 22MPX32E* c 22MPX320* d A+CT 22NUN32A* 22NUN32B* 22NUN320* e A+CT 22PUN32A* 22PUN32B* 22PUN320* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in size 5 8 starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Enclosure is rated only NEMA 4 (painted steel). d Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC e Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC f Auxiliary contacts 22B-22E 4th pole built-in 22F-22J 2 NO & 2 NC 9/26 Product Category: NEMA

27 Reversing Heavy Duty Starters Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload with Manual and Auto Reset, Class 22 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. Single phase starters require heater element. 3-phase starters require 3 heater elements. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/42 open and 9/62 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/75. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure Open Type c NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 a General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Div and Div 2 Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Indoor/Outdoor Use Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Class II Groups E, F & G Cont- Class III actor Bolted Enclosures Amp NEMA Half Rating BP32A*8 22BP32B*8 Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP32A*8 22CP32B*8 22CP32W*8 22CP32F*8 22CP32H*8 22CP320* DP32A*8 22DP32B*8 22DP32W*8 22DP32F*8 22DP32H*8 22DP320* EP32A*8 22EP32B*8 22EP32W*8 22EP32F*8 22EP32H*8 22EP320* FP32A*8 22FP32B*8 22FP32W*8 22FP32F*8 22FP32H*8 22FP320* GP32A*8 22GP32B*8 22GP32W*8 22GP32F*8 22GP32H*8 22GP320* HP32A*8 22HP32B*8 22HP32W*8 22HP32F*8 22HP32H*8 22HP320* IP32A*8 22IP32B*8 22IP32W*8 22IP32F*8 22IP32H*8 22IP320* JG32A*8 22JG32B*8 22JG32W*8 22JG32F*8 22JG32H*8 22JG320*8 Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 3-Wire, 2-Pole b Max Hp Enclosure Open Type NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 a General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Div and Div 2 Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Bolted Enclosures 208/ Contactor Indoor/Outdoor Use Amp NEMA Rating BP2A*8 22BP2B*8 Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP2A*8 22CP2B*8 22CP2W*8 22CP2F*8 22CP2H*8 22CP20* DP2A*8 22DP2B*8 22DP2W*8 22DP2F*8 22DP2H*8 22DP20* P 22EP2A*8 22EP2B*8 22EP2W*8 22EP2F*8 22EP2H*8 22EP20*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All Starter s carry one maximum Hp rating. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b Coil D, F, or G will be wired for Incoming Voltage. J coil will be wired for 24V separate source. Coils E, H, and L do not apply to single phase starters. c Auxiliary contacts 22B-22E 4th pole built-in 22F-22J 2 NO & 2 NC Product Category: NEMA 9/27

28 Combination Reversing Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible, Class 25 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. Fuse clips see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/64. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/77. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Standard Width Enclosure with Solid State Overload, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Disc. Amp Rating Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant A 30 25CUA92B* 25CUA92W* 25CUA92F* 25CUA92N* NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted (thru size 4) Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 30 25CUB92B* 25CUB92W* 25CUB92F* 25CUB92N* A 30 25CUC92B* 25CUC92W* 25CUC92F* 25CUC92N* A 30 25CUD92B* 25CUD92W* 25CUD92F* 25CUD92N* A 30 25DUA92B* 25DUA92W* 25DUA92F* 25DUA92N* A 30 25DUB92B* 25DUB92W* 25DUB92F* 25DUB92N* A 30 25DUC92B* 25DUC92W* 25DUC92F* 25DUC92N* A 30 25DUD92B* 25DUD92W* 25DUD92F* 25DUD92N* A 60 25DUE92B* 25DUE92W* 25DUE92F* 25DUE92N* A 60 25EUE92B* 25EUE92W* 25EUE92F* 25EUE92N* B 60 25FUF92B* 25FUF92W* 25FUF92F* 25FUF92N* B 00 25GUG92B* 25GUG92W* 25GUG92F* 25GUG92N* B 00 25HUG92B* 25HUG92W* 25HUG92F* 25HUG92N* B IUH92B* 25IUH92W* 25IUH92F* 25IUH92N* B JUH92B* 25JUH92W* 25JUH92F* 25JUH92N* LPU92B* 25LPU92E* c 25LPU92N* MPX92B* 25MPX92E* c 25MPX92N* d A+CT NUN92B* 25NUN92N* e A+CT PUN92B* 25PUN92N* Standard Width Enclosure with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure NEMA Half Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in starter sizes 5 8. Disc Amp Rating NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant d F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC e Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC NEMA 2 b NEMA 3/3R NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight CP92B*8 25CP92W*8 25CP92F*8 25CP92N* DP92B*8 25DP92W*8 25DP92F*8 25DP92N* EP92B*8 25EP92W*8 25EP92F*8 25EP92N* FP92B*8 25FP92W*8 25FP92F*8 25FP92N* GP92B*8 25GP92W*8 25GP92F*8 25GP92N* HP92B*8 25HP92W*8 25HP92F*8 25HP92N* IP92B*8 25IP92W*8 25IP92F*8 25IP92N* JP92B*8 25JP92W*8 25JP92F*8 25JP92N*8 9/28 Product Category: NEMA

29 Combination Reversing Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type, Class 26 Ordering Information Coil Table Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in starter sizes 5 8. Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/64. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/77. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. Standard Width Enclosure with Solid State Overload, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Overload Enclosure Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). d F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 26CUB92B* 26CUB92W* 26CUB92F* 26CUB92H* 26CUB92N* NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 3 & 4 Div. and Div. 2 Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use e Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted (thru size 4) Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 26CUC92B* 26CUC92W* 26CUC92F* 26CUC92H* 26CUC92N* A 26CUD92B* 26CUD92W* 26CUD92F* 26CUD92H* 26CUD92N* A 26DUB92B* 26DUB92W* 26DUB92F* 26DUB92H* 26DUB92N* A 26DUC92B* 26DUC92W* 26DUC92F* 26DUC92H* 26DUC92N* A 26DUD92B* 26DUD92W* 26DUD92F* 26DUD92H* 26DUD92N* A 26DUE92B* 26DUE92W* 26DUE92F* 26DUE92H* 26DUE92N* A 26EUE92B* 26EUE92W* 26EUE92F* 26EUE92H* 26EUE92N* B 26FUF92B* 26FUF92W* 26FUF92F* 26FUF92H* 26FUF92N* B 26GUG92B* 26GUG92W* 26GUG92F* 26GUG92H* 26GUG92N* B 26HUG92B* 26HUG92W* 26HUG92F* 26HUG92H* 26HUG92N* B 26IUH92B* 26IUH92W* 26IUH92F* 26IUH92H* 26IUH92N* B 26JUH92B* 26JUH92W* 26JUH92F* 26JUH92H* 26JUH92N* LPT92B* 26LPT92E* c 26LPT92N* LPU92B* 26LPU92E* c 26LPU92N* MPW92B* 26MPW92E* c 26MPW92N* MPX92B* 26MPX92E* c 26MPX92N* * d A+CT 26NUV92B* 26NUV92N* * d A+CT 26NUY92B* 26NUY92N* e A+CT 26PUW92B* 26PUW92N* e A+CT 26PUZ92B* 26PUZ92N* Standard Width Enclosure with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, 3-Phase, 3-Pole CP92BA*8 26CP92WA*8 26CP92FA*8 26CP92HA*8 26CP92NA* CP92BB*8 26CP92WB*8 26CP92FB*8 26CP92HB*8 26CP92NB* CP92BC*8 26CP92WC*8 26CP92FC*8 26CP92HC*8 26CP92NC* DP92BA*8 26DP92WA*8 26DP92FA*8 26DP92HA*8 26DP92NA* DP92BB*8 26DP92WB*8 26DP92FB*8 26DP92HB*8 26DP92NB* DP92BD*8 26DP92WD*8 26DP92FD*8 26DP92HD*8 26DP92ND* DP92BE*8 26DP92WE*8 26DP92FE*8 26DP92HE*8 26DP92NE* EP92BF*8 26EP92WF*8 26EP92FF*8 26EP92HF*8 26EP92NF* EP92BG*8 26EP92WG*8 26EP92FG*8 26EP92HG*8 26EP92NG* FP92BH*8 26FP92WH*8 26FP92FH*8 26FP92HH*8 26FP92NH* FP92BJ*8 26FP92WJ*8 26FP92FJ*8 26FP92HJ*8 26FP92NJ* GP92BK*8 26GP92WK*8 26GP92FK*8 26GP92HK*8 26GP92NK* GP92BL*8 26GP92WL*8 26GP92FL*8 26GP92HL*8 26GP92NL* HP92BM*8 26HP92WM*8 26HP92FM*8 26HP92HM*8 26HP92NM* HP92BN*8 26HP92WN*8 26HP92FN*8 26HP92HN*8 26HP92NN* IP92BP*8 26IP92WP*8 26IP92FP*8 26IP92HP*8 26IP92NP* JP92BR*8 26JP92WR*8 26JP92FR*8 26JP92HR*8 26JP92NR*8 Product Category: NEMA 9/29

30 Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Features and Benefits General Features b Rugged Industrial Design b Dual Voltage, Dual Frequency Coils b Compact Design b Snap-On Front Removable Auxiliary Contacts b Electrical and Mechanical Interlocks b Half s Space and Cost Savings b Industrial Type Disconnect Operating Handle b Visible Blade Disconnect Thru 4 b Adjustable Motor Circuit Protector b 00,000 Amp Fault Protection with MCP or Class R Fuses b Pilot Device Locations identified on All Enclosures b UL ed File #E4900 b CSA Certified File #LR6535 Applications Multi-speed magnetic starters automatically reconnect multi-speed motor windings for the desired speed in response to a signal received from push button stations or other pilot devices. These starters are available for two speed motors. Consequent Pole multi-speed motors having two speeds on a single winding (consequent pole) require a starter which reconnects the motor leads to half the number of effective motor poles at the high speed point. In this type of motor, the low speed is one half the high speed. Separate Windings motors having separate windings for each speed provide more varied speed combinations in that the low speed need not be one half the high speed. Starters for separate winding motors consist of a starter unit for each speed. Multi-speed motor starters are available for constant torque, variable torque and constant horsepower motors. Constant Torque motors maintain constant torque at all speeds. Horsepower varies directly with speed. This type of motor is applicable to conveyors, mills and similar applications. Variable Torque motors produce a torque characteristic which varies as the square of the speed. This type of motor is applicable to fans, blowers and centrifugal pumps. Constant Horsepower motors maintain constant horsepower at all speeds and therefore torque varies inversely with speed. This type of motor is applicable where the same horsepower is required at all speeds. The higher current required at low speed requires derating on starters for constant horsepower applications. This type of motor is applicable to metal working machines such as drills, lathes, mills, bending machines, punch presses, and power wrenches. Operation Magnetic starters for multi-speed applications select the desired speed in accordance with the pilot control. The shock to machinery upon the reduction of speed is greater than when the speed is increased. Therefore, the pilot control should be wired so that the stop button must be depressed before dropping to a lower speed or time delays should be used for applications requiring full automatic operations. The multi-speed controls are available with the necessary interlocks or relays to provide this type of operation. These controls may be modified for compelling or acceleration pilot control. Selective Control permits the operator to start the motor at any speed and to change to a higher speed by merely pushing a button. To change to a lower speed it is necessary to first depress the stop button and to then press the proper speed button. Selective control is a function of the pilot control selected and requires no starter modifications. Compelling Control requires that the motor always be started at the lower speed and that the push buttons be operated in speed sequence to go to the next higher speed. To change to a lower speed, the stop button must be depressed and then the push buttons operated in speed sequence until the desired speed is reached. Compelling control can be added from the factory modification section page 9/22. Acceleration Control provides that the motor be accelerated auto matically with timers by progressively energizing the controls from the push button station from the lowest to highest speed. To change to a lower speed the stop button is depressed and then it is necessary to proceed as if starting from rest. Acceleration control can be added from the factory modification section page 9/22. Deceleration Control provides that the motor be decelerated auto matically with a timer when going from high speed to low speed. The timer allows the motor to decelerate from high speed to a lower speed before automatically restarting the motor in low speed. Deceleration control can be added from the factory modification section page 9/22. Open Style Two Speed Starter (ESP00 Overload) Open Style Two Speed Starter (Ambient Compensated Overload) 9/30

31 Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Constant or Variable Torque with Solid Overload, Class 30 2S2W Starter (ESP200 Overload) Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Replace the ( ) with the letter that corresponds to the correct low speed FLA in the FLA table. b Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/50. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Low Speed FLA Table OLR FLA Frame 0, 0.25 A A 0, A B 0, 3 2 A C 0, A D 0-3 / A E B F B G 3 / B H One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Overload Enclosure Open Type NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Standard Auxiliary Contacts c General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 30CUB 32A2V* 30CUB 32B2V* 30CUB 32W2V* 30CUB 32F2V* 30CUB 3202V* A 30CUC 32A2V* 30CUC 32B2V* 30CUC 32W2V* 30CUC 32F2V* 30CUC 3202V* A 30CUD 32A2V* 30CUD 32B2V* 30CUD 32W2V* 30CUD 32F2V* 30CUD 3202V* A 30DUB 32A2V* 30DUB 32B2V* 30DUB 32W2V* 30DUB 32F2V* 30DUB 3202V* Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Overload Enclosure Open Type c NEMA Standard Auxiliary Contacts General Purpose NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 30CUB 32AV* 30CUB 32BV* 30CUB 32WV* 30CUB 32FV* 30CUB 320V* A 30CUC 32AV* 30CUC 32BV* 30CUC 32WV* 30CUC 32FV* 30CUC 320V* A 30CUD 32AV* 30CUD 32BV* 30CUD 32WV* 30CUD 32FV* 30CUD 320V* A 30DUB 32AV* 30DUB 32BV* 30DUB 32WV* 30DUB 32FV* 30DUB 320V* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. c Auxiliary contacts 30C-30E 4th pole built-in 30F-30J 2 NO & 2 NC Product Category: NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel 36 Stainless Steel (Optional) NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) A 30DUC 32A2V* 30DUC 32B2V* 30DUC 32W2V* 30DUC 32F2V* 30DUC 3202V* A 30DUD 32A2V* 30DUD 32B2V* 30DUD 32W2V* 30DUD 32F2V* 30DUD 3202V* A 30DUE 32A2V* 30DUE 32B2V* 30DUE 32W2V* 30DUE 32F2V* 30DUE 3202V* A 30EUE 32A2V* 30EUE 32B2V* 30EUE 32W2V* 30EUE 32F2V* 30EUE 3202V* B 30FUF 32A2V* 30FUF 32B2V* 30FUF 32W2V* 30FUF 32F2V* 30FUF 3202V* B 30GUG 32A2V* 30GUG 32B2V* 30GUG 32W2V* 30GUG 32F2V* 30GUG 3202V* B 30HUG 32A2V* 30HUG 32B2V* 30HUG 32W2V* 30HUG 32F2V* 30HUG 3202V* B 30IUH 32A2V* 30IUH 32B2V* 30IUH 32W2V* 30IUH 32F2V* 30IUH 3202V* B 30JUH 32A2V* 30JUH 32B2V* 30JUH 32W2V* 30JUH 32F2V* 30JUH 3202V* NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) A 30DUC 32AV* 30DUC 32BV* 30DUC 32WV* 30DUC 32FV* 30DUC 320V* A 30DUD 32AV* 30DUD 32BV* 30DUD 32WV* 30DUD 32FV* 30DUD 320V* A 30DUE 32AV* 30DUE 32BV* 30DUE 32WV* 30DUE 32FV* 30DUE 320V* A 30EUE 32AV* 30EUE 32BV* 30EUE 32WV* 30EUE 32FV* 30EUE 320V* B 30FUF 32AV* 30FUF 32BV* 30FUF 32WV* 30FUF 32FV* 30FUF 320V* B 30GUG 32AV* 30GUG 32BV* 30GUG 32WV* 30GUG 32FV* 30GUG 320V* B 30HUG 32AV* 30HUG 32BV* 30HUG 32WV* 30HUG 32FV* 30HUG 320V* B 30IUH 32AV* 30IUH 32BV* 30IUH 32WV* 30IUH 32FV* 30IUH 320V* B 30JUH 32AV* 30JUH 32BV* 30JUH 32WV* 30JUH 32FV* 30JUH 320V* 9/3

32 Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Constant HP with Solid Overload, Class 30 Ordering Information Coil Table High/Low Speed FLA Table b 2S2W Starter (ESP200 Overload) Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Replace the ( ) with the letter that corresponds to the correct FLA in High/Low Speed FLA Table. b Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/50. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. OLR FLA Frame 0, 0.25 A A 0, A B 0, 3 2 A C 0, A D 0-3 / A E B F B G 3 / B H * First ( ) for high speed, second ( ) for low speed. Use motor nameplate to select FLA. If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the bases that the low speed FLA will be no greater than 50 % of high speed FLA. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp 200 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA Half Half Enclosure Open Type Standard Auxiliary Contactsc Open Type Standard Auxiliary Contactsc NEMA General Purpose NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4/4X Stainless a Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) CU 32AH* 30CU 32BH* 30CU 32WH* 30CU 32FH* 30CU 320H* DU 32AH* 30DU 32BH* 30DU 32WH* 30DU 32FH* 30DU 320H* EU 32AH* 30EU 32BH* 30EU 32WH* 30EU 32FH* 30EU 320H* FU 32AH* 30FU 32BH* 30FU 32WH* 30FU 32FH* 30FU 320H* GU 32AH* 30GU 32BH* 30GU 32WH* 30GU 32FH* 30GU 320H* HU 32AH* 30HU 32BH* 30HU 32WH* 30HU 32FH* 30HU 320H* IU 32AH* 30IU 32BH* 30IU 32WH* 30IU 32FH* 30IU 320H* JU 32AH* 30JU 32BH* 30JU 32WH* 30JU 32FH* 30JU 320H* CU 32A2H* 30CU 32B2H* 30CU 32W2H* 30CU 32F2H* 30CU 3202H* DU 32A2H* 30DU 32B2H* 30DU 32W2H* 30DU 32F2H* 30DU 3202H* EU 32A2H* 30EU 32B2H* 30EU 32W2H* 30EU 32F2H* 30EU 3202H* FU 32A2H* 30FU 32B2H* 30FU 32W2H* 30FU 32F2H* 30FU 3202H* GU 32A2H* 30GU 32B2H* 30GU 32W2H* 30GU 32F2H* 30GU 3202H* HU 32A2H* 30HU 32B2H* 30HU 32W2H* 30HU 32F2H* 30HU 3202H* IU 32A2H* 30IU 32B2H* 30IU 32W2H* 30IU 32F2H* 30IU 3202H* JU 32A2H* 30JU 32B2H* 30JU 32W2H* 30JU 32F2H* 30JU 3202H* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b First ( ) for high speed, second ( ) for low speed. Use motor nameplate information to select FLA. If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. c Auxiliary contacts 30C-30E 4th pole built-in 30F-30J 2 NO & 2 NC 9/32 Product Category: NEMA

33 Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Constant or Variable Torque with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 30 2S2W starter (Amb. Comp. Bimetal OL) Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24 (6 required) 2 Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/43 open and 9/50 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3 Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Enclosure Open Type c NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2 a Cont- General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3/3R actor Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use Amp NEMA Half 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof Rating CP32A2V*8 30CP32B2V*8 30CP32W2V*8 30CP32F2V*8 30CP3202V* DP32A2V*8 30DP32B2V*8 30DP32W2V*8 30DP32F2V*8 30DP3202V* EP32A2V*8 30EP32B2V*8 30EP32W2V*8 30EP32F2V*8 30EP3202V* FP32A2V*8 30FP32B2V*8 30FP32W2V*8 30FP32F2V*8 30FP3202V* GP32A2V*8 30GP32B2V*8 30GP32W2V*8 30GP32F2V*8 30GP3202V* HP32A2V*8 30HP32B2V*8 30HP32W2V*8 30HP32F2V*8 30HP3202V* IP32A2V*8 30IP32B2V*8 30IP32W2V*8 30IP32F2V*8 30IP3202V* JG32A2V*8 30JG32B2V*8 30JG32W2V*8 30JG32F2V*8 30JG3202V*8 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Enclosure Open Type c NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2 a Cont- General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3/3R actor Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use Amp NEMA Half 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof Rating CP32AV*8 30CP32BV*8 30CP32WV*8 30CP32FV*8 30CP320V* DP32AV*8 30DP32BV*8 30DP32WV*8 30DP32FV*8 30DP320V* EP32AV*8 30EP32BV*8 30EP32WV*8 30EP32FV*8 30EP320V* FP32AV*8 30FP32BV*8 30FP32WV*8 30FP32FV*8 30FP320V* GP32AV*8 30GP32BV*8 30GP32WV*8 30GP32FV*8 30GP320V* HP32AV*8 30HP32BV*8 30HP32WV*8 30HP32FV*8 30HP320V* IP32AV*8 30IP32BV*8 30IP32WV*8 30IP32FV*8 30IP320V* JG32AV*8 30JG32BV*8 30JG32WV*8 30JG32FV*8 30JG320V*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b If motor FLA are unknown, select heater elements on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. Product Category: NEMA c Auxiliary contacts 30C-30E 4th pole built-in 30F-30J 2 NO & 2 NC 9/33

34 Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Constant HP with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 30 Ordering Information Coil Table 2S2W starter (Amb. Comp. Bimetal OL) Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24 (6 required) 2. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/43 open and 9/50 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact. 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure Open Type c NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2 a Cont- General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3/3R actor Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use Amp NEMA Half 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof Rating CP32A2H*8 30CP32B2H*8 30CP32W2H*8 30CP32F2H*8 30CP3202H* DP32A2H*8 30DP32B2H*8 30DP32W2H*8 30DP32F2H*8 30DP3202H* EP32A2H*8 30EP32B2H*8 30EP32W2H*8 30EP32F2H*8 30EP3202H* FP32A2H*8 30FP32B2H*8 30FP32W2H*8 30FP32F2H*8 30FP3202H* GP32A2H*8 30GP32B2H*8 30GP32W2H*8 30GP32F2H*8 30GP3202H* HP32A2H*8 30HP32B2H*8 30HP32W2H*8 30HP32F2H*8 30HP3202H* IP32A2H*8 30IP32B2H*8 30IP32W2H*8 30IP32F2H*8 30IP3202H* JG32A2H*8 30JG32B2H*8 30JG32W2H*8 30JG32F2H*8 30JG3202H*8 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure Open Type c NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2 a Cont- General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3/3R actor Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use Amp NEMA Half 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof Rating CP32AH*8 30CP32BH*8 30CP32WH*8 30CP32FH*8 30CP320H* DP32AH*8 30DP32BH*8 30DP32WH*8 30DP32FH*8 30DP320H* EP32AH*8 30EP32BH*8 30EP32WH*8 30EP32FH*8 30EP320H* FP32AH*8 30FP32BH*8 30FP32WH*8 30FP32FH*8 30FP320H* GP32AH*8 30GP32BH*8 30GP32WH*8 30GP32FH*8 30GP320H* HP32AH*8 30HP32BH*8 30HP32WH*8 30HP32FH*8 30HP320H* IP32AH*8 30IP32BH*8 30IP32WH*8 30IP32FH*8 30IP320H* JG32AH*8 30JG32BH*8 30JG32WH*8 30JG32FH*8 30JG320H*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b If motor FLA are unknown, select heater element on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. c Auxiliary contacts 30C-30E 4th pole built-in 30F-30J 2 NO & 2 NC 9/34 Product Category: NEMA

35 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible, Constant or Variable Torque with Solid Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Replace the ( ) with the letter that corresponds to the correct low speed FLA in the FLA table. 3 Fuse clips see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Low Speed FLA Table OLR FLA Frame 0, 0.25 A A 0, A B 0, 3 2 A C 0, A D 0-3 / A E B F B G 3 / B H One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Disc NEMA Half Amp Frame Amp Range Range A 30 32CUB 92B2V2* 32CUB 92W2V2* 32CUB 92F2V2* 32CUB 92N2V2* A 30 32CUC 92B2V2* 32CUC 92W2V2* 32CUC 92F2V2* 32CUC 92N2V2* A 30 32CUD 92B2V2* 32CUD 92W2V2* 32CUD 92F2V2* 32CUD 92N2V2* A 30 32DUB 92B2V2* 32DUB 92W2V2* 32DUB 92F2V2* 32DUB 92N2V2* A 30 32DUC 92B2V2* 32DUC 92W2V2* 32DUC 92F2V2* 32DUC 92N2V2* A 30 32DUD 92B2V2* 32DUD 92W2V2* 32DUD 92F2V2* 32DUD 92N2V2* A 60 32DUE 92B2V2* 32DUE 92W2V2* 32DUE 92F2V2* 32DUE 92N2V2* A 60 32EUE 92B2V2* 32EUE 92W2V2* 32EUE 92F2V2* 32EUE 92N2V2* B 60 32FUF 92B2V2* 32FUF 92W2V2* 32FUF 92F2V2* 32FUF 92N2V2* B 00 32GUG 92B2V2* 32GUG 92W2V2* 32GUG 92F2V2* 32GUG 92N2V2* B 00 32HUG 92B2V2* 32HUG 92W2V2* 32HUG 92F2V2* 32HUG 92N2V2* B IUH 92B2V2* 32IUH 92W2V2* 32IUH 92F2V2* 32IUH 92N2V2* B JUH 92B2V2* 32JUH 92W2V2* 32JUH 92F2V2* 32JUH 92N2V2* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. Overload Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Overload Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless b General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. Product Category: NEMA NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight Disc NEMA Half Amp Frame Amp Range Range A 30 32CUB 92BV2* 32CUB 92WV2* 32CUB 92FV2* 32CUB 92NV2* A 30 32CUC 92BV2* 32CUC 92WV2* 32CUC 92FV2* 32CUC 92NV2* A 30 32CUD 92BV2* 32CUD 92WV2* 32CUD 92FV2* 32CUD 92NV2* A 30 32DUB 92BV2* 32DUB 92WV2* 32DUB 92FV2* 32DUB 92NV2* A 30 32DUC 92BV2* 32DUC 92WV2* 32DUC 92FV2* 32DUC 92NV2* A 30 32DUD 92BV2* 32DUD 92WV2* 32DUD 92FV2* 32DUD 92NV2* A 60 32DUE 92BV2* 32DUE 92WV2* 32DUE 92FV2* 32DUE 92NV2* A 60 32EUE 92BV2* 32EUE 92WV2* 32EUE 92FV2* 32EUE 92NV2* B 60 32FUF 92BV2* 32FUF 92WV2* 32FUF 92FV2* 32FUF 92NV2* B 00 32GUG 92BV2* 32GUG 92WV2* 32GUG 92FV2* 32GUG 92NV2* B 00 32HUG 92BV2* 32HUG 92WV2* 32HUG 92FV2* 32HUG 92NV2* B IUH 92BV2* 32IUH 92WV2* 32IUH 92FV2* 32IUH 92NV2* B JUH 92BV2* 32JUH 92WV2* 32JUH 92FV2* 32JUH 92NV2* NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight 9/35

36 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible, Constant Horsepower with Solid State Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Replace the ( ) with the letter that corresponds to the correct FLA in the High/Low Speed FLA Table. c Fuse clips see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies see Factory Modifications page 9/9. High/Low Speed FLA Table c OLR FLA Frame 0, 0.25 A A 0, A B 0, 3 2 A C 0, A D 0-3 / A E B F B G 3 / B H * First ( ) for high speed, second ( ) for low speed. Use motor nameplate to select FLA. If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the bases that the low speed FLA will be no greater than 50 % of high speed FLA. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Disc. Amp Range Enclosure NEMA General Purpose Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight CU 92B2H2* 32CU 92W2H2* CU 92F2H2* 32CU 92N2H2* DU 92B2H2* 32DU 92W2H2* DU 92F2H2* 32DU 92N2H2* EU 92B2H2* 32EU 92W2H2* EU 92F2H2* 32EU 92N2H2* FU 92B2H2* 32FU 92W2H2* FU 92F2H2* 32FU 92N2H2* GU 92B2H2* 32GU 92W2H2* GU 92F2H2* 32GU 92N2H2* HU 92B2H2* 32HU 92W2H2* HU 92F2H2* 32HU 92N2H2* IU 92B2H2* 32IU 92W2H2* IU 92F2H2* 32IU 92N2H2* JU 92B2H2* 32JU 92W2H2* JU 92F2H2* 32JU 92N2H2* Max Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Disc. Amp Range Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight CU 92BH2* 32CU 92WH2* 32CU 92FH2* 32CU 92NH2* DU 92BH2* 32DU 92WH2* 32DU 92FH2* 32DU 92NH2* EU 92BH2* 32EU 92WH2* 32EU 92FH2* 32EU 92NH2* FU 92BH2* 32FU 92WH2* 32FU 92FH2* 32FU 92NH2* GU 92BH2* 32GU 92WH2* 32GU 92FH2* 32GU 92NH2* HU 92BH2* 32HU 92WH2* 32HU 92FH2* 32HU 92NH2* IU 92BH2* 32IU 92WH2* 32IU 92FH2* 32IU 92NH2* JU 92BH2* 32JU 92WH2* 32JU 92FH2* 32JU 92NH2* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c First for high speed, second for low speed. Use motor nameplate information to select FLA. If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. 9/36 Product Category: NEMA

37 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible, Constant or Variable Torque with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (6 required) Fuse clips see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9"."8" indicates one NC contact. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A D G 277 L / C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Enclosure Disc Half NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA Amp Rating CP92B2V2*8 32CP92W2V2*8 32CP92F2V2*8 32CP92N2V2* DP92B2V2*8 32DP92W2V2*8 32DP92F2V2*8 32DP92N2V2* EP92B2V2*8 32EP92W2V2*8 32EP92F2V2*8 32EP92N2V2* FP92B2V2*8 32FP92W2V2*8 32FP92F2V2*8 32FP92N2V2* GP92B2V2*8 32GP92W2V2*8 32GP92F2V2*8 32GP92N2V2* HP92B2V2*8 32HP92W2V2*8 32HP92F2V2*8 32HP92N2V2* IP92B2V2*8 32IP92W2V2*8 32IP92F2V2*8 32IP92N2V2* JP92B2V2*8 32JP92W2V2*8 32JP92F2V2*8 32JP92N2V2*8 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Enclosure Disc Half NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA Amp Rating CP92BV2*8 32CP92WV2*8 32CP92FV2*8 32CP92NV2* DP92BV2*8 32DP92WV2*8 32DP92FV2*8 32DP92NV2* EP92BV2*8 32EP92WV2*8 32EP92FV2*8 32EP92NV2* FP92BV2*8 32FP92WV2*8 32FP92FV2*8 32FP92NV2* GP92BV2*8 32GP92WV2*8 32GP92FV2*8 32GP92NV2* HP92BV2*8 32HP92WV2*8 32HP92FV2*8 32HP92NV2* IP92BV2*8 32IP92WV2*8 32IP92FV2*8 32IP92NV2* JP92BV2*8 32JP92WV2*8 32JP92FV2*8 32JP92NV2*8 NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. Product Category: NEMA 9/37

38 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Non-Fusible, Constant Horsepower with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (6 Required) Fuse clips see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact.. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure Disc Half NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA Amp Rating CP92B2H2*8 32CP92W2H2*8 32CP92F2H2*8 32CP92N2H2* DP92B2H2*8 32DP92W2H2*8 32DP92F2H2*8 32DP92N2H2* EP92B2H2*8 32EP92W2H2*8 32EP92F2H2*8 32EP92N2H2* FP92B2H2*8 32FP92W2H2*8 32FP92F2H2*8 32FP92N2H2* GP92B2H2*8 32GP92W2H2*8 32GP92F2H2*8 32GP92N2H2* HP92B2H2*8 32HP92W2H2*8 32HP92F2H2*8 32HP92N2H2* IP92B2H2*8 32IP92W2H2*8 32IP92F2H2*8 32IP92N2H2* JP92B2H2*8 32JP92W2H2*8 32JP92F2H2*8 32JP92N2H2*8 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure Disc Amp Rating NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA Half CP92BH2*8 32CP92WH2*8 32CP92FH2*8 32CP92NH2* DP92BH2*8 32DP92WH2*8 32DP92FH2*8 32DP92NH2* EP92BH2*8 32EP92WH2*8 32EP92FH2*8 32EP92NH2* FP92BH2*8 32FP92WH2*8 32FP92FH2*8 32FP92NH2* GP92BH2*8 32GP92WH2*8 32GP92FH2*8 32GP92NH2* HP92BH2*8 32HP92WH2*8 32HP92FH2*8 32HP92NH2* IP92BH2*8 32IP92WH2*8 32IP92FH2*8 32IP92NH2* JP92BH2*8 32JP92WH2*8 32JP92FH2*8 32JP92NH2*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. 9/38 Product Category: NEMA

39 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type, Constant or Variable Torque with Solid State Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Replace the ( ) with the letter that corresponds to the correct low speed FLA in the FLA table. 3 Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Low Speed FLA Table OLR FLA Frame 0, 0.25 A A 0, A B 0, 3 2 A C 0, A D 0-3 / A E B F B G 3 / B H One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Overload Enclosure Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 32CUB 92B2V* 32CUB 92W2V* 32CUB 92F2V* 32CUB 92N2V* Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps Overload NEMA General Purpose Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A 32CUC 92B2V* 32CUC 92W2V* 32CUC 92F2V* 32CUC 92N2V* A 32CUD 92B2V* 32CUD 92W2V* 32CUD 92F2V* 32CUD 92N2V* A 32DUB 92B2V* 32DUB 92W2V* 32DUB 92F2V* 32DUB 92N2V* A 32DUC 92B2V* 32DUC 92W2V* 32DUC 92F2V* 32DUC 92N2V* A 32DUD 92B2V* 32DUD 92W2V* 32DUD 92F2V* 32DUD 92N2V* A 32DUE 92B2V* 32DUE 92W2V* 32DUE 92F2V* 32DUE 92N2V* A 32EUE 92B2V* 32EUE 92W2V* 32EUE 92F2V* 32EUE 92N2V* B 32FUF 92B2V* 32FUF 92W2V* 32FUF 92F2V* 32FUF 92N2V* B 32GUG 92B2V* 32GUG 92W2V* 32GUG 92F2V* 32GUG 92N2V* B 32HUG 92B2V* 32HUG 92W2V* 32HUG 92F2V* 32HUG 92N2V* B 32IUH 92B2V* 32IUH 92W2V* 32IUH 92F2V* 32IUH 92N2V* B 32JUH 92B2V* 32JUH 92W2V* 32JUH 92F2V* 32JUH 92N2V* NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA Half Amp Frame Range A 32CUB 92BV* 32CUB 92WV* 32CUB 92FV* 32CUB 92NV* A 32CUC 92BV* 32CUC 92WV* 32CUC 92FV* 32CUC 92NV* A 32CUD 92BV* 32CUD 92WV* 32CUD 92FV* 32CUD 92NV* A 32DUB 92BV* 32DUB 92WV* 32DUB 92FV* 32DUB 92NV* A 32DUC 92BV* 32DUC 92WV* 32DUC 92FV* 32DUC 92NV* A 32DUD 92BV* 32DUD 92WV* 32DUD 92FV* 32DUD 92NV* A 32DUE 92BV* 32DUE 92WV* 32DUE 92FV* 32DUE 92NV* A 32EUE 92BV* 32EUE 92WV* 32EUE 92FV* 32EUE 92NV* B 32FUF 92BV* 32FUF 92WV* 32FUF 92FV* 32FUF 92NV* B 32GUG 92BV* 32GUG 92WV* 32GUG 92FV* 32GUG 92NV* B 32HUG 92BV* 32HUG 92WV* 32HUG 92FV* 32HUG 92NV* B 32IUH 92BV* 32IUH 92WV* 32IUH 92FV* 32IUH 92NV* B 32JUH 92BV* 32JUH 92WV* 32JUH 92FV* 32JUH 92NV* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. Product Category: NEMA 9/39

40 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type, Constant Horsepower with Solid State Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Replace the ( ) with the letter that corresponds to the correct FLA in the High/Low Speed FLA table. c Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies see Factory Modifications page 9/9. High/Low Speed FLA Table c OLR FLA Frame 0, 0.25 A A 0, A B 0, 3 2 A C 0, A D 0-3 / A E B F B G 3 / B H * First ( ) for high speed, second ( ) for low speed. Use motor nameplate to select FLA. If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the bases that the low speed FLA will be no greater than 50 % of high speed FLA. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Overload Enclosure NEMA General Purpose 200 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Overload Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA NEMA Half Half Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps Amp Range Amp Range Frame Frame NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4/4X Stainless b Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 4X Fiberglass Watertight, Dust-tight Corrosion Resistant NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b, NEMA 4 Painted Industrial Use Weatherproof Watertight, Dust-tight A or A 32CU 92BH* 32CU 92WH* 32CU 92FH* 32CU 92NH* A or A 32DU 92BH* 32DU 92WH* 32DU 92FH* 32DU 92NH* A 32EU 92BH* 32EU 92WH* 32EU 92FH* 32EU 92NH* B 32FU 92BH* 32FU 92WH* 32FU 92FH* 32FU 92NH* B 32GU 92BH* 32GU 92WH* 32GU 92FH* 32GU 92NH* B 32HU 92BH* 32HU 92WH* 32HU 92FH* 32HU 92NH* B 32IU 92BH* 32IU 92WH* 32IU 92FH* 32IU 92NH* B 32JU 92BH* 32JU 92WH* 32JU 92FH* 32JU 92NH* A or A 32CU 92B2H* 32CU 92W2H* 32CU 92F2H* 32CU 92N2H* A or A 32DU 92B2H* 32DU 92W2H* 32DU 92F2H* 32DU 92N2H* A 32EU 92B2H* 32EU 92W2H* 32EU 92F2H* 32EU 92N2H* B 32FU 92B2H* 32FU 92W2H* 32FU 92F2H* 32FU 92N2H* B 32GU 92B2H* 32GU 92W2H* 32GU 92F2H* 32GU 92N2H* B 32HU 92B2H* 32HU 92W2H* 32HU 92F2H* 32HU 92N2H* B 32IU 92B2H* 32IU 92W2H* 32IU 92F2H* 32IU 92N2H* B 32JU 92B2H* 32JU 92W2H* 32JU 92F2H* 32JU 92N2H* Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c First for high speed, second for low speed. Use motor nameplate information to select FLA. If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high speed FLA. 9/40 Product Category: NEMA

41 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters MCP Type, Constant or Variable Torque w/ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (6 Required) Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact.. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 4 Painted Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof NEMA Half Motor Circuit Watertight, Dust-tight Interrupter ETI Amps CP92B2VA*8 32CP92W2VA*8 32CP92F2VA*8 32CP92N2VA* CP92B2VB*8 32CP92W2VB*8 32CP92F2VB*8 32CP92N2VB* CP92B2VC*8 32CP92W2VC*8 32CP92F2VC*8 32CP92N2VC* DP92B2VA*8 32DP92W2VA*8 32DP92F2VA*8 32DP92N2VA* DP92B2VB*8 32DP92W2VB*8 32DP92F2VB*8 32DP92N2VB* DP92B2VD*8 32DP92W2VD*8 32DP92F2VD*8 32DP92N2VD* DP92B2VE*8 32DP92W2VE*8 32DP92F2VE*8 32DP92N2VE* EP92B2VF*8 32EP92W2VF*8 32EP92F2VF*8 32EP92N2VF* EP92B2VG*8 32EP92W2VG*8 32EP92F2VG*8 32EP92N2VG* FP92B2VH*8 32FP92W2VH*8 32FP92F2VH*8 32FP92N2VH* FP92B2VJ*8 32FP92W2VJ*8 32FP92F2VJ*8 32FP92N2VJ* GP92B2VK*8 32GP92W2VK*8 32GP92F2VK*8 32GP92N2VK* GP92B2VL*8 32GP92W2VL*8 32GP92F2VL*8 32GP92N2VL* HP92B2VM*8 32HP92W2VM*8 32HP92F2VM*8 32HP92N2VM* HP92B2VN*8 32HP92W2VN*8 32HP92F2VN*8 32HP92N2VN* IP92B2VP*8 32IP92W2VP*8 32IP92F2VP*8 32IP92N2VP* JP92B2VR*8 32JP92W2VR*8 32JP92F2VR*8 32JP92N2VR*8 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 4 Painted Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof NEMA Half Motor Circuit Watertight, Dust-tight Interrupter ETI Amps CP92BVA*8 32CP92WVA*8 32CP92FVA*8 32CP92NVA* CP92BVB*8 32CP92WVB*8 32CP92FVB*8 32CP92NVB* CP92BVC*8 32CP92WVC*8 32CP92FVC*8 32CP92NVC* DP92BVA*8 32DP92WVA*8 32DP92FVA*8 32DP92NVA* DP92BVB*8 32DP92WVB*8 32DP92FVB*8 32DP92NVB* DP92BVD*8 32DP92WVD*8 32DP92FVD*8 32DP92NVD* DP92BVE*8 32DP92WVE*8 32DP92FVE*8 32DP92NVE* EP92BVF*8 32EP92WVF*8 32EP92FVF*8 32EP92NVF* EP92BVG*8 32EP92WVG*8 32EP92FVG*8 32EP92NVG* FP92BVH*8 32FP92WVH*8 32FP92FVH*8 32FP92NVH* FP92BVJ*8 32FP92WVJ*8 32FP92FVJ*8 32FP92NVJ* GP92BVK*8 32GP92WVK*8 32GP92FVK*8 32GP92NVK* GP92BVL*8 32GP92WVL*8 32GP92FVL*8 32GP92NVL* HP92BVM*8 32HP92WVM*8 32HP92FVM*8 32HP92NVM* HP92BVN*8 32HP92WVN*8 32HP92FVN*8 32HP92NVN* IP92BVP*8 32IP92WVP*8 32IP92FVP*8 32IP92NVP* JP92BVR*8 32JP92WVR*8 32JP92FVR*8 32JP92NVR*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. Product Category: NEMA 9/4

42 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters MCP, Constant Horsepower w/ Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 32 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Heater elements see page 9/24. (6 Required) Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/66. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/78. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload relay, replace "8" with "9". "8" indicates one NC contact.. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 4 Painted Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof NEMA Half Motor Circuit Watertight, Dust-tight Interrupter ETI Amps CP92B2HA*8 32CP92W2HA*8 32CP92F2HA*8 32CP92N2HA* CP92B2HB*8 32CP92W2HB*8 32CP92F2HB*8 32CP92N2HB* CP92B2HC*8 32CP92W2HC*8 32CP92F2HC*8 32CP92N2HC* DP92B2HA*8 32DP92W2HA*8 32DP92F2HA*8 32DP92N2HA* DP92B2HB*8 32DP92W2HB*8 32DP92F2HB*8 32DP92N2HB* DP92B2HD*8 32DP92W2HD*8 32DP92F2HD*8 32DP92N2HD* DP92B2HE*8 32DP92W2HE*8 32DP92F2HE*8 32DP92N2HE* EP92B2HF*8 32EP92W2HF*8 32EP92F2HF*8 32EP92N2HF* EP92B2HG*8 32EP92W2HG*8 32EP92F2HG*8 32EP92N2HG* FP92B2HH*8 32FP92W2HH*8 32FP92F2HH*8 32FP92N2HH* FP92B2HJ*8 32FP92W2HJ*8 32FP92F2HJ*8 32FP92N2HJ* GP92B2HK*8 32GP92W2HK*8 32GP92F2HK*8 32GP92N2HK* HP92B2HM*8 32HP92W2HM*8 32HP92F2HM*8 32HP92N2HM* HP92B2HN*8 32HP92W2HN*8 32HP92F2HN*8 32HP92N2HN* IP92B2HP*8 32IP92W2HP*8 32IP92F2HP*8 32IP92N2HP* JP92B2HR*8 32JP92W2HR*8 32JP92F2HR*8 32JP92N2HR*8 Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless 2 NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R 2 General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 4 Painted Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Weatherproof NEMA Half Motor Circuit Watertight, Dust-tight Interrupter ETI Amps CP92BHA*8 32CP92WHA*8 32CP92FHA*8 32CP92NHA* CP92BHB*8 32CP92WHB*8 32CP92FHB*8 32CP92NHB* CP92BHC*8 32CP92WHC*8 32CP92FHC*8 32CP92NHC* DP92BHA*8 32DP92WHA*8 32DP92FHA*8 32DP92NHA* DP92BHB*8 32DP92WHB*8 32DP92FHB*8 32DP92NHB* DP92BHD*8 32DP92WHD*8 32DP92FHD*8 32DP92NHD* DP92BHE*8 32DP92WHE*8 32DP92FHE*8 32DP92NHE* EP92BHF*8 32EP92WHF*8 32EP92FHF*8 32EP92NHF* EP92BHG*8 32EP92WHG*8 32EP92FHG*8 32EP92NHG* FP92BHH*8 32FP92WHH*8 32FP92FHH*8 32FP92NHH* FP92BHJ*8 32FP92WHJ*8 32FP92FHJ*8 32FP92NHJ* GP92BHK*8 32GP92WHK*8 32GP92FHK*8 32GP92NHK* HP92BHM*8 32HP92WHM*8 32HP92FHM*8 32HP92NHM* HP92BHN*8 32HP92WHN*8 32HP92FHN*8 32HP92NHN* IP92BHP*8 32IP92WHP*8 32IP92FHP*8 32IP92NHP* JP92BHR*8 32JP92WHR*8 32JP92FHR*8 32JP92NHR*8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. 9/42 Product Category: NEMA

43 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Features and Benefits General Siemens manufactures the three commonly used electromechanical reduced voltage starters. Each one is designed for specific application requirements and consists of auto transformer, wye-delta and partwinding starters. The reduced voltage starter: b Reduces inrush current b Provides smoother acceleration of the load b Reduces starting torque b Reduces stresses on mechanical linkages Combination and non-combination reduced voltage starter sizes range from 0 to 6 including Siemens exclusive motormatched half-sizes. Enclosure types include, 3R/2, 4 painted and 4/4X stainless steel. UL listed file #E4900 (class 36); file #E85287 (class 37). CSA certified file #LR 6535 (class 36 & 37). Auto Transformer Starter b Maximum torque per amp b Three coil auto transformer for balanced starting currents b 50, 65 and 80% voltage taps b Closed circuit transition b Adjustable starting time b Solid-state OLR overload as standard b CPT supplied as standard b Wide range of factory modifications Wye-Delta Starter b Lowest starting torque b Closed or open circuit transition b Adjustable starting time b Solid-state OLR overload as standard b CPT supplied as standard b Wide range of factory modifications Part-Winding Starter b Simplest design most economical b Adjustable starting time b Solid-state OLR overload as standard b CPT supplied as standard b Wide range of factory modifications Various Methods of Electro-Mechanical Reduced Voltage Motor Starting A General Comparison Autotransformer Part-Winding Wye-Delta 50% 65% 80% Characteristic Tap Tap Tap 2 step Starting current drawn from line as % of that which would 25% 42% 64% 65% 33% be drawn upon full voltage starting Starting current drawn by the motor 50% 65% 80% 65% 58% Starting torque developed as 25% 42% 64% 40% 33% % of that which would be Increases slightly developed on full voltage with speed starting Smoothness of acceleration First in order of Third in order of Second in order of Smoothness Smoothness Smoothness Allowable accelerating times 5 seconds at 200HP (typical) max. or 30 seconds on 5 seconds max seconds 200HP based on Limited by motor Limited by motor NEMA medium duty design design transformers Starting current and torque Adjustable within limits and adjustments of various taps Fixed Fixed 9/43

44 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Auto Transformer with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/8. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA General Purpose Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET6BD 60 37EUET6BDD 60A/250V 37EUET6BDF 50 37EUET6BDP B 36FUFT6BD 60 37FUFT6BDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6BDF 50 37FUFT6BDP 5 (2½) B 36GUGT6BD 00 37GUGT6BDD 00A/250V 37GUGT6BDF 00 37GUGT6BDP B 36HUGT6BD 00 37HUGT6BDD 00A/250V 37HUGT6BDF 00 37HUGT6BDP 30 (3½) B 36IUHT6BD IUHT6BDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6BDF 25 37IUHT6BDP B 36JUHT6BD JUHT6BDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6BDF 50 37JUHT6BDP LPST6BDP LPUT6BD LPUT6BDD 400A/250V 37LPUT6BDF LPUT6BDP MPXT6BD MPXT6BDD 600A/250V 37MPXT6BDF MPXT6BDP 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET2BG 60 37EUET2BGD 60A/250V 37EUET2BGF 50 37EUET2BGP B 36FUFT2BG 60 37FUFT2BGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2BGF 50 37FUFT2BGP 20 (2½) B 36GUGT2BG 00 37GUGT2BGD 00A/250V 37GUGT2BGF 00 37GUGT2BGP B 36HUGT2BG 00 37HUGT2BGD 00A/250V 37HUGT2BGF 00 37HUGT2BGP 40 (3½) B 36IUHT2BG IUHT2BGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2BGF 25 37IUHT2BGP B 36JUHT2BG JUHT2BGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2BGF 50 37JUHT2BGP LPST2BGP LPUT2BG LPUT2BGD 400A/250V 37LPUT2BGF LPUT2BGP MPXT2BG MPXT2BGD 600A/250V 37MPXT2BGF MPXT2BGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET4BH 60 37EUET4BHD 60A/600V 37EUET4BHF 50 37EUET4BHP B 36FUFT4BH 60 37FUFT4BHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4BHF 50 37FUFT4BHP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT4BH 00 37GUGT4BHD 00A/600V 37GUGT4BHF 00 37GUGT4BHP B 36HUGT4BH 00 37HUGT4BHD 00A/600V 37HUGT4BHF 00 37HUGT4BHP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT4BH IUHT4BHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4BHF 25 37IUHT4BHP B 36JUHT4BH JUHT4BHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4BHF 50 37JUHT4BHP LPST4BHP LPUT4BH LPUT4BHD 400A/600V 37LPUT4BHF LPUT4BHP MPXT4BH MPXT4BHD 600A/600V 37MPXT4BHF MPXT4BHP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET5BE 60 37EUET5BED 60A/600V 37EUET5BEF 50 37EUET5BEP B 36FUFT5BE 60 37FUFT5BED 60A/600V 37FUFT5BEF 50 37FUFT5BEP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT5BE 00 37GUGT5BED 00A/600V 37GUGT5BEF 00 37GUGT5BEP B 36HUGT5BE 00 37HUGT5BED 00A/600V 37HUGT5BEF 00 37HUGT5BEP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT5BE IUHT5BED 200A/600V 37IUHT5BEF 25 37IUHT5BEP B 36JUHT5BE JUHT5BED 200A/600V 37JUHT5BEF 50 37JUHT5BEP LPST5BEP LPUT5BE LPUT5BED 400A/600V 37LPUT5BEF LPUT5BEP MPXT5BE MPXT5BED 600A/600V 37MPXT5BEF MPXT5BEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/44 Product Category: NEMA

45 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Auto Transformer with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/8. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4 Painted Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET6ED 60 37EUET6EDD 60A/250V 37EUET6EDF 50 37EUET6EDP B 36FUFT6ED 60 37FUFT6EDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6EDF 50 37FUFT6EDP 5 (2½) B 36GUGT6ED 00 37GUGT6EDD 00A/250V 37GUGT6EDF 00 37GUGT6EDP B 36HUGT6ED 00 37HUGT6EDD 00A/250V 37HUGT6EDF 00 37HUGT6EDP 30 (3½) B 36IUHT6ED IUHT6EDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6EDF 25 37IUHT6EDP B 36JUHT6ED JUHT6EDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6EDF 50 37JUHT6EDP LPST6EDP LPUT6ED LPUT6EDD 400A/250V 37LPUT6EDF LPUT6EDP MPXT6ED MPXT6EDD 600A/250V 37MPXT6EDF MPXT6EDP 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET2EG 60 37EUET2EGD 60A/250V 37EUET2EGF 50 37EUET2EGP B 36FUFT2EG 60 37FUFT2EGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2EGF 50 37FUFT2EGP 20 (2½) B 36GUGT2EG 00 37GUGT2EGD 00A/250V 37GUGT2EGF 00 37GUGT2EGP B 36HUGT2EG 00 37HUGT2EGD 00A/250V 37HUGT2EGF 00 37HUGT2EGP 40 (3½) B 36IUHT2EG IUHT2EGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2EGF 25 37IUHT2EGP B 36JUHT2EG JUHT2EGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2EGF 50 37JUHT2EGP LPST2EGP LPUT2EG LPUT2EGD 400A/250V 37LPUT2EGF LPUT2EGP MPXT2EG MPXT2EGD 600A/250V 37MPXT2EGF MPXT2EGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET4EH 60 37EUET4EHD 60A/600V 37EUET4EHF 50 37EUET4EHP B 36FUFT4EH 60 37FUFT4EHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4EHF 50 37FUFT4EHP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT4EH 00 37GUGT4EHD 00A/600V 37GUGT4EHF 00 37GUGT4EHP B 36HUGT4EH 00 37HUGT4EHD 00A/600V 37HUGT4EHF 00 37HUGT4EHP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT4EH IUHT4EHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4EHF 25 37IUHT4EHP B 36JUHT4EH JUHT4EHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4EHF 50 37JUHT4EHP LPST4EHP LPUT4EH LPUT4EHD 400A/600V 37LPUT4EHF LPUT4EHP MPXT4EH MPXT4EHD 600A/600V 37MPXT4EHF MPXT4EHP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET5EE 60 37EUET5EED 60A/600V 37EUET5EEF 50 37EUET5EEP B 36FUFT5EE 60 37FUFT5EED 60A/600V 37FUFT5EEF 50 37FUFT5EEP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT5EE 00 37GUGT5EED 00A/600V 37GUGT5EEF 00 37GUGT5EEP B 36HUGT5EE 00 37HUGT5EED 00A/600V 37HUGT5EEF 00 37HUGT5EEP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT5EE IUHT5EED 200A/600V 37IUHT5EEF 25 37IUHT5EEP B 36JUHT5EE JUHT5EED 200A/600V 37JUHT5EEF 50 37JUHT5EEP LPST5EEP LPUT5EE LPUT5EED 400A/600V 37LPUT5EEF LPUT5EEP MPXT5EE MPXT5EED 600A/600V 37MPXT5EEF MPXT5EEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). Product Category: NEMA 9/45

46 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Auto Transformer with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/8. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET6WD 60 37EUET6WDD 60A/250V 37EUET6WDF 50 37EUET6WDP B 36FUFT6WD 60 37FUFT6WDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6WDF 50 37FUFT6WDP 5 (2½) B 36GUGT6WD 00 37GUGT6WDD 00A/250V 37GUGT6WDF 00 37GUGT6WDP B 36HUGT6WD 00 37HUGT6WDD 00A/250V 37HUGT6WDF 00 37HUGT6WDP 30 (3½) B 36IUHT6WD IUHT6WDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6WDF 25 37IUHT6WDP B 36JUHT6WD JUHT6WDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6WDF 50 37JUHT6WDP 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET2WG 60 37EUET2WGD 60A/250V 37EUET2WGF 50 37EUET2WGP B 36FUFT2WG 60 37FUFT2WGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2WGF 50 37FUFT2WGP 20 (2½) B 36GUGT2WG 00 37GUGT2WGD 00A/250V 37GUGT2WGF 00 37GUGT2WGP B 36HUGT2WG 00 37HUGT2WGD 00A/250V 37HUGT2WGF 00 37HUGT2WGP 40 (3½) B 36IUHT2WG IUHT2WGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2WGF 25 37IUHT2WGP B 36JUHT2WG JUHT2WGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2WGF 50 37JUHT2WGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET4WH 60 37EUET4WHD 60A/600V 37EUET4WHF 50 37EUET4WHP B 36FUFT4WH 60 37FUFT4WHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4WHF 50 37FUFT4WHP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT4WH 00 37GUGT4WHD 00A/600V 37GUGT4WHF 00 37GUGT4WHP B 36HUGT4WH 00 37HUGT4WHD 00A/600V 37HUGT4WHF 00 37HUGT4WHP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT4WH IUHT4WHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4WHF 25 37IUHT4WHP B 36JUHT4WH JUHT4WHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4WHF 50 37JUHT4WHP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET5WE 60 37EUET5WED 60A/600V 37EUET5WEF 50 37EUET5WEP B 36FUFT5WE 60 37FUFT5WED 60A/600V 37FUFT5WEF 50 37FUFT5WEP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT5WE 00 37GUGT5WED 00A/600V 37GUGT5WEF 00 37GUGT5WEP B 36HUGT5WE 00 37HUGT5WED 00A/600V 37HUGT5WEF 00 37HUGT5WEP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT5WE IUHT5WED 200A/600V 37IUHT5WEF 25 37IUHT5WEP B 36JUHT5WE JUHT5WED 200A/600V 37JUHT5WEF 50 37JUHT5WEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/46 Product Category: NEMA

47 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Auto Transformer with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/8. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 2 Enclosures (Supplied as NEMA 2, field convertible to 3/3R) Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET6ND 60 37EUET6NDD 60A/250V 37EUET6NDF 50 37EUET6NDP B 36FUFT6ND 60 37FUFT6NDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6NDF 50 37FUFT6NDP 5 (2½) B 36GUGT6ND 00 37GUGT6NDD 00A/250V 37GUGT6NDF 00 37GUGT6NDP B 36HUGT6ND 00 37HUGT6NDD 00A/250V 37HUGT6NDF 00 37HUGT6NDP 30 (3½) B 36IUHT6ND IUHT6NDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6NDF 25 37IUHT6NDP B 36JUHT6ND JUHT6NDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6NDF 50 37JUHT6NDP LPST6NDP LPUT6ND LPUT6NDD 400A/250V 37LPUT6NDF LPUT6NDP MPXT6ND MPXT6NDD 600A/250V 37MPXT6NDF MPXT6NDP 0 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET2NG 60 37EUET2NGD 60A/250V 37EUET2NGF 50 37EUET2NGP B 36FUFT2NG 60 37FUFT2NGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2NGF 50 37FUFT2NGP 20 (2½) B 36GUGT2NG 00 37GUGT2NGD 00A/250V 37GUGT2NGF 00 37GUGT2NGP B 36HUGT2NG 00 37HUGT2NGD 00A/250V 37HUGT2NGF 00 37HUGT2NGP 40 (3½) B 36IUHT2NG IUHT2NGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2NGF 25 37IUHT2NGP B 36JUHT2NG JUHT2NGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2NGF 50 37JUHT2NGP LPST2NGP LPUT2NG LPUT2NGD 400A/250V 37LPUT2NGF LPUT2NGP MPXT2NG MPXT2NGD 600A/250V 37MPXT2NGF MPXT2NGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET4NH 60 37EUET4NHD 60A/600V 37EUET4NHF 50 37EUET4NHP B 36FUFT4NH 60 37FUFT4NHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4NHF 50 37FUFT4NHP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT4NH 00 37GUGT4NHD 00A/600V 37GUGT4NHF 00 37GUGT4NHP B 36HUGT4NH 00 37HUGT4NHD 00A/600V 37HUGT4NHF 00 37HUGT4NHP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT4NH IUHT4NHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4NHF 25 37IUHT4NHP B 36JUHT4NH JUHT4NHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4NHF 50 37JUHT4NHP LPST4NHP LPUT4NH LPUT4NHD 400A/600V 37LPUT4NHF LPUT4NHP MPXT4NH MPXT4NHD 600A/600V 37MPXT4NHF MPXT4NHP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUET5NE 60 37EUET5NED 60A/600V 37EUET5NEF 50 37EUET5NEP B 36FUFT5NE 60 37FUFT5NED 60A/600V 37FUFT5NEF 50 37FUFT5NEP 30 (2½) 3 52 B 36GUGT5NE 00 37GUGT5NED 00A/600V 37GUGT5NEF 00 37GUGT5NEP B 36HUGT5NE 00 37HUGT5NED 00A/600V 37HUGT5NEF 00 37HUGT5NEP 75 (3½) B 36IUHT5NE IUHT5NED 200A/600V 37IUHT5NEF 25 37IUHT5NEP B 36JUHT5NE JUHT5NED 200A/600V 37JUHT5NEF 50 37JUHT5NEP LPST5NEP LPUT5NE LPUT5NED 400A/600V 37LPUT5NEF LPUT5NEP MPXT5NE MPXT5NED 600A/600V 37MPXT5NEF MPXT5NEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). See page 9/0 for conduit hubs and conversion instructions. Product Category: NEMA 9/47

48 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters 2 Step Part Winding with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/80. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA General Purpose Enclosures Motor Voltage NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps Max Hp Amp Range Frame A 36CUDP6BD 60 37CUDP6BDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6BDF 30 37CUDP6BDP A 36DUDP6BD 60 37DUDP6BDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6BDF 50 37DUDP6BDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP6BD 00 37EUEP6BDD 00A/250V 37EUEP6BDF 00 37EUEP6BDP B 36FUFP6BD 00 37FUFP6BDD 00A/250V 37FUFP6BDF 00 37FUFP6BDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP6BD GUGP6BDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6BDF 25 37GUGP6BDP B 36HUGP6BD HUGP6BDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6BDF 50 37HUGP6BDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHP6BD IUHP6BDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6BDF IUHP6BDP B 36JUHP6BD JUHP6BDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6BDF JUHP6BDP LPSP6BDP LPUP6BD LPUP6BDD 600A/250V 37LPUP6BDF LPUP6BDP A 36CUDP2BG 60 37CUDP2BGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2BGF 30 37CUDP2BGP A 36DUDP2BG 60 37DUDP2BGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2BGF 50 37DUDP2BGP 20 (½) 0 40 A 36EUEP2BG 00 37EUEP2BGD 00A/250V 37EUEP2BGF 00 37EUEP2BGP B 36FUFP2BG 00 37FUFP2BGD 00A/250V 37FUFP2BGF 00 37FUFP2BGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP2BG GUGP2BGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2BGF 00 37GUGP2BGP B 36HUGP2BG HUGP2BGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2BGF 50 37HUGP2BGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHP2BG IUHP2BGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2BGF IUHP2BGP B 36JUHP2BG JUHP2BGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2BGF JUHP2BGP LPSP2BGP LPUP2BG LPUP2BGD 600A/250V 37LPUP2BGF LPUP2BGP MPXP2BG MPXP2BGD 200A/250V 37MPXP2BGF MPXP2BGP A 36CUDP4BH 30 37CUDP4BHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4BHF 30 37CUDP4BHP A 36DUDP4BH 60 37DUDP4BHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4BHF 30 37DUDP4BHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP4BH 60 37EUEP4BHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4BHF 50 37EUEP4BHP B 36FUFP4BH 00 37FUFP4BHD 00A/600V 37FUFP4BHF 00 37FUFP4BHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP4BH GUGP4BHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4BHF 00 37GUGP4BHP B 36HUGP4BH HUGP4BHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4BHF 25 37HUGP4BHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP4BH IUHP4BHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4BHF 50 37IUHP4BHP B 36JUHP4BH JUHP4BHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4BHF JUHP4BHP LPSP4BHP LPUP4BH LPUP4BHD 600A/600V 37LPUP4BHF LPUP4BHP MPXP4BH MPXP4BHD 200A/600V 37MPXP4BHF MPXP4BHP A 36CUDP5BE 30 37CUDP5BED 30A/600V 37CUDP5BEF 30 37CUDP5BEP A 36DUDP5BE 60 37DUDP5BED 60A/600V 37DUDP5BEF 30 37DUDP5BEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP5BE 60 37EUEP5BED 60A/600V 37EUEP5BEF 50 37EUEP5BEP B 36FUFP5BE 60 37FUFP5BED 60A/600V 37FUFP5BEF 50 37FUFP5BEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP5BE 00 37GUGP5BED 00A/600V 37GUGP5BEF 00 37GUGP5BEP B 36HUGP5BE HUGP5BED 200A/600V 37HUGP5BEF 25 37HUGP5BEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP5BE IUHP5BED 400A/600V 37IUHP5BEF 50 37IUHP5BEP B 36JUHP5BE JUHP5BED 400A/600V 37JUHP5BEF JUHP5BEP A/600V 37LPSP5BEF LPUP5BE LPUP5BED 600A/600V 37LPUP5BEF LPUP5BEP MPXP5BE MPXP5BED 200A/600V 37MPXP5BEF MPXP5BEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/48 Product Category: NEMA

49 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters 2 Step Part Winding with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/80. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4 Painted Enclosures Motor Voltage NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps Max Hp Amp Range Frame 7½ A 36CUDP6ED 60 37CUDP6EDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6EDF 30 37CUDP6EDP A 36DUDP6ED 60 37DUDP6EDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6EDF 50 37DUDP6EDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP6ED 00 37EUEP6EDD 00A/250V 37EUEP6EDF 00 37EUEP6EDP B 36FUFP6ED 00 37FUFP6EDD 00A/250V 37FUFP6EDF 00 37FUFP6EDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP6ED GUGP6EDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6EDF 25 37GUGP6EDP B 36HUGP6ED HUGP6EDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6EDF 50 37HUGP6EDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHP6ED IUHP6EDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6EDF IUHP6EDP B 36JUHP6ED JUHP6EDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6EDF JUHP6EDP LPSP6EDP LPUP6ED LPUP6EDD 600A/250V 37LPUP6EDF LPUP6EDP 7½ A 36CUDP2EG 60 37CUDP2EGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2EGF 30 37CUDP2EGP A 36DUDP2EG 60 37DUDP2EGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2EGF 50 37DUDP2EGP 20 (½) 0 40 A 36EUEP2EG 00 37EUEP2EGD 00A/250V 37EUEP2EGF 00 37EUEP2EGP B 36FUFP2EG 00 37FUFP2EGD 00A/250V 37FUFP2EGF 00 37FUFP2EGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP2EG GUGP2EGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2EGF 00 37GUGP2EGP B 36HUGP2EG HUGP2EGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2EGF 50 37HUGP2EGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHP2EG IUHP2EGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2EGF IUHP2EGP B 36JUHP2EG JUHP2EGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2EGF JUHP2EGP LPSP2EGP LPUP2EG LPUP2EGD 600A/250V 37LPUP2EGF LPUP2EGP MPXP2EG MPXP2EGD 200A/250V 37MPXP2EGF MPXP2EGP A 36CUDP4EH 30 37CUDP4EHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4EHF 30 37CUDP4EHP A 36DUDP4EH 60 37DUDP4EHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4EHF 30 37DUDP4EHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP4EH 60 37EUEP4EHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4EHF 50 37EUEP4EHP B 36FUFP4EH 00 37FUFP4EHD 00A/600V 37FUFP4EHF 00 37FUFP4EHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP4EH GUGP4EHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4EHF 00 37GUGP4EHP B 36HUGP4EH HUGP4EHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4EHF 25 37HUGP4EHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP4EH IUHP4EHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4EHF 50 37IUHP4EHP B 36JUHP4EH JUHP4EHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4EHF JUHP4EHP LPSP4EHP LPUP4EH LPUP4EHD 600A/600V 37LPUP4EHF LPUP4EHP MPXP4EH MPXP4EHD 200A/600V 37MPXP4EHF MPXP4EHP A 36CUDP5EE 30 37CUDP5EED 30A/600V 37CUDP5EEF 30 37CUDP5EEP A 36DUDP5EE 60 37DUDP5EED 60A/600V 37DUDP5EEF 30 37DUDP5EEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP5EE 60 37EUEP5EED 60A/600V 37EUEP5EEF 50 37EUEP5EEP B 36FUFP5EE 60 37FUFP5EED 60A/600V 37FUFP5EEF 50 37FUFP5EEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP5EE 00 37GUGP5EED 00A/600V 37GUGP5EEF 00 37GUGP5EEP B 36HUGP5EE HUGP5EED 200A/600V 37HUGP5EEF 25 37HUGP5EEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP5EE IUHP5EED 400A/600V 37IUHP5EEF 50 37IUHP5EEP B 36JUHP5EE JUHP5EED 400A/600V 37JUHP5EEF JUHP5EEP A/600V 37LPSP5EEF LPUP5EE LPUP5EED 600A/600V 37LPUP5EEF LPUP5EEP MPXP5EE MPXP5EED 200A/600V 37MPXP5EEF MPXP5EEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). Product Category: NEMA 9/49

50 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters 2 Step Part Winding with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/80. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosures Motor Voltage Overload Relay Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Max NEMA Amp Frame Disc. Amp Fuse Clip Amp/Volt Hp (/2 ) Range Rating Rating 7½ A 36CUDP6WD 60 37CUDP6WDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6WDF 30 37CUDP6WDP A 36DUDP6WD 60 37DUDP6WDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6WDF 50 37DUDP6WDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP6WD 00 37EUEP6WDD 00A/250V 37EUEP6WDF 00 37EUEP6WDP B 36FUFP6WD 00 37FUFP6WDD 00A/250V 37FUFP6WDF 00 37FUFP6WDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP6WD GUGP6WDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6WDF 25 37GUGP6WDP B 36HUGP6WD HUGP6WDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6WDF 50 37HUGP6WDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHP6WD IUHP6WDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6WDF IUHP6WDP B 36JUHP6WD JUHP6WDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6WDF JUHP6WDP Combination Circit Breaker Circuit Breaker Amps 7½ A 36CUDP2WG 60 37CUDP2WGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2WGF 30 37CUDP2WGP A 36DUDP2WG 60 37DUDP2WGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2WGF 50 37DUDP2WGP 20 (½) 0 40 A 36EUEP2WG 00 37EUEP2WGD 00A/250V 37EUEP2WGF 00 37EUEP2WGP B 36FUFP2WG 00 37FUFP2WGD 00A/250V 37FUFP2WGF 00 37FUFP2WGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP2WG GUGP2WGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2WGF 00 37GUGP2WGP B 36HUGP2WG HUGP2WGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2WGF 50 37HUGP2WGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHP2WG IUHP2WGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2WGF IUHP2WGP B 36JUHP2WG JUHP2WGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2WGF JUHP2WGP A 36CUDP4WH 30 37CUDP4WHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4WHF 30 37CUDP4WHP A 36DUDP4WH 60 37DUDP4WHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4WHF 30 37DUDP4WHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP4WH 60 37EUEP4WHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4WHF 50 37EUEP4WHP B 36FUFP4WH 00 37FUFP4WHD 00A/600V 37FUFP4WHF 00 37FUFP4WHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP4WH GUGP4WHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4WHF 00 37GUGP4WHP B 36HUGP4WH HUGP4WHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4WHF 25 37HUGP4WHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP4WH IUHP4WHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4WHF 50 37IUHP4WHP B 36JUHP4WH JUHP4WHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4WHF JUHP4WHP A 36CUDP5WE 30 37CUDP5WED 30A/600V 37CUDP5WEF 30 37CUDP5WEP A 36DUDP5WE 60 37DUDP5WED 60A/600V 37DUDP5WEF 30 37DUDP5WEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP5WE 60 37EUEP5WED 60A/600V 37EUEP5WEF 50 37EUEP5WEP B 36FUFP5WE 60 37FUFP5WED 60A/600V 37FUFP5WEF 50 37FUFP5WEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP5WE 00 37GUGP5WED 00A/600V 37GUGP5WEF 00 37GUGP5WEP B 36HUGP5WE HUGP5WED 200A/600V 37HUGP5WEF 25 37HUGP5WEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP5WE IUHP5WED 400A/600V 37IUHP5WEF 50 37IUHP5WEP B 36JUHP5WE JUHP5WED 400A/600V 37JUHP5WEF JUHP5WEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/50 Product Category: NEMA

51 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters 2 Step Part Winding with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/80. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 2 Enclosures (Supplied as NEMA 2, field convertible to 3/3R) Motor Voltage Overload Relay Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Call Combination Fusible Disconnect Call Max NEMA Amp Frame Disc. Amp Fuse Clip Amp/Volt Hp (/2 ) Range Rating Rating 7½ A 36CUDP6ND 60 37CUDP6NDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6NDF 30 37CUDP6NDP A 36DUDP6ND 60 37DUDP6NDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6NDF 50 37DUDP6NDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP6ND 00 37EUEP6NDD 00A/250V 37EUEP6NDF 00 37EUEP6NDP B 36FUFP6ND 00 37FUFP6NDD 00A/250V 37FUFP6NDF 00 37FUFP6NDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP6ND GUGP6NDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6NDF 25 37GUGP6NDP B 36HUGP6ND HUGP6NDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6NDF 50 37HUGP6NDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHP6ND IUHP6NDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6NDF IUHP6NDP B 36JUHP6ND JUHP6NDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6NDF JUHP6NDP LPSP6NDP LPUP6ND LPUP6NDD 600A/250V 37LPUP6NDF LPUP6NDP Combination Circit Breaker Circuit Breaker Amps 7½ A 36CUDP2NG 60 37CUDP2NGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2NGF 30 37CUDP2NGP A 36DUDP2NG 60 37DUDP2NGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2NGF 50 37DUDP2NGP 20 (½) 0 40 A 36EUEP2NG 00 37EUEP2NGD 00A/250V 37EUEP2NGF 00 37EUEP2NGP B 36FUFP2NG 00 37FUFP2NGD 00A/250V 37FUFP2NGF 00 37FUFP2NGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGP2NG GUGP2NGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2NGF 00 37GUGP2NGP B 36HUGP2NG HUGP2NGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2NGF 50 37HUGP2NGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHP2NG IUHP2NGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2NGF IUHP2NGP B 36JUHP2NG JUHP2NGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2NGF JUHP2NGP LPSP2NGP LPUP2NG LPUP2NGD 600A/250V 37LPUP2NGF LPUP2NGP MPXP2NG MPXP2NGD 200A/250V 37MPXP2NGF MPXP2NGP A 36CUDP4NH 30 37CUDP4NHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4NHF 30 37CUDP4NHP A 36DUDP4NH 60 37DUDP4NHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4NHF 30 37DUDP4NHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP4NH 60 37EUEP4NHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4NHF 50 37EUEP4NHP B 36FUFP4NH 00 37FUFP4NHD 00A/600V 37FUFP4NHF 00 37FUFP4NHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP4NH GUGP4NHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4NHF 00 37GUGP4NHP B 36HUGP4NH HUGP4NHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4NHF 25 37HUGP4NHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP4NH IUHP4NHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4NHF 50 37IUHP4NHP B 36JUHP4NH JUHP4NHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4NHF JUHP4NHP LPSP4NHP LPUP4NH LPUP4NHD 600A/600V 37LPUP4NHF LPUP4NHP MPXP4NH MPXP4NHD 200A/600V 37MPXP4NHF MPXP4NHP A 36CUDP5NE 30 37CUDP5NED 30A/600V 37CUDP5NEF 30 37CUDP5NEP A 36DUDP5NE 60 37DUDP5NED 60A/600V 37DUDP5NEF 30 37DUDP5NEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEP5NE 60 37EUEP5NED 60A/600V 37EUEP5NEF 50 37EUEP5NEP B 36FUFP5NE 60 37FUFP5NED 60A/600V 37FUFP5NEF 50 37FUFP5NEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGP5NE 00 37GUGP5NED 00A/600V 37GUGP5NEF 00 37GUGP5NEP B 36HUGP5NE HUGP5NED 200A/600V 37HUGP5NEF 25 37HUGP5NEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHP5NE IUHP5NED 400A/600V 37IUHP5NEF 50 37IUHP5NEP B 36JUHP5NE JUHP5NED 400A/600V 37JUHP5NEF JUHP5NEP A/600V 37LPSP5NEF LPUP5NE LPUP5NED 600A/600V 37LPUP5NEF LPUP5NEP MPXP5NE MPXP5NED 200A/600V 37MPXP5NEF MPXP5NEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). See page 9/0 for conduit hubs and conversion instructions. Product Category: NEMA 9/5

52 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Open Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/82. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA General Purpose Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUE06BD 60 37DUE06BDD 60A/250V 37DUE06BDF 50 37DUE06BDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE06BD 00 37EUE06BDD 00A/250V 37EUE06BDF 00 37EUE06BDP B 36FUF06BD 00 37FUF06BDD 00A/250V 37FUF06BDF 00 37FUF06BDP 30 (2½) B 36GUG06BD GUG06BDD 200A/250V 37GUG06BDF 25 37GUG06BDP B 36HUG06BD HUG06BDD 200A/250V 37HUG06BDF 50 37HUG06BDP 50 (3½) B 36IUH06BD IUH06BDD 200A/250V 37IUH06BDF IUH06BDP B 36JUH06BD JUH06BDD 400A/250V 37JUH06BDF JUH06BDP LPS06BD LPS06BDD 400A/250V 37LPS06BDF LPS06BDP LPU06BD LPU06BDD 600A/250V 37LPU06BDF LPU06BDP MPX06BD MPX06BDD 200A/250V 37MPX06BDF MPX06BDP A 36DUE02BG 60 37DUE02BGD 60A/250V 37DUE02BGF 50 37DUE02BGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE02BG 60 37EUE02BGD 60A/250V 37EUE02BGF 50 37EUE02BGP B 36FUF02BG 00 37FUF02BGD 00A/250V 37FUF02BGF 00 37FUF02BGP 30 (2½) B 36GUG02BG GUG02BGD 200A/250V 37GUG02BGF 00 37GUG02BGP B 36HUG02BG HUG02BGD 200A/250V 37HUG02BGF 50 37HUG02BGP 60 (3½) B 36IUH02BG IUH02BGD 200A/250V 37IUH02BGF IUH02BGP B 36JUH02BG JUH02BGD 400A/250V 37JUH02BGF JUH02BGP LPS02BG LPS02BGD 400A/250V 37LPS02BGF LPS02BGP LPU02BG LPU02BGD 600A/250V 37LPU02BGF LPU02BGP MPX02BG MPX02BGD 200A/250V 37MPX02BGF MPX02BGP A 36DUD04BH 30 37DUD04BHD 30A/600V 37DUD04BHF 30 37DUD04BHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE04BH 60 37EUE04BHD 60A/600V 37EUE04BHF 50 37EUE04BHP B 36FUF04BH 00 37FUF04BHD 00A/600V 37FUF04BHF 00 37FUF04BHP 60 (2½) B 36GUG04BH GUG04BHD 200A/600V 37GUG04BHF 00 37GUG04BHP B 36HUG04BH HUG04BHD 200A/600V 37HUG04BHF 25 37HUG04BHP 00 (3½) B 36IUH04BH IUH04BHD 200A/600V 37IUH04BHF 50 37IUH04BHP B 36JUH04BH JUH04BHD 400A/600V 37JUH04BHF JUH04BHP LPS04BH LPS04BHD 400A/600V 37LPS04BHF LPS04BHP LPU04BH LPU04BHD 600A/600V 37LPU04BHF LPU04BHP MPX04BH MPX04BHD 600A/600V 37MPX04BHF MPX04BHP A 36DUD05BE 30 37DUD05BED 30A/600V 37DUD05BEF 30 37DUD05BEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE05BE 60 37EUE05BED 60A/600V 37EUE05BEF 50 37EUE05BEP B 36FUF05BE 00 37FUF05BED 00A/600V 37FUF05BEF 50 37FUF05BEP 60 (2½) B 36GUG05BE 00 37GUG05BED 00A/600V 37GUG05BEF 00 37GUG05BEP B 36HUG05BE HUG05BED 200A/600V 37HUG05BEF 25 37HUG05BEP 00 (3½) B 36IUH05BE IUH05BED 200A/600V 37IUH05BEF 50 37IUH05BEP B 36JUH05BE JUH05BED 400A/600V 37JUH05BEF JUH05BEP LPS05BE LPS05BED 400A/600V 37LPS05BEF LPS05BEP LPU05BE LPU05BED 600A/600V 37LPU05BEF LPU05BEP MPX05BE MPX05BED 600A/600V 37MPX05BEF MPX05BEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/52 Product Category: NEMA

53 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Open Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/82. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4 Painted Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUE06ED 60 37DUE06EDD 60A/250V 37DUE06EDF 50 37DUE06EDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE06ED 00 37EUE06EDD 00A/250V 37EUE06EDF 00 37EUE06EDP B 36FUF06ED 00 37FUF06EDD 00A/250V 37FUF06EDF 00 37FUF06EDP 30 (2½) B 36GUG06ED GUG06EDD 200A/250V 37GUG06EDF 25 37GUG06EDP B 36HUG06ED HUG06EDD 200A/250V 37HUG06EDF 50 37HUG06EDP 50 (3½) B 36IUH06ED IUH06EDD 200A/250V 37IUH06EDF IUH06EDP B 36JUH06ED JUH06EDD 400A/250V 37JUH06EDF JUH06EDP LPS06ED LPS06EDD 400A/250V 37LPS06EDF LPS06EDP LPU06ED LPU06EDD 600A/250V 37LPU06EDF LPU06EDP MPX06ED MPX06EDD 200A/250V 37MPX06EDF MPX06EDP A 36DUE02EG 60 37DUE02EGD 60A/250V 37DUE02EGF 50 37DUE02EGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE02EG 60 37EUE02EGD 60A/250V 37EUE02EGF 50 37EUE02EGP B 36FUF02EG 00 37FUF02EGD 00A/250V 37FUF02EGF 00 37FUF02EGP 30 (2½) B 36GUG02EG GUG02EGD 200A/250V 37GUG02EGF 00 37GUG02EGP B 36HUG02EG HUG02EGD 200A/250V 37HUG02EGF 50 37HUG02EGP 60 (3½) B 36IUH02EG IUH02EGD 200A/250V 37IUH02EGF IUH02EGP B 36JUH02EG JUH02EGD 400A/250V 37JUH02EGF JUH02EGP LPS02EG LPS02EGD 400A/250V 37LPS02EGF LPS02EGP LPU02EG LPU02EGD 600A/250V 37LPU02EGF LPU02EGP MPX02EG MPX02EGD 200A/250V 37MPX02EGF MPX02EGP A 36DUD04EH 30 37DUD04EHD 30A/600V 37DUD04EHF 30 37DUD04EHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE04EH 60 37EUE04EHD 60A/600V 37EUE04EHF 50 37EUE04EHP B 36FUF04EH 00 37FUF04EHD 00A/600V 37FUF04EHF 00 37FUF04EHP 60 (2½) B 36GUG04EH GUG04EHD 200A/600V 37GUG04EHF 00 37GUG04EHP B 36HUG04EH HUG04EHD 200A/600V 37HUG04EHF 25 37HUG04EHP 00 (3½) B 36IUH04EH IUH04EHD 200A/600V 37IUH04EHF 50 37IUH04EHP B 36JUH04EH JUH04EHD 400A/600V 37JUH04EHF JUH04EHP LPS04EH LPS04EHD 400A/600V 37LPS04EHF LPS04EHP LPU04EH LPU04EHD 600A/600V 37LPU04EHF LPU04EHP MPX04EH MPX04EHD 600A/600V 37MPX04EHF MPX04EHP A 36DUD05EE 30 37DUD05EED 30A/600V 37DUD05EEF 30 37DUD05EEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE05EE 60 37EUE05EED 60A/600V 37EUE05EEF 50 37EUE05EEP B 36FUF05EE 00 37FUF05EED 00A/600V 37FUF05EEF 50 37FUF05EEP 60 (2½) B 36GUG05EE 00 37GUG05EED 00A/600V 37GUG05EEF 00 37GUG05EEP B 36HUG05EE HUG05EED 200A/600V 37HUG05EEF 25 37HUG05EEP 00 (3½) B 36IUH05EE IUH05EED 200A/600V 37IUH05EEF 50 37IUH05EEP B 36JUH05EE JUH05EED 400A/600V 37JUH05EEF JUH05EEP LPS05EE LPS05EED 400A/600V 37LPS05EEF LPS05EEP LPU05EE LPU05EED 600A/600V 37LPU05EEF LPU05EEP MPX05EF MPX05EED 600A/600V 37MPX05EEF MPX05EEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). Product Category: NEMA 9/53

54 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Open Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/82. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUE06WD 60 37DUE06WDD 60A/250V 37DUE06WDF 50 37DUE06WDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE06WD 00 37EUE06WDD 00A/250V 37EUE06WDF 00 37EUE06WDP B 36FUF06WD 00 37FUF06WDD 00A/250V 37FUF06WDF 00 37FUF06WDP 30 (2½) B 36GUG06WD GUG06WDD 200A/250V 37GUG06WDF 25 37GUG06WDP B 36HUG06WD HUG06WDD 200A/250V 37HUG06WDF 50 37HUG06WDP 50 (3½) B 36IUH06WD IUH06WDD 200A/250V 37IUH06WDF IUH06WDP B 36JUH06WD JUH06WDD 400A/250V 37JUH06WDF JUH06WDP A 36DUE02WG 60 37DUE02WGD 60A/250V 37DUE02WGF 50 37DUE02WGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE02WG 60 37EUE02WGD 60A/250V 37EUE02WGF 50 37EUE02WGP B 36FUF02WG 00 37FUF02WGD 00A/250V 37FUF02WGF 00 37FUF02WGP 30 (2½) B 36GUG02WG GUG02WGD 200A/250V 37GUG02WGF 00 37GUG02WGP B 36HUG02WG HUG02WGD 200A/250V 37HUG02WGF 50 37HUG02WGP 60 (3½) B 36IUH02WG IUH02WGD 200A/250V 37IUH02WGF IUH02WGP B 36JUH02WG JUH02WGD 400A/250V 37JUH02WGF JUH02WGP A 36DUD04WH 30 37DUD04WHD 30A/600V 37DUD04WHF 30 37DUD04WHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE04WH 60 37EUE04WHD 60A/600V 37EUE04WHF 50 37EUE04WHP B 36FUF04WH 00 37FUF04WHD 00A/600V 37FUF04WHF 00 37FUF04WHP 60 (2½) B 36GUG04WH GUG04WHD 200A/600V 37GUG04WHF 00 37GUG04WHP B 36HUG04WH HUG04WHD 200A/600V 37HUG04WHF 25 37HUG04WHP 00 (3½) B 36IUH04WH IUH04WHD 200A/600V 37IUH04WHF 50 37IUH04WHP B 36JUH04WH JUH04WHD 400A/600V 37JUH04WHF JUH04WHP A 36DUD05WE 30 37DUD05WED 30A/600V 37DUD05WEF 30 37DUD05WEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE05WE 60 37EUE05WED 60A/600V 37EUE05WEF 50 37EUE05WEP B 36FUF05WE 00 37FUF05WED 00A/600V 37FUF05WEF 50 37FUF05WEP 60 (2½) B 36GUG05WE 00 37GUG05WED 00A/600V 37GUG05WEF 00 37GUG05WEP B 36HUG05WE HUG05WED 200A/600V 37HUG05WEF 25 37HUG05WEP 00 (3½) B 36IUH05WE IUH05WED 200A/600V 37IUH05WEF 50 37IUH05WEP B 36JUH05WE JUH05WED 400A/600V 37JUH05WEF JUH05WEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/54 Product Category: NEMA

55 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Open Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/82. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 2 Enclosures (Supplied as NEMA 2, field convertible to 3/3R) Motor Voltage Max Hp NEMA (/2 ) Overload Relay Amp Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUE06ND 60 37DUE06NDD 60A/250V 37DUE06NDF 50 37DUE06NDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE06ND 00 37EUE06NDD 00A/250V 37EUE06NDF 00 37EUE06NDP B 36FUF06ND 00 37FUF06NDD 00A/250V 37FUF06NDF 00 37FUF06NDP 30 (2½) B 36GUG06ND GUG06NDD 200A/250V 37GUG06NDF 25 37GUG06NDP B 36HUG06ND HUG06NDD 200A/250V 37HUG06NDF 50 37HUG06NDP 50 (3½) B 36IUH06ND IUH06NDD 200A/250V 37IUH06NDF IUH06NDP B 36JUH06ND JUH06NDD 400A/250V 37JUH06NDF JUH06NDP LPS06ND LPS06NDD 400A/250V 37LPS06NDF LPS06NDP LPU06ND LPU06NDD 600A/250V 37LPU06NDF LPU06NDP MPX06ND MPX06NDD 200A/250V 37MPX06NDF MPX06NDP A 36DUE02NG 60 37DUE02NGD 60A/250V 37DUE02NGF 50 37DUE02NGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE02NG 60 37EUE02NGD 60A/250V 37EUE02NGF 50 37EUE02NGP B 36FUF02NG 00 37FUF02NGD 00A/250V 37FUF02NGF 00 37FUF02NGP 30 (2½) B 36GUG02NG GUG02NGD 200A/250V 37GUG02NGF 00 37GUG02NGP B 36HUG02NG HUG02NGD 200A/250V 37HUG02NGF 50 37HUG02NGP 60 (3½) B 36IUH02NG IUH02NGD 200A/250V 37IUH02NGF IUH02NGP B 36JUH02NG JUH02NGD 400A/250V 37JUH02NGF JUH02NGP LPS02NG LPS02NGD 400A/250V 37LPS02NGF LPS02NGP LPU02NG LPU02NGD 600A/250V 37LPU02NGF LPU02NGP MPX02NG MPX02NGD 200A/250V 37MPX02NGF MPX02NGP A 36DUD04NH 30 37DUD04NHD 30A/600V 37DUD04NHF 30 37DUD04NHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE04NH 60 37EUE04NHD 60A/600V 37EUE04NHF 50 37EUE04NHP B 36FUF04NH 00 37FUF04NHD 00A/600V 37FUF04NHF 00 37FUF04NHP 60 (2½) B 36GUG04NH GUG04NHD 200A/600V 37GUG04NHF 00 37GUG04NHP B 36HUG04NH HUG04NHD 200A/600V 37HUG04NHF 25 37HUG04NHP 00 (3½) B 36IUH04NH IUH04NHD 200A/600V 37IUH04NHF 50 37IUH04NHP B 36JUH04NH JUH04NHD 400A/600V 37JUH04NHF JUH04NHP LPS04NH LPS04NHD 400A/600V 37LPS04NHF LPS04NHP LPU04NH LPU04NHD 600A/600V 37LPU04NHF LPU04NHP MPX04NH MPX04NHD 600A/600V 37MPX04NHF MPX04NHP A 36DUD05NE 30 37DUD05NED 30A/600V 37DUD05NEF 30 37DUD05NEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUE05NE 60 37EUE05NED 60A/600V 37EUE05NEF 50 37EUE05NEP B 36FUF05NE 00 37FUF05NED 00A/600V 37FUF05NEF 50 37FUF05NEP 60 (2½) B 36GUG05NE 00 37GUG05NED 00A/600V 37GUG05NEF 00 37GUG05NEP B 36HUG05NE HUG05NED 200A/600V 37HUG05NEF 25 37HUG05NEP 00 (3½) B 36IUH05NE IUH05NED 200A/600V 37IUH05NEF 50 37IUH05NEP B 36JUH05NE JUH05NED 400A/600V 37JUH05NEF JUH05NEP LPS05NE LPS05NED 400A/600V 37LPS05NEF LPS05NEP LPU05NE LPU05NED 600A/600V 37LPU05NEF LPU05NEP MPX05NF MPX05NED 600A/600V 37MPX05NEF MPX05NEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). See page 9/0 for conduit hubs and conversion instructions. Product Category: NEMA 9/55

56 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Closed Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/83. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA General Purpose Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp Overload Relay NEMA Amp (/2 ) Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUEC6BD 60 37DUEC6BDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6BDF 50 37DUEC6BDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC6BD 00 37EUEC6BDD 00A/250V 37EUEC6BDF 00 37EUEC6BDP B 36FUFC6BD 00 37FUFC6BDD 00A/250V 37FUFC6BDF 00 37FUFC6BDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC6BD GUGC6BDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6BDF 25 37GUGC6BDP B 36HUGC6BD HUGC6BDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6BDF 50 37HUGC6BDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHC6BD IUHC6BDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6BDF IUHC6BDP B 36JUHC6BD JUHC6BDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6BDF JUHC6BDP LPSC6BD LPSC6BDD 400A/250V 37LPSC6BDF LPSC6BDP LPUC6BD LPUC6BDD 600A/250V 37LPUC6BDF LPUC6BDP MPXC6BD MPXC6BDD 200A/250V 37MPXC6BDF MPXC6BDP A 36DUEC2BG 60 37DUEC2BGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2BGF 50 37DUEC2BGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC2BG 60 37EUEC2BGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2BGF 50 37EUEC2BGP B 36FUFC2BG 00 37FUFC2BGD 00A/250V 37FUFC2BGF 00 37FUFC2BGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC2BG GUGC2BGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2BGF 00 37GUGC2BGP B 36HUGC2BG HUGC2BGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2BGF 50 37HUGC2BGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHC2BG IUHC2BGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2BGF IUHC2BGP B 36JUHC2BG JUHC2BGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2BGF JUHC2BGP LPSC2BG LPSC2BGD 400A/250V 37LPSC2BGF LPSC2BGP LPUC2BG LPUC2BGD 600A/250V 37LPUC2BGF LPUC2BGP MPXC2BG MPXC2BGD 200A/250V 37MPXC2BGF MPXC2BGP A 36DUDC4BH 30 37DUDC4BHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4BHF 30 37DUDC4BHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC4BH 60 37EUEC4BHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4BHF 50 37EUEC4BHP B 36FUFC4BH 00 37FUFC4BHD 00A/600V 37FUFC4BHF 00 37FUFC4BHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC4BH GUGC4BHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4BHF 00 37GUGC4BHP B 36HUGC4BH HUGC4BHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4BHF 25 37HUGC4BHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC4BH IUHC4BHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4BHF 50 37IUHC4BHP B 36JUHC4BH JUHC4BHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4BHF JUHC4BHP LPSC4BH LPSC4BHD 400A/600V 37LPSC4BHF LPSC4BHP LPUC4BH LPUC4BHD 600A/600V 37LPUC4BHF LPUC4BHP MPXC4BH MPXC4BHD 600A/600V 37MPXC4BHF MPXC4BHP A 36DUDC5BE 30 37DUDC5BED 30A/600V 37DUDC5BEF 30 37DUDC5BEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC5BE 60 37EUEC5BED 60A/600V 37EUEC5BEF 50 37EUEC5BEP B 36FUFC5BE 00 37FUFC5BED 00A/600V 37FUFC5BEF 50 37FUFC5BEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC5BE 00 37GUGC5BED 00A/600V 37GUGC5BEF 00 37GUGC5BEP B 36HUGC5BE HUGC5BED 200A/600V 37HUGC5BEF 25 37HUGC5BEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC5BE IUHC5BED 200A/600V 37IUHC5BEF 50 37IUHC5BEP B 36JUHC5BE JUHC5BED 400A/600V 37JUHC5BEF JUHC5BEP LPSC5BE LPSC5BED 400A/600V 37LPSC5BEF LPSC5BEP LPUC5BE LPUC5BED 600A/600V 37LPUC5BEF LPUC5BEP MPXC5BF MPXC5BED 600A/600V 37MPXC5BEF MPXC5BEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/56 Product Category: NEMA

57 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Closed Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/83. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4 Painted Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp Overload Relay NEMA Amp (/2 ) Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUEC6ED 60 37DUEC6EDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6EDF 50 37DUEC6EDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC6ED 00 37EUEC6EDD 00A/250V 37EUEC6EDF 00 37EUEC6EDP B 36FUFC6ED 00 37FUFC6EDD 00A/250V 37FUFC6EDF 00 37FUFC6EDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC6ED GUGC6EDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6EDF 25 37GUGC6EDP B 36HUGC6ED HUGC6EDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6EDF 50 37HUGC6EDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHC6ED IUHC6EDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6EDF IUHC6EDP B 36JUHC6ED JUHC6EDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6EDF JUHC6EDP LPSC6ED LPSC6EDD 400A/250V 37LPSC6EDF LPSC6EDP LPUC6ED LPUC6EDD 600A/250V 37LPUC6EDF LPUC6EDP MPXC6ED MPXC6EDD 200A/250V 37MPXC6EDF MPXC6EDP A 36DUEC2EG 60 37DUEC2EGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2EGF 50 37DUEC2EGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC2EG 60 37EUEC2EGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2EGF 50 37EUEC2EGP B 36FUFC2EG 00 37FUFC2EGD 00A/250V 37FUFC2EGF 00 37FUFC2EGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC2EG GUGC2EGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2EGF 00 37GUGC2EGP B 36HUGC2EG HUGC2EGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2EGF 50 37HUGC2EGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHC2EG IUHC2EGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2EGF IUHC2EGP B 36JUHC2EG JUHC2EGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2EGF JUHC2EGP LPSC2EG LPSC2EGD 400A/250V 37LPSC2EGF LPSC2EGP LPUC2EG LPUC2EGD 600A/250V 37LPUC2EGF LPUC2EGP MPXC2EG MPXC2EGD 200A/250V 37MPXC2EGF MPXC2EGP A 36DUDC4EH 30 37DUDC4EHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4EHF 30 37DUDC4EHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC4EH 60 37EUEC4EHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4EHF 50 37EUEC4EHP B 36FUFC4EH 00 37FUFC4EHD 00A/600V 37FUFC4EHF 00 37FUFC4EHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC4EH GUGC4EHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4EHF 00 37GUGC4EHP B 36HUGC4EH HUGC4EHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4EHF 25 37HUGC4EHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC4EH IUHC4EHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4EHF 50 37IUHC4EHP B 36JUHC4EH JUHC4EHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4EHF JUHC4EHP LPSC4EH LPSC4EHD 400A/600V 37LPSC4EHF LPSC4EHP LPUC4EH LPUC4EHD 600A/600V 37LPUC4EHF LPUC4EHP MPXC4EH MPXC4EHD 600A/600V 37MPXC4EHF MPXC4EHP A 36DUDC5EE 30 37DUDC5EED 30A/600V 37DUDC5EEF 30 37DUDC5EEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC5EE 60 37EUEC5EED 60A/600V 37EUEC5EEF 50 37EUEC5EEP B 36FUFC5EE 00 37FUFC5EED 00A/600V 37FUFC5EEF 50 37FUFC5EEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC5EE 00 37GUGC5EED 00A/600V 37GUGC5EEF 00 37GUGC5EEP B 36HUGC5EE HUGC5EED 200A/600V 37HUGC5EEF 25 37HUGC5EEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC5EE IUHC5EED 200A/600V 37IUHC5EEF 50 37IUHC5EEP B 36JUHC5EE JUHC5EED 400A/600V 37JUHC5EEF JUHC5EEP LPSC5EE LPSC5EED 400A/600V 37LPSC5EEF LPSC5EEP LPUC5EE LPUC5EED 600A/600V 37LPUC5EEF LPUC5EEP MPXC5EF MPXC5EED 600A/600V 37MPXC5EEF MPXC5EEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). Product Category: NEMA 9/57

58 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Closed Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/83. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosures Motor Voltage Max Hp Overload Relay NEMA Amp (/2 ) Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUEC6WD 60 37DUEC6WDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6WDF 50 37DUEC6WDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC6WD 00 37EUEC6WDD 00A/250V 37EUEC6WDF 00 37EUEC6WDP B 36FUFC6WD 00 37FUFC6WDD 00A/250V 37FUFC6WDF 00 37FUFC6WDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC6WD GUGC6WDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6WDF 25 37GUGC6WDP B 36HUGC6WD HUGC6WDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6WDF 50 37HUGC6WDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHC6WD IUHC6WDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6WDF IUHC6WDP B 36JUHC6WD JUHC6WDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6WDF JUHC6WDP A 36DUEC2WG 60 37DUEC2WGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2WGF 50 37DUEC2WGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC2WG 60 37EUEC2WGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2WGF 50 37EUEC2WGP B 36FUFC2WG 00 37FUFC2WGD 00A/250V 37FUFC2WGF 00 37FUFC2WGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC2WG GUGC2WGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2WGF 00 37GUGC2WGP B 36HUGC2WG HUGC2WGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2WGF 50 37HUGC2WGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHC2WG IUHC2WGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2WGF IUHC2WGP B 36JUHC2WG JUHC2WGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2WGF JUHC2WGP A 36DUDC4WH 30 37DUDC4WHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4WHF 30 37DUDC4WHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC4WH 60 37EUEC4WHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4WHF 50 37EUEC4WHP B 36FUFC4WH 00 37FUFC4WHD 00A/600V 37FUFC4WHF 00 37FUFC4WHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC4WH GUGC4WHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4WHF 00 37GUGC4WHP B 36HUGC4WH HUGC4WHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4WHF 25 37HUGC4WHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC4WH IUHC4WHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4WHF 50 37IUHC4WHP B 36JUHC4WH JUHC4WHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4WHF JUHC4WHP A 36DUDC5WE 30 37DUDC5WED 30A/600V 37DUDC5WEF 30 37DUDC5WEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC5WE 60 37EUEC5WED 60A/600V 37EUEC5WEF 50 37EUEC5WEP B 36FUFC5WE 00 37FUFC5WED 00A/600V 37FUFC5WEF 50 37FUFC5WEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC5WE 00 37GUGC5WED 00A/600V 37GUGC5WEF 00 37GUGC5WEP B 36HUGC5WE HUGC5WED 200A/600V 37HUGC5WEF 25 37HUGC5WEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC5WE IUHC5WED 200A/600V 37IUHC5WEF 50 37IUHC5WEP B 36JUHC5WE JUHC5WED 400A/600V 37JUHC5WEF JUHC5WEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/58

59 Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters Wye Delta, Closed Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/67. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/83. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage will always match the motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is supplied and 20V control voltage is utilized. To change to 20V voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to F. To change to 24VAC voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 9th character to J. NEMA 2 Enclosures (Supplied as NEMA 2, field convertible to 3/3R) Motor Voltage Max Hp Overload Relay NEMA Amp (/2 ) Range Frame Non-Combination Combination Non-Fusible Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker Disc. Fuse Clip Circuit Amp Amp/Volt Breaker Rating Rating Amps A 36DUEC6ND 60 37DUEC6NDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6NDF 50 37DUEC6NDP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC6ND 00 37EUEC6NDD 00A/250V 37EUEC6NDF 00 37EUEC6NDP B 36FUFC6ND 00 37FUFC6NDD 00A/250V 37FUFC6NDF 00 37FUFC6NDP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC6ND GUGC6NDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6NDF 25 37GUGC6NDP B 36HUGC6ND HUGC6NDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6NDF 50 37HUGC6NDP 50 (3½) B 36IUHC6ND IUHC6NDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6NDF IUHC6NDP B 36JUHC6ND JUHC6NDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6NDF JUHC6NDP LPSC6ND LPSC6NDD 400A/250V 37LPSC6NDF LPSC6NDP LPUC6ND LPUC6NDD 600A/250V 37LPUC6NDF LPUC6NDP MPXC6ND MPXC6NDD 200A/250V 37MPXC6NDF MPXC6NDP A 36DUEC2NG 60 37DUEC2NGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2NGF 50 37DUEC2NGP 5 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC2NG 60 37EUEC2NGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2NGF 50 37EUEC2NGP B 36FUFC2NG 00 37FUFC2NGD 00A/250V 37FUFC2NGF 00 37FUFC2NGP 30 (2½) B 36GUGC2NG GUGC2NGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2NGF 00 37GUGC2NGP B 36HUGC2NG HUGC2NGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2NGF 50 37HUGC2NGP 60 (3½) B 36IUHC2NG IUHC2NGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2NGF IUHC2NGP B 36JUHC2NG JUHC2NGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2NGF JUHC2NGP LPSC2NG LPSC2NGD 400A/250V 37LPSC2NGF LPSC2NGP LPUC2NG LPUC2NGD 600A/250V 37LPUC2NGF LPUC2NGP MPXC2NG MPXC2NGD 200A/250V 37MPXC2NGF MPXC2NGP A 36DUDC4NH 30 37DUDC4NHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4NHF 30 37DUDC4NHP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC4NH 60 37EUEC4NHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4NHF 50 37EUEC4NHP B 36FUFC4NH 00 37FUFC4NHD 00A/600V 37FUFC4NHF 00 37FUFC4NHP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC4NH GUGC4NHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4NHF 00 37GUGC4NHP B 36HUGC4NH HUGC4NHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4NHF 25 37HUGC4NHP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC4NH IUHC4NHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4NHF 50 37IUHC4NHP B 36JUHC4NH JUHC4NHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4NHF JUHC4NHP LPSC4NH LPSC4NHD 400A/600V 37LPSC4NHF LPSC4NHP LPUC4NH LPUC4NHD 600A/600V 37LPUC4NHF LPUC4NHP MPXC4NH MPXC4NHD 600A/600V 37MPXC4NHF MPXC4NHP A 36DUDC5NE 30 37DUDC5NED 30A/600V 37DUDC5NEF 30 37DUDC5NEP 30 (¾) 0 40 A 36EUEC5NE 60 37EUEC5NED 60A/600V 37EUEC5NEF 50 37EUEC5NEP B 36FUFC5NE 00 37FUFC5NED 00A/600V 37FUFC5NEF 50 37FUFC5NEP 60 (2½) B 36GUGC5NE 00 37GUGC5NED 00A/600V 37GUGC5NEF 00 37GUGC5NEP B 36HUGC5NE HUGC5NED 200A/600V 37HUGC5NEF 25 37HUGC5NEP 00 (3½) B 36IUHC5NE IUHC5NED 200A/600V 37IUHC5NEF 50 37IUHC5NEP B 36JUHC5NE JUHC5NED 400A/600V 37JUHC5NEF JUHC5NEP LPSC5NE LPSC5NED 400A/600V 37LPSC5NEF LPSC5NEP LPUC5NE LPUC5NED 600A/600V 37LPUC5NEF LPUC5NEP MPXC5NF MPXC5NED 600A/600V 37MPXC5NEF MPXC5NEP Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). See page 9/0 for conduit hubs and conversion instructions. 9/59

60 Heavy Duty Contactors 3-Phase, Class 40 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/44 open and 9/57 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/84. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure Open Type f NEMA NEMA 4/4X NEMA 4X NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 b General Purpose Stainless b Fiberglass NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight Div and Div 2 Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof 304 Stainless Steel Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Cont- Bolted Enclosures Indoor/Outdoor Use actor Amp NEMA Half Rating BP32A* 40BP32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP32A* 40CP32B* 40CP32W* 40CP32F* 40CP32H* 40CP320* DP32A* 40DP32B* 40DP32W* 40DP32F* 40DP32H* 40DP320* EP32A* 40EP32B* 40EP32W* 40EP32F* 40EP32H* 40EP320* FP32A* 40FP32B* 40FP32W* 40FP32F* 40FP32H* 40FP320* GP32A* 40GP32B* 40GP32W* 40GP32F* 40GP32H* 40GP320* HP32A* 40HP32B* 40HP32W* 40HP32F* 40HP32H* 40HP320* IP32A* 40IP32B* 40IP32W* 40IP32F* 40IP32H* 40IP320* JG32A* 40JG32B* 40JG32W* 40JG32F* 40JG32H* 40JG320* LP32A* 40LP32B* 40LP32E* c 40LP32H* 40LP320* MP32A* 40MP32B* 40MP32E* c 40MP320* dg 40NH32A* 40NH32B* 40NH32E* c 40NH320* eg 40PH32A* 40PH32B* 40PH32E* c 40PH320* Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure NEMA f NEMA 4/4X Stainless b NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 b General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R Corrosion Resistant Div and Div 2 Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Contactor Bolted Enclosures Amp NEMA Half Indoor/Outdoor Use Range BP82B* Use 0 Use 0 Use CP82B* 40CP82W* 40CP82H* 40CP820* DP82B* 40DP82W* 40DP82H* 40DP820* / 4 40EP82B* 40EP82W* 40EP82H* 40EP820* FP82B* 40FP82W* 40FP82H* 40FP820* / 2 40GP82B* 40GP82W* 40GP82H* 40GP820* HP82B* 40HP82W* 40HP82H* 40HP820* / 2 40IP82B* 40IP82W* 40IP82H* 40IP820* JG82B* 40JG82W* 40JG82H* 40JG820* Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available in size 5-8 starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). d Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC e Only available F coil00-250v AC 50/60Hz, or DC f Standard Auxiliary Contacts Type (3rd Character) Configuration Internal / External B Thru E N.O. Internal All FVNR F Thru J N.O. External Starters & Contactors L Thru M 2N.O., 2N.C. External N Thru P N.O., N.C. External g Lugs are not included, refer to page 9/08. 9/60 Product Category: NEMA

61 Heavy Duty Contactors Single Phase, 4-Pole & Vacuum, Class 40 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/44 open and 9/57 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/84. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 2-Pole cd Max Hp Enclosure Open Type e NEMA NEMA 4/4X NEMA 4X NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 General Purposes Stainless b Fiberglass NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R b Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight Div and Div 2 Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Cont- 304 Stainless Steel Class II Groups E, F & G Class III 5 208/ actor Bolted Enclosure Indoor/Outdoor Use 230 Amp NEMA Half Rating No No No No No No BP2A* 40BP2B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP2A* 40CP2B* 40CP2W* 40CP2F* 40CP2H* 40CP20* DP2A* 40DP2B* 40DP2W* 40DP2F* 40DP2H* 40DP20* P 40EP2A* 40EP2B* 40EP2W* 40EP2F* 40EP2H* 40EP20* FP2A* 40FP2B* 40FP2W* 40FP2F* 40FP2H* 40FP20* GP2A* 40GP2B* 40GP2W* 40GP2F* 40GP2H* 40GP20* HP2A* 40HP2B* 40HP2W* 40HP2F* 40HP2H* 40HP20* Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 4-Pole Max Hp Enclosure Open Type NEMA NEMA 4/4X NEMA 4X NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 General Purpose Stainless b Fiberglass NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R b Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight Div and Div 2 Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof 304 Stainless Steel Class II Groups E, F & G Cont- Class III actor Bolted Enclosure Indoor/Outdoor Use Amp NEMA Half Rating No No No No No No BP22A* 40BP22B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP22A* 40CP22B* 40CP22W* 40CP22F* 40CP22H* 40CP220* DP22A* 40DP22B* 40DP22W* 40DP22F* 40DP22H* 40DP220* EP22A* 40EP22B* 40EP22W* 40EP22F* 40EP22H* 40EP220* Vacuum Contactors, 3-Phase, 3-Pole a Max Hp Contactor Amp NEMA Open Type 200V 230V 460V 575V Rating JV32A* LV32A* MV32A* Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available for vacuum contactors. Refer to Page 9/9 for a complete list of available coil voltages. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c To order single phase contactor in an extra wide enclosure, order the enclosure kit from Page 9/3 and the open style contactor as separate items. Product Category: NEMA d Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. J coil will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, and L do not apply to single phase starters. e NO Auxiliary. 9/6

62 Reversing Heavy Duty Contactors Class 43 Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see pages 9/45 open and 9/62 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/84. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ a A D G 277 L / a C H E For other voltages and frequencies, see Factory Modifications page 9/9. Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole Max Hp Enclosure Open Type g NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless b NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 b General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Div and Div 2 Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Class II Groups E, F & G Class III Cont- Bolted Enclosures actor Indoor/Outdoor Use Amp NEMA Half Rating BP32A* 43BP32B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP32A* 43CP32B* 43CP32W* 43CP32F* 43CP32H* 43CP320* DP32A* 43DP32B* 43DP32W* 43DP32F* 43DP32H* 43DP320* EP32A* 43EP32B* 43EP32W* 43EP32F* 43EP32H* 43EP320* FP32A* 43FP32B* 43FP32W* 43FP32F* 43FP32H* 43FP320* GP32A* 43GP32B* 43GP32W* 43GP32F* 43GP32H* 43GP320* HP32A* 43HP32B* 43HP32W* 43HP32F* 43HP32H* 43HP320* IP32A* 43IP32B* 43IP32W* 43IP32F* 43IP32H* 43IP320* JG32A* 43JG32B* 43JG32W* 43JG32F* 43JG32H* 43JG320* LP32A* 43LP32B* 43LP32E* c 43LP320* MP32A* 43MP32B* 43MP32E* c 43MP320* e 43NH32A* 43NH32B* 43NH32E* c 43NH320* f 43PH32A* Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 3-Wire, 2-Pole d Max Hp Enclosure Open Type NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless b NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 2 b General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 3 & 4 NEMA 3/3R Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant Div and Div 2 Industrial Use 304 Stainless Steel Class I Groups C & D Weatherproof Class II Groups E, F & G Cont- Class III 208/ actor Bolted Enclosures Amp NEMA Indoor/Outdoor Use Rating No No No No No No BP2A* 43BP2B* Use 0 Use 0 Use 0 Use CP2A* 43CP2B* 43CP2W* 43CP2F* 43CP2H* 43CP20* DP2A* 43DP2B* 43DP2W* 43DP2F* 43DP2H* 43DP20* P 43EP2A* 43EP2B* 43EP2W* 43EP2F* 43EP2H* 43EP20* Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Dual voltage coils not available in size 5 8 starters. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c Enclosure is NEMA Type 4 (painted steel). d Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. J coil will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, and L do not apply to single phase starters. e Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC H coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC f Only available F coil V AC 50/60Hz, or DC g Auxiliary contacts 43B-43E 4th pole built-in 43F-43J 2 NO & 2 NC 9/62 Product Category: NEMA

63 Heavy Duty Control ing System General Class 48 Overload A Frame A B Frame B Model T ESP200 No. of Poles 3 3 Phase Single Phase Trip Curve 00 Class 5, 0, 20 or 30 Selectable Current Range A 0.25 a Reset B a C 3 2 a S Selectable (Man/Auto) D a E 0 40 F 3 52 G H J ( current range with 300:5 CT and loop with frame A (3-2A)-device) K ( current range with 400:5 CT and loop with frame A (3-2A)-device) L ( current range with 600:5 CT and loop with frame A (3-2A)-device) M ( current range with 750:5 CT and loop with frame A (3-2A)-device) N ( currant range with 200:5 CT and loop with frame A (3-2A)-device) Class 958 Overload Amp Range E 0 40 G H Model B ESP200 No. of Poles 3 3 phase Trip Curve A 958 Type S Selectable (Man/Auto) Class 958L Overload Amp Range Model B ESP200 Type Trip Curve A 958L D E 0 40 F 3 52 G H No. of Poles 3 3 phase S Selectable (Man/Auto) a Ranges available in Single or 3-phase. 9/63

64 Overload Relays Solid State ESP200, Class 48, 958 and 958L General Features b Trip Classes - 5, 0, 20, or 30 Selectable by DIP-switches b Phase Loss Protection - Trips in less than 3 Seconds b Phase Unbalance - Trips based on Trip Class selected b Ground Fault - Trips 60% of Motor Current b Trip Indicator - Visible b Ambient Insensitive b No Heaters Required b Self-Powered - No outside source required b FLA dial with wide Adjustment - 4: ratio b Self Protected in short circuit condition (when used with proper fuses or motor starter protector) b Test Button - Tests Electronics b Thermal Memory b Conformally coated circuit board b NO and NC Contacts Standard. B600, R300 b Operating Temperature: -25 C - 65 C b Repeat Accuracy <%. b Removable Terminal Block b Automatic reset b Remote reset b DIN Rail Mounted b Touch - Safe Terminals b UL listed CSA certified Benefits b Field changeable reduces time and inventory. Suitable for light, normal and heavy starting conditions b Protects motor burn out and minimizes motor heating up b Minimizes temperature rise of the motor on a asymmetrical three-phase-system b Provides optimum system protection of motors against high-resistance short-circuits or ground faults due to moisture, condensation, damage of insulation or any other reason b Save time, faster to identify overload Trip b Prevents nuisance tripping b Saves cost and eliminates time for installation of heaters b Reduce cost for external power supply b Provides wide range, reduces inventory b Unlike bimetal overloads, this eliminates replacement of the overload heaters after short circuit b Tests the complete electronic functions including the trip mechanism. Increases up time b Prevents re-starting motor when it is still hot b Resists against environmental conditions b Makes it easier for user to wire local contacts b Wide operating temperature range prevents nuisance tripping with temperature changes b For more precise settings and reduced nuisance tripping b Terminal Block can be removed without removing wires. Saves time for replacements b Auto. Reset is 3 minutes after tripping, allowing motor to cool down before re-start. If Manual Reset is selected, overload can be reset immediately b As an alternative to the mechanical RESET options, an electrical remote RESET can be used by applying 24 V DC to terminals A3 and A4 b Reduces installation time b Protects against accidental touching of live circuits b Third party approval standard 9/64

65 Overload Relays Solid State ESP200, Class 48, 958, 958L and Bimetal General ESP200 Solid State Overload 958 or 958L Solid State Overload Ambient Compensated Bimetal Single Phase and Three Phase Applications ESP200 Solid State Overloads Designed for a wide variety of applications. The field selectable Trip Class 5, 0, 20 or 30 can easily be set by 2 DIP switches. This eliminates the guess factor of an application requirements and provides reduced inventory for multiple applications. The inherent benefits of the ESP200 ultimately results in cost savings for the user. ESP200 has a 4: current adjustment range with a fine adjustment dial labeled in full load amps. The heaterless overload minimizes the heat trapped in the enclosures, reduces cost for ventilation or cooling. Easily accessible Reset button, provides visible and audible indications to ensure the tripped overload is ready to re-start. Designed to replace thermal, or ESP00 overload relays for any application. It has the same dimensions and footprint of the ESP00 overload relays. It can be directly coupled to the contactors or remotely mounted. In addition to the NEMA contactor applications, it also can be used with other types of controllers for applications requiring DP or IEC contactors. As a retrofit for other brands, it is used with a plate available for retrofitting competitive products. 958 ESP200 Special Use Solid State Overloads This overload is specifically designed for special applications, to provide excellent protection of hermetically sealed and artificially cooled motors that require ambient insensitive and quick trip response times. Combined with a series lockout relay, it provides unsurpassed protection for hermetically sealed compressor motors in air conditioning applications. The combination of high trip speed, current adjustment, and ease of installation makes it suitable for these applications. The trip curves are customized to provide proper overload protection for these loads without causing nuisance tripping. It has selectable manual or automatic reset mode, and provides ground fault selection to protect equipment from damage in case of a fault. 958L ESP200 Oil Field Solid State Overloads Specifically designed for the oil market and the cycling loads experienced with these types of pumping applications. These overload relays provide protection for standard motors, oil well pump motors, multi-torque connections, and ultra-high slip motors. Rotors can be damaged in less than 5 seconds during motor stall conditions if electrical power is not removed. To prevent damage during motor stall, the 958L solid state overload removes the power in 7 seconds at 250% lock rotor current. Therefore, the motor casing and the rotor will be protected from being damage saving the user money and time. b Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overloads Automatic or manual reset adjustment A manual test button is provided to test the operation of the 3-pole overload relay control contacts w5% nominal trip current adjustment Accept either standard Class 20 or Quick Trip (NEMA Class 0) heater elements without any other changes or adjustments Available with a normally open contact for an alarm circuit (SPDT) up to 60A Compensated bimetal overload relays provide a constant trip time in ambient temperatures from 20 F to r70 F for a given heater rating b UL ed File #E22655 or Component Recognized b CSA Certified File #LR6535 Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overloads These thermal type overload relays are used to protect motors from excessive heat resulting from sustained motor overloads, rapid motor cycling and stalled rotor conditions. Although these devices function based on thermal principles they are designed to compensate for the ambient air temperature surrounding the overload. This helps prevent the occurrence of nuisance tripping when there are high surrounding ambient temperatures. The percentage of overload determines the length of time required to open the circuit. 9/65

66 Overload Relays Solid State Class 48, ESP200 and 3RB20 Ordering Information For CT s see Accessories page 9/67. Dimensions see page 9/46. To retrofit or direct mount to a contactor, order 49ASMP, 2, or 3 separately. See Retrofit Plates below. For remote mounting of frame size A order 49ASMS terminals separately, see page 9/08. Solid State Class 48 3-Phase, 48ATC3S00 Current Adjustment Range Phase Frame MRPD/MLFB A 48ATA3S00 3UB834AB A 48ATB3S00 3UB834BB A 48ATC3S00 3UB8234CW A 48ATD3S00 3UB8234DW A 48ATE3S00 3UB8234EW B 48BTF3S00 3UB8334FW B 48BTG3S00 3UB8334GW B 48BTH3S00 3UB8334HW A b 48ATJ3S00 3UB8234JW A h 48ATK3S00 3UB8234KW A d 48ATL3S00 3UB8234LW A g 48ATM3S00 3UB8234MW A e 48ATN3S00 3UB8234NW A 48ATAS00 3UB8834AB A 48ATBS00 3UB8834BB2 3 2 A 48ATCS00 3UB88234CW A 48ATDS00 3UB88234DW B 48BTGS00 3UB88334GW2 Solid State 3RB206 cf, 3-Phase, Manual/Auto Reset For Contactor Setting Range Amps Class 0 Class RB2066-GC2 3RB2066-2GC RB2066-MC2 3RB2066-2MC2 Retrofit Plates for Contactors, Class 48 Replacement for Starter s ESP200 Overload Frame a Retrofit Plate Suffix Plate Kit Separate Price Adder $ A or A P 49ASMP 2, 2 2 B 2P 49ASMP2 3, 3 2 B 3P 49ASMP3 4 B 4P 49ASMP3 Ambient Compensated Bimetal Open Type Class 48 Single Phase, 3-Phase (Panel Mount Only) Amp Contact Poles Rating Auxiliary Contacts Rating 25 NC 48DA8AA4 5A (B600) 60 NC 48GA8AA4 & 00 NC 48HA8AA4 5A (P300) 80 NC 48JA8AA4 30 NC 48DC38AA4 0A (A600) 30 NO/NC 48DC39AA4 & 60 NC 48GC38AA4 3 5A (P300) 60 NO/NC 48GC39AA NC 48HA38AA4 5A (B600) & 5A (P300) 80 3 NC 48JA38AA4 a To determine frame size of replacement solid state overload, refer to retrofit plates table above. b Requires use of 300:5 Current Transformers 3 of 97CT005. c Product Category: IEC. d Requires use of 600:5 Current Transformers 3 of 97CT008. e Requires use of 200:5 Current Transformers 3 of 97CT02. f Overload has busbar connections. g Requires use of 750:5 Current Transformers 3 of 97CT009. h Requires use of 400:5 Current Transformers 3 of 97CT006. 9/66 Product Category: NEMA

67 Overload Relays Special Use Solid State Overloads, Class 958 and 958L Ordering Information Class 958, 958L Dimensions see page 9/46. Current Transformers Rating No. 50:5 97CT :5 97CT :5 97CT :5 97CT :5 97CT :5 97CT :5 97CT :5 97CT02 Solid State Class 958 and 958L Current Adjustment Range Phase Frame MRPD/MLFB A 958EB3SA 3UB85235EW B 958GB3SA 3UB85335GW B 958HB3SA 3UB85335HW A 958LDB3SA 3UB85236DW A 958LEB3SA 3UB85236EW B 958LFB3SA 3UB85336FW B 958LGB3SA 3UB85336GW B 958LHB3SA 3UB85336HW2 Time - Current - Characteristics CLASS 48 Time - Current - Characteristics CLASS 48 Time - Current - Characteristics CLASS 958, 958L Time - Current - Characteristics CLASS 958, 958L Trip - curve depending on unbalance Trip - curve depending on unbalance - CLASS 20 CLASS Trip time in seconds 500 Trip time in seconds 500 Trip time in seconds 500 phase unbalance = 0%, CLASS 20 phase unbalance = 20%, CLASS 20 phase unbalance = 50%, CLASS 20 phase unbalance = 80%, CLASS 20 phase unbalance = 00%, CLASS CLASS 30 - cold start CLASS 20 - cold start 0 0 CLASS 958L 0 CLASS 0 - cold start CLASS 5 - cold start CLASS 5 - warm start CLASS multiple of load amp (FLA) multiple of full load amp (FLA) multiple of full load amp (FLA) multiple of full load amp (FLA) multiple of full load amp (FLA) multiple of full load amp (FLA) a Temperature rating S25 to R60 C. Product Category: NEMA 9/67

68 Pump Control Panels Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for the Agricultural industry, Class 82 General Features The Class 82 Slim Line NEMA Pump was designed specifically for the agricultural market. It is well suited for irrigation and similar pumping applications and is built to withstand the harsh elements of the outdoors Typical applications include: Crop irrigation Sprinklers, misters and soakers Watering for livestock and other dairy applications Ground dewatering for excavation and construction sites Why you should use the Class 82 Pump Panel Simplicity and its compact lightweight design makes this an attractive solution to your budgeting challenges. The contactor is NEMA rated to provide reliable motor control and protection expected in the most demanding applications. The ESP200 solid-state overload relay has a protective coating on the circuit board which gives it superior protection against high humidity, condensation and corrosive environments. Its size and weight is about half that of the Class 87 which increases the ease of installation. ing System 82 A D C 6 F B H Series A = Standard size enclosure B = Extra large enclosure (starter size only) Starter D = F = 2 OLR Current Range B = A C = 3-2A D = A E = 0-40A F = 3-52A Cover Control 6 = HOA selector switch with Start push button Disconnect Type F = Fusible disconnect Disconnect & Fuse Clip Rating A = 30A/250V B = 30A/600V C = 60A/250V D = 60A/600V Coil Voltage F = 0VAC 50HZ / 20VAC 60HZ G = 220VAC 50HZ / 240VAC 60HZ H = 480VAC 60HZ 9/68

69 Pump Control Panels Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for the Agricultural industry, Class 82 General Ordering Information Field Modification Kits (see accessories on this page) Factory Modifications (NA) Dimensions see page 9/67 Wiring Diagram see page 9/87 Replacement Parts (refer to instruction sheet A5E A) Coil Table 50/60Hz Voltage 0VAC 50HZ / 20VAC 60HZ 220VAC 50HZ / 240VAC 60HZ 480VAC 60HZ Letter F G a H b Product Max Hp Rating Overload Relay HOA & Start Push Button Motor Voltage Amp Disc. Amp Fuse Clip Amp/ HOA & Start Push Button (Extra wide Encl) NEMA Range Rating A/600V 82ADB6FB* 82BDB6FB* c A/600V 82ADC6FB* 82BDC6FB* c A/600V 82ADD6FB* 82BDD6FB* c A/250V 82ADC6FA* 82BDC6FA* c A/250V 82ADD6FA* 82BDD6FA* c 7 / A/250V 82ADE6FA* 82BDE6FA* c A/600V 82AFF6FD* c A/250V 82AFF6FC* c Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. a Available in January/February 207. Accessories Image Description Price Image Description Price 3/4" type 3R conduit hub ECHS075 " type 3R conduit hub ECHS00 /4" type 3R conduit hub ECHS25 Contactor auxiliary contacts, side mounted NO/NC (NEMA A300/ Q300) 3RH29DA /2" type 3R conduit hub ECHS50 Disconnect switch auxiliary contacts 2 NO/2 NC DPDT (NEMA A600) HA26234 ESP200 tamper resistance cover 49ASTC Fuse puller kit for 30A switch ( kit required per switch) HP6 30A, 240V Class R Fuse Clip Kits HR2 30A, 600V Class R Fuse Clip Kits HR62 a G coil is not available with a 600v disconnect b H coil is not available with a 250v disconnect 9/69

70 Pump Control Panels Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for the Agricultural industry, Class 82 Class 82 Technical information General Technical Data: Weight Height x Width x Depth Maximum altitude Ambient (outside enclosure) storage temperature Ambient (outside enclosure) operating temperature Country of origin (Standard Encl.) 23lbs. (Extra Wide Encl.) 47lbs. 2 (Standard Encl.) 47lbs. (Standard Encl.) 26 x 2 x 5in. (Extra Wide Encl.) 35 x 7 x 6in. 2 (Standard Encl.) 35 x 7 x 6in ft. (-30 to 65) C / (-22 to 49) F (-20 to 40) C / (-4 to 04) F Mexico Horsepower Rating: See selection table above See selection table above Contactor: of NO main contacts 3 Amp rating 32A, 50A Mechanical operating cycles 0,000,000 Internal / Standard Auxiliary Contact: of NC / NO auxiliary contacts NEMA contact rating designation Optional auxiliary contacts available NC / NO A600 AC / Q600 DC Yes Coil: Voltage Apparent pull-in / holding power Normal coil operating limits (% of rated voltage) Pick-up time / Drop-out time 220/230V 50/60Hz, 460V 60Hz, or 0/20V 50/60Hz 8 VA / 0.5 VA 80% - 0% at 60Hz 8-40 / 4-6 msec Overload Relay: Current range or 3-2 or or 0-40 Amps or 3-52 Amps Trip Class Class 5 / 0 (factory set) / 20 / 30 Trip detection Overload, phase failure, phase unbalance, ground fault Phase failure sensitivity Trip time after phase loss: < 3 sec Repeat accuracy Within % Reset options Manual, automatic and remote External reset Yes Test function Electronics and manual actuation Conformal coating on printed circuit board Yes of NC / NO auxiliary contacts NC /NO Rating of auxiliary contacts B600 AC / R300 DC Single contact isolation 600 V Dual contact isolation 300 V differing polarity / 600 V common polarity 9/70

71 Pump Control Panels Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for the Agricultural industry, Class 82 Technical Data Class 82 Technical information Disconnect Switch: Rating Fuse type accepted Enclosure: Type Rating 30 A with 30A/600 or 30A/250 V Class H fuse clips 60 A with 60A/600 or 60A/250 V Class H fuse clips Class H, J or R NEMA Type 3/3R enclosure Weather proof for outdoor use Standard Control Devices: Hand-Off-Auto selector switch Start push button 3SU 30mm, round, metal with matte finish 3SU 30mm, round, metal with matte finish Mounting / Wiring: Mounting orientation Mounting type Disconnect line side connection type / torque Disconnect line side solid and stranded conductors Power terminal block connection type / torque Power terminal block solid and stranded conductors Control terminal block connection type / torque Control terminal block solid and stranded conductors Coil connection type / torque Coil solid and standed conductors Main auxiliary contact connection type / torque Main auxiliary contact solid and stranded conductors OLR auxiliary contact connection type / torque OLR auxiliary contact solid and starnded conductors Vertical Pole and surface Box lug / 35 lb in (4-0); 40 lb in (8); 45 lb in (6-4) AWG x(4-2 AWG) 60/75 C AL or CU Screw / lb - in x(8-2 AWG) 75 C CU Screw / 2-8 lb - in x(22-8 AWG) 75 C CU Screw / 7-0 lb in 2x(6-2 AWG) CU 60/75 C Screw / 7-0 lb in 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4) 75 C CU Screw / 7-0 lb in 2x(20-4 AWG) CU 60/75 C Short Circuit Current Rating: Fuses 0kA@600V (Class H or K); 00kA@600V (Class R or J) Certificates / Approvals: culus UL (file no. E85287) UL rated Service Entrance Equipment ISO 900 certification 9/7

72 Duplex Heavy Duty Controllers General Class 83 Features Class 84 b Heavy Duty NEMA Starters b Solid State or Thermal Overload Relays b Fusible or MCP b Heavy Duty Disconnect Handle b Flexibility with Field Modifications b Alternator Transfer on De-energization b UL ed for Outdoor Use b UL ed file #E4900 (class 83); file #E85287 (class 84) b CSA certified file #LR 6535 (class 83 & 84) Application Duplex pump controls are designed to perform one or both of two distinct functions: duplexing and alternation. The duplexing function provides capacity for system peaking or above normal demand without having the full motor capacity spinning at all times. It also provides standby capacity for use when one of the motors or pumps is disabled. The duplexing function is also referred to as lead/lag or main/standby. When two pumps or compressors are controlled by a duplex controller, they are started in sequence as necessary to attain preset values of pressure, flow or liquid level. Two field devices such as pressure switches or float switches provide electrical signals to the duplex controller. One remote device is set to initiate the starting of the lead motor. This motor is rated to handle normal system demand. The second motor is usually the same rating and is referred to as the lag motor. It is only energized when the system demand is greater than the capacity of the lead motor. The lag motor is started when the second remote device is signalling for more output than the lead motor can produce. The alternation function reverses the lead and lag mode for the two motors in a duplex system. Upon alternation the first motor as described above becomes the lag motor and the second motor assumes the lead function. The alternation is usually programmed to occur at any time both pumps come to rest. The alternation function equalizes wear on the two machines and extends the life of seals and bearings. Enclosure Types Duplex controllers are available in NEMA, 2/3/3R, 4 (painted) and 4/4X (stainless) enclosures. Enclosures protect personnel from contact with live parts and depending upon the construction, protect the control in varying degrees from physical damage and harmful atmospheres. All enclosures are supplied with corrosion resistant finishes. Heavy Duty Starters These Duplex controllers use the same starters described in the heavy duty starter section of this catalog. Siemens Type ETI Circuit Breaker The ETI circuit breaker is a device designed specifically for application in motor circuits. The ETI is a magnetic only protective device designed to provide protection against short circuit current. The instantaneous-only type ETI circuit breaker employs adjustable magnetic trip settings to allow broader application ranges and a higher degree of motor short circuit protection. Features Two control transformers may be provided for low voltage control to safeguard personnel from high voltage. One transformer is required for each starter to provide independent control circuits. A Hand-Off-Auto selector switch for each starter may be mounted in the enclosure door or furnished separately for remote control. Test push buttons or pilot lights may also be installed on the enclosure. Solid-state or Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload Relays are supplied as standard. Heavy Duty Disconnect Switches The disconnect switch that goes the distance in durability, performance and reliability has the following advantages: b Visible blades for the highest level of safety b Double break switching action to reduce arcing, increase lifetime and eliminate the electric hinge b More rugged positive action switch b Oversized lugs are standard b Line side shield to help guard personnel from contact with live parts b Higher horsepower rating for design E high efficiency motors b UL listed for IIsco, Burndy and T&B crimp type lugs b The 200A switch accepts up to 300 MCM versus 250 MCM wire size Its rugged construction - with a high fault withstand rating of 00kA at 600 VAC when fused with class R rated fuses - meets the most stringent industry standards set forth by the automotive, petro-chemical, and pulp and paper industries. UL recognized and CSA certified, our disconnect switches are available either non-fusible or fusible with class R and class J fuse clips. 9/72

73 Duplex Heavy Duty Controllers Non-Combination, Class 83 Ordering Information Standard duplex controllers include an alternator indicated by characters "92" within the catalog number. The standard coil voltage supplied with the alternator is 20V separate control. This is the only control voltage available with the alternator. To omit the alternator, change the character string within the catalog number from "92" to "95". All coil voltages listed in the coil table are valid with non-alternator controllers. To change the coil voltage for non-alternator controllers with a solid-state OLR, change the 9th character in the catalog number with a letter shown in the coil table. To change the coil voltage for non-alternator controllers with a bimetal OLR, change the 8th character in the catalog number with a letter shown in the coil table. Heater elements for bimetal overloads see page 9/24 (6-Required). Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/85. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Dimensions see page 9/68. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage 24 b J 20 F b D b G 277 b L b H b E Letter Non-Combination (with Solid-State Overload) Max Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4 Painted Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) A 83CUA92BF 83CUA92WF 83CUA92EF 83CUA920F A 83CUB92BF 83CUB92WF 83CUB92EF 83CUB920F A 83CUC92BF 83CUC92WF 83CUC92EF 83CUC920F A 83CUD92BF 83CUD92WF 83CUD92EF 83CUD920F A 83DUA92BF 83DUA92WF 83DUA92EF 83DUA920F A 83DUB92BF 83DUB92WF 83DUB92EF 83DUB920F A 83DUC92BF 83DUC92WF 83DUC92EF 83DUC920F A 83DUD92BF 83DUD92WF 83DUD92EF 83DUD920F A 83DUE92BF 83DUE92WF 83DUE92EF 83DUE920F A 83EUE92BF 83EUE92WF 83EUE92EF 83EUE920F B 83FUF92BF 83FUF92WF 83FUF92EF 83FUF920F B 83GUG92BF 83GUG92WF 83GUG92EF 83GUG920F B 83HUG92BF 83HUG92WF 83HUG92EF 83HUG920F B 83IUH92BF 83IUH92WF 83IUH92EF 83IUH920F B 83JUH92BF 83JUH92WF 83JUH92EF 83JUH920F Non-Combination (with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless NEMA 4 Painted NEMA 2/3R a General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant Dust-tight Weatherproof NEMA Half 304 Stainless Steel CP92BF8 83CP92WF8 83CP92EF8 83CP920F DP92BF8 83DP92WF8 83DP92EF8 83DP920F EP92BF8 83EP92WF8 83EP92EF8 83EP920F FP92BF8 83FP92WF8 83FP92EF8 83FP920F GP92BF8 83GP92WF8 83GP92EF8 83GP920F HP92BF8 83HP92WF8 83HP92EF8 83HP920F IP92BF8 83IP92WF8 83IP92EF8 83IP920F JP92BF8 83JP92WF8 83JP92EF8 83JP920F8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a NEMA 2 is field convertible to NEMA 3/3R. For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b Not available on standard alternator style ( 92 in the catalog number). Product Category: NEMA For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload, replace "8" with "9". "8" will give a NC contact. 9/73

74 Duplex Heavy Duty Controllers Combination Disconnect (Fusible & Non-Fusible), Class 84 Ordering Information Standard duplex controllers include an alternator indicated by characters "92" within the catalog number. The standard coil voltage supplied with the alternator is 20V separate control. This is the only control voltage available with the alternator. To omit the alternator, change the character string within the catalog number from "92" to "95". All coil voltages listed in the coil table are valid with non-alternator controllers. To change the coil voltage for non-alternator controllers with a solid-state OLR, change the 0th character in the catalog number with a letter shown in the coil table. To change the coil voltage for non-alternator controllers with a bimetal OLR, change the 9th character in the catalog number with a letter shown in the coil table. Heater elements for bimetal overloads see page 9/24 (6-Required). For factory installed fusible disconnect, see page 9/20. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage 24 b J 20 F b D b G 277 b L b H b E Dimensions see page 9/68. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/85. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Letter Two Disconnect Switches with Solid-State Overload Max Hp NEMA Half Overload Amp Range Frame Disc. Amp Range Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 4 Painted Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) A 30 84CUA92BDF 84CUA92WDF 84CUA92EDF 84CUA920DF A 30 84CUB92BDF 84CUB92WDF 84CUB92EDF 84CUB920DF A 30 84CUC92BDF 84CUC92WDF 84CUC92EDF 84CUC920DF A 30 84CUD92BDF 84CUD92WDF 84CUD92EDF 84CUD920DF A 30 84DUA92BDF 84DUA92WDF 84DUA92EDF 84DUA920DF A 30 84DUB92BDF 84DUB92WDF 84DUB92EDF 84DUB920DF A 30 84DUC92BDF 84DUC92WDF 84DUC92EDF 84DUC920DF A 30 84DUD92BDF 84DUD92WDF 84DUD92EDF 84DUD920DF A 30 84DUE92BDF 84DUE92WDF 84DUE92EDF 84DUE920DF A 60 84EUE92BDF 84EUE92WDF 84EUE92EDF 84EUE920DF B 60 84FUF92BDF 84FUF92WDF 84FUF92EDF 84FUF920DF B 00 84GUG92BDF 84GUG92WDF 84GUG92EDF 84GUG920DF B 00 84HUG92BDF 84HUG92WDF 84HUG92EDF 84HUG920DF B IUH92BDF 84IUH92WDF 84IUH92EDF 84IUH920DF B JUH92BDF 84JUH92WDF 84JUH92EDF 84JUH920DF Two Disconnect Switches with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless NEMA 4 Painted NEMA 2/3R a General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight Industrial Use Disc Corrosion Resistant Dust-tight Weatherproof NEMA Half Amp 304 Stainless Steel Range CP92BDF8 84CP92WDF8 84CP92EDF8 84CP920DF DP92BDF8 84DP92WDF8 84DP92EDF8 84DP920DF EP92BDF8 84EP92WDF8 84EP92EDF8 84EP920DF FP92BDF8 84FP92WDF8 84FP92EDF8 84FP920DF GP92BDF8 84GP92WDF8 84GP92EDF8 84GP920DF HP92BDF8 84HP92WDF8 84HP92EDF8 84HP920DF IP92BDF8 84IP92WDF8 84IP92EDF8 84IP920DF JP92BDF8 84JP92WDF8 84JP92EDF8 84JP920DF8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a NEMA 2 is field convertible to NEMA 3/3R. For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b Not available on standard alternator style ( 92 in the catalog number). For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload, replace "8" with "9". "8" will give a NC contact. 9/74 Product Category: NEMA

75 Ordering Information Duplex Heavy Duty Controllers Combination Circuit Breaker, Class 84 Coil Table Standard duplex controllers include an alternator indicated by characters "92" within the catalog number. The standard coil voltage supplied with the alternator is 20V separate control. This is the only control voltage available with the alternator. 60Hz Voltage 24 b 20 Letter J F To omit the alternator, change the character string within the catalog number from "92" to D b G "95". All coil voltages listed in the coil table are valid with non-alternator controllers. 277 b L To change the coil voltage for non-alternator controllers, change the 0th character in the catalog number with a letter shown in the coil table. E b H Heater elements for bimetal overloads see page 9/24 (6-Required). Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/68. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/85. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. 2 Motor Circuit Protectors (with Solid-State Overload) Max Hp Overload Motor Circuit Interrupter ETI Enclosure NEMA General Purpose NEMA 4/4X Stainless Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant, 304 Stainless Steel, NEMA 4 Painted Watertight, Dust-tight NEMA 2 NEMA 3/3R a Industrial Use, Weatherproof (Field Convertible to 3/3R) 575 NEMA Half Amp Range Frame A 3 84CUA92BMF 84CUA92WMF 84CUA92EMF 84CUA920MF A 3 84CUB92BMF 84CUB92WMF 84CUB92EMF 84CUB920MF A 0 84CUC92BMF 84CUC92WMF 84CUC92EMF 84CUC920MF A 25 84CUD92BMF 84CUD92WMF 84CUD92EMF 84CUD920MF A 3 84DUA92BMF 84DUA92WMF 84DUA92EMF 84DUA920MF A 3 84DUB92BMF 84DUB92WMF 84DUB92EMF 84DUB920MF A 0 84DUC92BMF 84DUC92WMF 84DUC92EMF 84DUC920MF A 25 84DUD92BMF 84DUD92WMF 84DUD92EMF 84DUD920MF A 30 84DUE92BMF 84DUE92WMF 84DUE92EMF 84DUE920MF A 40 84EUE92BMF 84EUE92WMF 84EUE92EMF 84EUE920MF B 50 84FUF92BMF 84FUF92WMF 84FUF92EMF 84FUF920MF B 00 84GUG92BMF 84GUG92WMF 84GUG92EMF 84GUG920MF B 00 84HUG92BMF 84HUG92WMF 84HUG92EMF 84HUG920MF B 25 84IUH92BMF 84IUH92WMF 84IUH92EMF 84IUH920MF B 50 84JUH92BMF 84JUH92WMF 84JUH92EMF 84JUH920MF 2 Motor Circuit Protectors (with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload) Max Hp Enclosure NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless NEMA 4 Painted NEMA 2/3R a General Purpose Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant Dust-tight Weatherproof Motor 304 Stainless Steel Circuit NEMA Half Interrupter ETI CPB92BMF8 84CPB92WMF8 84CPB92EMF8 84CPB920MF CPD92BMF8 84CPD92WMF8 84CPD92EMF8 84CPD920MF CPE92BMF8 84CPE92WMF8 84CPE92EMF8 84CPE920MF DPB92BMF8 84DPB92WMF8 84DPB92EMF8 84DPB920MF DPD92BMF8 84DPD92WMF8 84DPD92EMF8 84DPD920MF DPE92BMF8 84DPE92WMF8 84DPE92EMF8 84DPE920MF DPF92BMF8 84DPF92WMF8 84DPF92EMF8 84DPF920MF EPF92BMF8 84EPF92WMF8 84EPF92EMF8 84EPF920MF EPG92BMF8 84EPG92WMF8 84EPG92EMF8 84EPG920MF FPF92BMF8 84FPF92WMF8 84FPF92EMF8 84FPF920MF FPH92BMF8 84FPH92WMF8 84FPH92EMF8 84FPH920MF GPH92BMF8 84GPH92WMF8 84GPH92EMF8 84GPH920MF GPJ92BMF8 84GPJ92WMF8 84GPJ92EMF8 84GPJ920MF HPJ92BMF8 84HPJ92WMF8 84HPJ92EMF8 84HPJ920MF HPK92BMF8 84HPK92WMF8 84HPK92EMF8 84HPK920MF IPL92BMF8 84IPL92WMF8 84IPL92EMF8 84IPL920MF JPM92BMF8 84JPM92WMF8 84JPM92EMF8 84JPM920MF8 Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a NEMA 2 is field convertible to NEMA 3/3R. For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b Not available on standard alternator style ( 92 in the catalog number). Product Category: NEMA For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload, replace "8" with "9". "8" will give a NC contact. 9/75

76 Pump Control Panels Class 87, 88 General Features b Fully Gasketed NEMA 3R Rainproof Enclosures b 00,000 Amp Interrupting Capacity with Class R Fuses b Heavy Duty NEMA Starters b Solid State or Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload Relays b Heavy Duty Disconnect Handle b Available in Reduced Voltage Versions b Bold Pilot Legend on Front b Generous Accessory Space b Copper Grounding Lug For Three #6 Wires b UL ed for Outdoor Use and Service Equipment File #E85287 Application Heavy duty pump control panels are designed to withstand the most demanding environments. Typical applications include irrigation, agriculture, petrochemical, wastewater treatment and wherever motor control is challenged by harsh elements. Rugged pump control panels utilized cold forming tox process. They are more rainproof, sleet and ice resistant than in the past. Installation is easy. Panels are factory wired to provide flexible control and protect against short circuits and overloads. Ample space is provided for field modifications and installation of accessories. The pump control panels feature a full sized removable auxiliary panel for the mounting of accessories. The fusible version features fuse clips for full sized RK5 or compact class J fuses and accessory mounting space for the most commonly used accessories. Class 87 pump panels become jockey pump panels with the addition of a pressure switch. The jockey pump s primary function is to maintain water pressure at a preset level and thus compensate for possible shortage of water in the pumping system. When the water pressure drops below the preset level, the pressure switch energizes the starter which in turn activates the jockey pump. The water pressure is then brought back up to the desired level. This insures the maintenance of proper water pressure at all times. Features Specified by Fortune 500 companies, Siemens NEMA starters offer prolonged service under severe duty conditions. NEMA rated, these starters utilize large silver cadmium oxide contacts and wide copper heat sinks to ensure rapid heat dissipation and maximum electrical life. ESP200 solid state overload relay Refer to the section on Class 48 overload relays for features and benefits. Pump panels are factory set at trip Class 0. The ambient compensated bimetal overload relays are designed to parallel thermal characteristics of typical pump motors. They prevent nuisance trips that may result from operation of the control in a higher ambient temperature than that at the pump. These relays are trip-free, tamperproof and can be set to reset automatically or manually. HOA and Start Pushbutton Every pump panel comes with an HOA and a start pushbutton. Half Starters Siemens motor matched starters feature all the rugged performance characteristics of our NEMA rated starter sizes, but are fractionally sized to more closely match your exact motor rating. As a result, significant economic savings are made possible without sacrificing the reliability you expect from a heavy duty starter. These additional starter sizes have the reserve capacity to handle occasional plugging and jogging without de-rating the device. Siemens motor matched can save hundreds, even thousands of dollars per project. Siemens motor matched starters comply with NEMA, UL and CSA standards. 9/76

77 Pump Control Panels Class 87, 88 General Panels are predrilled for easy repositioning of the fuse trailer block to accommodate 250 and 600 volt fuses and full sized RK or compact J fuses. Circuit breakers are also available. Heavy Duty Fusible Disconnect Switch The disconnect switch has the following advantages: b Visible blades for the highest level of safety b Double Break Switching Action to reduce arcing, increase lifetime and eliminate the electric hinge b Oversized lugs are standard b Line side shield to help guard personnel from contact with live parts Motor Circuit Protector The motor circuit protector provides fast, accurate fault clearing that will minimize damage to the motor and control apparatus and protect branch circuit conductors. Continuous current ratings and adjustable trip ranges meet NEC requirements for full load and locked rotor currents. The adjustable instantaneous trip point can be set precisely to assure fault protection and eliminate nuisance tripping. Removable Door Enclosure door may be lifted off to make wiring easier. Mounting Flanges Convenient flanges at top and bottom of the enclosure provide easy mounting. They fit pole or flat surfaces using keyhole slots. Quarter Turn Latches Quarter turns are utilized to secure the door. Wind Catches A wind catch is provided to prevent the door from slamming shut (or open) due to high wind conditions. Safety Disconnect Handle Up to three padlocks can be used to lock the disconnect in the OFF position. Maintenance work can be performed without hazard to personnel. External Reset The overload relay may be quickly reset by means of a button on the front of the enclosure. Bold Pilot Legend Provides positive indication of the selector switch position for use to stop the pump motor. Ground Lugs Insures proper connecting of ground wires and lightning arresters. UL ed Assures proper construction throughout control panel. Reduced Voltage Available in part winding, wye delta and auto transformer types, these controls may be necessary where the power company limits the amount of current drawn from its lines, or where starting torque must be reduced. Fully gasketed NEMA 3/2 weatherproof enclosures are supplied with Class 88 reduced voltage starters. Part Winding Starters apply starting current in timed steps to minimize voltage fluctuations. Auto Transformer Starters maintain a closed circuit during transition and eliminate voltage or current surges. They draw less current than part winding starters and are well suited for starting motors over 20 Hp. Wye Delta starters and motors are used in areas where the power supply is inadequate to supply full starting current without objectionable voltage drop or for applications where low starting torque is required. Centrifugal pumps and similar apparatus requiring a low starting torque are typical applications. Both ends of all three windings of the wye delta motor are brought out so that they may be accessible for reconnecting from wye to delta. Auxiliary Equipment Pilot Lights are easily installed on the enclosure. Oil Tight and Heavy Duty, they meet NEMA A600 requirements. Lightning Arresters protect the control panel from lightning induced surges. Undervoltage and Phase Sensing Relays protect the pump against low voltage, voltage imbalance, loss of phase and phase reversal. Anti-Backspin Timers prevent the motor from starting during motor/shaft backspin. The TOX Box Siemens uses the TOX process to manufacture the enclosures for the pump panels. Advantages of the TOX process: b Joints are 50-70% stronger b Since the TOX process compresses the metal at the joint, it does not leave the high stresses in the metal b Increased corrosion resistance. The protective layer on the metal is not damaged in the process, but instead flows with the material Class 87 NEMA Vacuum Starter Pump Control Panels The Siemens vacuum starter pump controllers are designed for the harshest environments. Typical environments include chemical, petrochemical, waste water treatment and mining. Contaminations present in these severe environments are detrimental to conventional air-break contacts decreasing their life expectancy and reliability. The Siemens vacuum starter pump controllers are well suited for these environments because the contacts are contained in hermetically sealed contact tubes. This prevents contaminates in the atmosphere from affecting the operation of the contacts. Additionally, neither arcs nor arcing gases are produced which dramatically increases the electrical endurance of the contacts. 9/77

78 Pump Control Panels Standard Pump Panel with Solid State Overload, Class 87 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/69. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/87. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. s -4 will be supplied standard with a 240/480 volt coil. To change the coil voltage, change the 8th character in the catalog number to the letter shown in the coil table. s 5 & 6 will be supplied standard with a 480 volt coil. To change the coil voltage, change the 8th character in the catalog number to the letter shown in the coil table. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Fusible Disconnect Max Hp Overload Disc. Fuse NEMA Half Amp Frame Amp Clip Range Range Amp / b A 30 30A/600V 87DUB6FC A 30 30A/600V 87DUC6FC A 30 30A/600V 87DUD6FC A 60 60A/600V 87DUD60C A 30 30A/600V 87EUE6FC A 60 60A/600V 87EUE60C B 60 60A/600V 87FUF6FC B 00 00A/600V 87FUF60C B 60 60A/600V 87GUG6FC B 00 00A/600V 87GUG60C B 00 00A/600V 87HUG6FC B A/600V 87HUG60C B A/600V 87IUH6FC B A/600V 87JUH6FC A/600V 87LPU6FH A/600V 87MSW6FH A 30 30A/250V 87DUC6LC A 30 30A/250V 87DUD6LC A 30 30A/250V 87DUE6LC A 60 60A/250V 87DUE6PC A 60 60A/250V 87EUE6LC B 60 60A/250V 87FUF6LC B 00 00A/250V 87FUF6PC B 60 60A/250V 87GUG6LC B 00 00A/250V 87GUG6PC B 00 00A/250V 87HUG6LC B A/250V 87HUG6PC B A/250V 87IUH6LC B A/250V 87JUH6LC A/250V 87LPU6LG Circuit Breaker Max Hp Overload Motor Circuit Interrupter NEMA Half Amp Frame Range ETI Amps b A 3 87DUB6MC A 0 87DUC6MC A 25 87DUD6MC A 30 87DUE6MC A 40 87EUE6MC B 50 87FUF6MC B 00 87GUG6MC B 00 87HUG6MC B 25 87IUH6MC B 50 87JUH6MC LPT6MH LPU6MH MSW6MH MSX6MH Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A a D G / C a 277 L H E Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). a Not available on 5 and larger. b For an overload amp range of 0.25-A, change the 5th character from a B to an A. A version with coil code A is also stocked via Controls Express. 9/78 Product Category: NEMA

79 Pump Control Panels Pump Panel with Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload, Class 87 Ordering Information Heater elements for bimetal overloads see page 9/24 (3-Required). Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/69. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/87. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. s -4 will be supplied standard with a 230/480 volt coil. To change the coil voltage, change the 8th character in the catalog number to the letter shown in the coil table. s 5 & 6 will be supplied standard with a 480 volt coil. To change the coil voltage, change the 8th character in the catalog number to the letter shown in the coil table. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A a D G / C a 277 L H E Fusible Disconnect Max HP Disc Fuse Clip 200V 230V 460V 575V NEMA Half Amp Rating Amps/ A/600V 87DAE6FC A/600V 87DAE60C A/600V 87EAF6FC A/600V 87EAF60C A/600V 87FAJ6FC A/600V 87FAJ60C A/600V 87GAK6FC A/600V 87GAK60C A/600V 87HAN6FC A/600V 87HAN60C A/600V 87IAP6FC A/600V 87JAR6FC A/250V 87DAE6LC A/250V 87DAE6PC A/250V 87EAG6LC A/250V 87FAJ6LC A/250V 87FAJ6PC A/250V 87GAL6LC A/250V 87HAN6LC A/250V 87HAN6PC A/250V 87IAP6LC A/250V 87JAR6LC Circuit Breaker Max HP Motor Circuit Interrupter 200V 230V 460V 575V NEMA Half ETI Amps DAA6MC DAB6MC DAD6MC DAE6MC EAF6MC EAG6MC FAH6MC FAJ6MC GAK6MC GAL6MC HAN6MC IAP6MC JAR6MC Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. a Not available on 5 or above. Product Category: NEMA 9/79

80 Vacuum Break and Oil Well Pump Control Panels, Class 87 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/69. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/87. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Replace the (*) in the catalog number with a letter from the coil table. Refer to page 7-49 for information on the 958L OLR Coil Table 60Hz Voltage 24 J 20 F D G 277 L H E Letter Vacuum Break Pump Control Panels (Vacuum Contactor with Trip Class 0 Solid-State Overload Relay) Max Hp Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker NEMA Overload Relay Range Fuse Clip Amps/ MCI Amps A 200A/600V 87JCM4F* 250A 87JCM4M* A 400A/600V 87LCU4F* 400A 87LCT4M* A 400A 87MCW4M* A 600A 87MCX4M* Oil Well Pump Control Panels (Open Air Contactor with 958L Solid-State Overload Relay) Max Hp Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker NEMA Overload Relay Range Fuse Clip Amps/ MCI Amps A/600V 87FPI6F* 50 87FPI6M* A/600V 87HPK6F* 00 87HPK6M* A/600V 87JPM6F* 50 87JPM6M* Note: Hp s shown above are based on the overload amp range for the FLA s (per the National Electric Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating. 9/80 Product Category: NEMA

81 Reduced Voltage Pump Panels Auto Transformer & Part winding (2 Step) with Solid State Overload, Class 88 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/69. Wiring Diagrams see pages 9/80 and 9/8. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage on the contactors will be the motor voltage. A CPT will be supplied to provide the control voltage. The control voltage will be 20V. To change the control voltage to customer supplied (no CPT included), change the 9th character to the following: for 24V, use J for 20V, use F Auto Transformer Type Overload Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker Motor Voltage Max Hp Amp Range Frame NEMA Half Fuse Clip Amps/ Circuit Breaker Amps B 2 60A/250V 88FUFT2FG 50 88FUFT2MG B A/250V 88GUGT2FG 00 88GUGT2MG B 3 00A/250V 88HUGT2FG 00 88HUGT2MG B A/250V 88IUHT2FG 25 88IUHT2MG B 4 200A/250V 88JUHT2FG 50 88JUHT2MG LPST2MG A/250V 88LPUT2FG LPUT2MG MSXT2MG B 2 60A/600V 88FUFT4FH 50 88FUFT4MH B A/600V 88GUGT4FH 50 88GUGT4MH B 3 00A/600V 88HUGT4FH 00 88HUGT4MH B A/600V 88IUHT4FH 25 88IUHT4MH B 4 200A/600V 88JUHT4FH 50 88JUHT4MH LPST4MH A/600V 88LPST4FH LPUT4MH MSVT4MH A/600V 88MSXT4FH MSXT4MH Part Winding 2 Step Overload Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker Motor Voltage Max Hp Amp Range Frame NEMA Half Fuse Clip Amps/ Circuit Breaker Amps A A/250V 88EUEP2FG 00 88EUEP2MG B 2 00A/250V 88FUFP2FG 00 88FUFP2MG B A/250V 88GUGP2FG 00 88GUGP2MG B 3 200A/250V 88HUGP2FG 50 88HUGP2MG B A/250V 88IUHP2FG IUHP2MG B 4 400A/250V 88JUHP2FG JUHP2MG LPSP2MG A/250V 88LPUP2FG LPUP2MG A A/600V 88EUEP4FH 00 88EUEP4MH B 2 00A/600V 88FUFP4FH 00 88FUFP4MH B A/600V 88GUGP4FH 00 88GUGP4MH B 3 200A/600V 88HUGP4FH 50 88HUGP4MH B A/600V 88IUHP4FH IUHP4MH B 4 400A/600V 88JUHP4FH JUHP4MH LPSP4MH A/600V 88LPUP4FH LPUP4MH Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). Product Category: NEMA 9/8

82 Reduced Voltage Pump Panels Wye Delta with Solid State Overload, Class 88 Ordering Information Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/69. Wiring Diagrams see pages 9/82 and 9/83. Replacement Parts see page 9/3. Coil and Control Voltage The coil voltage on the contactors will be the motor voltage. A CPT will be supplied to provide the control voltage. The control voltage will be 20V. To change the control voltage to customer supplied (no CPT included), change the 9th character to the following: for 24V, use J for 20V, use F Wye Delta Motor Voltage Max Hp Overload Amp Range Frame NEMA Half Fuse Clip Amps/ Motor Circuit Interruter ETI Amps Open Transition Closed Transition Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker A 60A/250V 5088DUE06FD 88DUE06MD 88DUEC6FD 88DUEC6MD A A/250V 00 88EUE06FD 88EUE06MD 88EUEC6FD 88EUEC6MD B 2 00A/250V 00 88FUF06FD 88FUF06MD 88FUFC6FD 88FUFC6MD B A/250V 25 88GUG06FD 88GUG06MD 88GUGC6FD 88GUGC6MD B 3 200A/250V 50 88HUG06FD 88HUG06MD 88HUGC6FD 88HUGC6MD B A/250V IUH06FD 88IUH06MD 88IUHC6FD 88IUHC6MD B 4 400A/250V JUH06FD 88JUH06MD 88JUHC6FD 88JUHC6MD A/250V LPS06FD 88LPS06MD 88LPSC6FD 88LPSC6MD A/250V LPU06FD 88LPU06MD 88LPUC6FD 88LPUC6MD MSX06MD 88MSXC6MD A 60A/250V 50 88DUE02FG 88DUE02MG 88DUEC2FG 88DUEC2MG A A/250V 50 88EUE02FG 88EUE02MG 88EUEC2FG 88EUEC2MG B 2 00A/250V 00 88FUF02FG 88FUF02MG 88FUFC2FG 88FUFC2MG B A/250V 00 88GUG02FG 88GUG02MG 88GUGC2FG 88GUGC2MG B 3 200A/250V 50 88HUG02FG 88HUG02MG 88HUGC2FG 88HUGC2MG B A/250V IUH02FG 88IUH02MG 88IUHC2FG 88IUHC2MG B 4 400A/250V JUH02FG 88JUH02MG 88JUHC2FG 88JUHC2MG A/250V LPS02FG 88LPS02MG 88LPSC2FG 88LPSC2MG A/250V LPU02FG 88LPU02MG 88LPUC2FG 88LPUC2MG MSX02MG 88MSXC2MG A 30A/600V 30 88DUD04FH 88DUD04MH 88DUDC4FH 88DUDC4MH A A/600V 50 88EUE04FH 88EUE04MH 88EUEC4FH 88EUEC4MH B 2 00A/600V 00 88FUF04FH 88FUF04MH 88FUFC4FH 88FUFC4MH B A/600V 00 88GUG04FH 88GUG04MH 88GUGC4FH 88GUGC4MH B 3 200A/600V 25 88HUG04FH 88HUG04MH 88HUGC4FH 88HUGC4MH B A/600V 50 88IUH04FH 88IUH04MH 88IUHC4FH 88IUHC4MH B 4 400A/600V JUH04FH 88JUH04MH 88JUHC4FH 88JUHC4MH A/600V LPS04FH 88LPS04MH 88LPSC4FH 88LPSC4MH A/600V LPU04FH 88LPU04MH 88LPUC4FH 88LPUC4MH MSX04MH 88MSXC4MH A 30A/600V 30 88DUD05FE 88DUD05ME 88DUDC5FE 88DUDC5ME A A/600V 50 88EUE05FE 88EUE05ME 88EUEC5FE 88EUEC5ME B 2 00A/600V 50 88FUF05FE 88FUF05ME 88FUFC5FE 88FUFC5ME B A/600V 00 88GUG05FE 88GUG05ME 88GUGC5FE 88GUGC5ME B 3 200A/600V 25 88HUG05FE 88HUG05ME 88HUGC5FE 88HUGC5ME B A/600V 50 88IUH05FE 88IUH05ME 88IUHC5FE 88IUHC5ME B 4 400A/600V JUH05FE 88JUH05ME 88JUHC5FE 88JUHC5ME A/600V LPS05FE 88LPU05ME 88LPSC5FE 88LPSC5ME A/600V LPU05FE 88LPU05ME 88LPUC5FE 88LPUC5ME MSX05ME 88MSXC5ME Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 9/82 Product Category: NEMA

83 Simplicity and compact lightweight design makes Class LE lighting contactors an attractive solution to your budgeting challenges. Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE Features Used in applications where it is not critical that contacts remain closed if control power is lost Rated for tungsten lighting (incandescent filament), ballast lighting (fluorescent, HID, metal halide, mercury vapor, quartz halogen and sodium-lamp), resistive and general use loads Contacts are rated amps at 600 volts 3 and 4 pole (up to 2 pole for 30 and 60 amp contactors) Most contactors have built-in auxiliary contacts for convenient 3-wire control Wide range of coil voltages from 24 to 600 VAC 50/60Hz Compact design allows for smaller panels and more wiring room Finger and back-of-hand safe terminals Panel and DIN rail mounting Full line of enclosures including NEMA, 3/3R, 4, 4/4X stainless steel and 2 Available in combination form with choice of non-fusible disconnect, fusible disconnect or circuit breaker Full line of factory and field modifications 9/83

84 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE Features ing System Disconnect Type B = Combination Circuit Breaker D = Combination Non-Fused Disconnect F = Combination Fusible Disconnect N = Non-Combination Disconnect Rating 0 = N/A A = 30A/250V Disconnect B = 30A/600V Disconnect C = 60A/250V Disconnect D = 60A/600V Disconnect E = 00A/250V Disconnect F = 00A/600V Disconnect G = 200A/250V Disconnect H = 200A/600V Disconnect J = 400A/250V Disconnect K = 400A/600V Disconnect T = 20A Circuit Breaker V = 30A Circuit Breaker Y = 60A Circuit Breaker Z = 00A Circuit Breaker Enclosure Type 0 = Open = NEMA 2 = NEMA 2/3R 4 = NEMA 4/4X SS Contactor Rating (Amp) B = 20 C = 30 D = 60 E = 00 F = 200 G = 300 H = 400 N.C. Poles 0 = None N.O. Poles 03 = Three 04 = Four 06 = Six 09 = Nine 2 = Twelve Coil Voltage (AC 60Hz) 024 = = = = = = = = 600 Series A = A Contactors B = 20 00A Contactors LE 0 9/84 Product Category: NEMA

85 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE Ordering Information Replace *** with a number from the coil table. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/49 for open, page 9/70 for enclosed. Wiring Diagram see page 9/88. Replacement Parts see page 9/34. Coil Table VAC 60Hz *** ) Replace the (***) with a number from the coil table. Non-Combination Contactor Enclosure Type Normally Normally Max. Amp Closed Open Open 3/3R/2 2) 4/4X 304 S.S. Rating of Poles Contacts Contacts LEN00B003***B LEN0B003***B LEN02B003***B LEN04B003***B LEN00B004***B LEN0B004***B LEN02B004***B LEN04B004***B LEN00C003***B LEN0C003***B LEN02C003***B LEN04C003***B LEN00C004***B LEN0C004***B LEN02C004***B LEN04C004***B LEN00C006***B LEN0C006***B LEN02C006***B LEN04C006***B LEN00C009***B LEN0C009***B LEN02C009***B LEN04C009***B LEN00C02***B LEN0C02***B LEN02C02***B LEN04C02***B LEN00D003***B LEN0D003***B LEN02D003***B LEN04D003***B LEN00D006***B LEN0D006***B LEN02D006***B LEN04D006***B LEN00D009***B LEN0D009***B LEN02D009***B LEN04D009***B LEN00D02***B LEN0D02***B LEN02D02***B LEN04D02***B LEN00E003***B LEN0E003***B LEN02E003***B LEN04E003***B LEN00F003***A LEN0F003***A LEN02F003***A LEN04F003***A LEN00G003***A LEN0G003***A LEN02G003***A LEN04G003***A LEN00H003***A LEN0H003***A LEN02H003***A LEN04H003***A ) Not available on A contactors. 2) Type 2 field convertible to type 3/3R. Product Category: NEMA 9/85

86 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE Technical Data Contactor LEN00B003 LEN00B004 LEN00C003 LEN00C004 General technical data: Finger-safe (main circuit / control circuit) yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes Degree of pollution Altitude (m) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 Ambient storage temperature ( C) -55 to to to to 80 Ambient operating temperature ( C) 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 Humidity (% non-condensing) 0 to 95 0 to 95 0 to 95 0 to 95 Shock resistance at rectangular impulse (g/ms) 6.7 / 5, 4.2 / / 5, 4.2 / / 5, 4.7 / / 5, 4.7 / 0 Shock resistance at sine pulse (g/ms) 0.5 / 5, 6.6 / / 5, 6.6 / 0.8 / 5, 7.4 / 0.8 / 5, 7.4 / 0 Rated impulse voltage resistance (kv) no data no data no data no data Rated insulation voltage (V) no data no data no data no data Mechanical operating cycles as operating time: of contactor 30,000,000 30,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 of contactor with additional aux contacts 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 Main circuit: of NC / NO main contacts 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 4NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 4NO Typical power loss per conductor (W) Off-load operating frequency (cycles per hour) 0,000 0,000 5,000 5,000 Current ratings: Tungsten (poles per phase) Ballast (poles per phase) General and resistive (poles per phase) p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph Coil ratings: Nominal voltage 2) 2) 2) 2) Inrush / sealed power (VA) 3.7 / / / / 9.4 Coil voltage tolerance factor Internal/standard auxiliary contact: of NC / NO auxiliary contacts 0NC / NO NA NC / NO NC / NO Rating A600 / Q600 NA A600 / Q600 A600 / Q600 Installation/mounting/dimensions: Mounting orientation vertical vertical vertical vertical Type of mounting: screw / DIN rail yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes Height x Width x Depth (mm) 57.5 x 45 x x 45 x x 45 x x 60 x 97 Minimum clearance to sides (mm) Minimum clearance to earthed parts (mm) Connection type / torque for main circuit terminals screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 8-22 lb in screw / 8-22 lb in Connection type / torque for control circuit terminals screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in Solid and stranded conductors for main contacts (AWG) 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4), 2x(2) 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4), 2x(2) 2x(6-2), 2x(4-8) 2x(6-2), 2x(4-8) Solid and stranded conductors for control circuit (AWG) 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4) 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4) 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4) 2x(20-6), 2x(8-4) Conductor type for main and control circuits 75 C CU 75 C CU 75 C CU 75 C CU Short circuit current rating of main circuit: Short circuit current rating 600V 600V 600V 600V Max fuse / circuit breaker (Amp) 30 / / / / 40 Certificates: culus culus culus culus Must use an external (optional) auxiliary contact. 2) Refer to catalog selection tables for coil voltages. 9/86

87 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE Technical Data LEN00D003 LEN00E003 LEN00F003 LEN00G003 LEN00H003 no / yes no / yes no / yes no / yes no / yes ,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2, to to to to to 80 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 95 0 to 95 0 to 95 0 to 95 0 to 95 0 / 5, 5 / / 5, 4 / / 5, 4.2 / / 5, 4.2 / / 5, 4.2 / 0 5 / 5, 8 / / 5, 6.2 / / 5, 6.5 / / 5, 6.5 / / 5, 6.5 / 0 no data no data no data no data no data no data no data no data no data no data Mechanical operating cycles as operating time: 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 Main circuit: 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO ,000 5,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 Current ratings: p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph Coil ratings: p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph 400A@600V p ph 2p ph 3p 3ph 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 66 / / / / / Internal/standard auxiliary contact: NA NA 2NC / 2NO 2NC / 2NO 2NC / 2NO NA NA A300 / Q300 A300 / Q300 A300 / Q300 Installation/mounting/dimensions: vertical vertical vertical vertical vertical yes / yes yes / yes yes / no yes / no yes / no 2 x 55 x 5 46 x 70 x x 20 x x 45 x x 60 x screw / lb in screw / lb in screw / 90-0 lb in screw / lb in screw / lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in screw / 7-0 lb in 2x(8-3), 2x(0-/0), 2x(6-3/0) 2x(2/0-500MCM) 2x(2/0-500MCM) x(8-2) x(0-2/0) 2x(8-4) 2x(8-4) 2x(8-4) 2x(8-4) 2x(8-4) 75 C CU 75 C CU 75 C CU 75 C CU 75 C CU Short circuit current rating of main circuit: 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 00 / / / / / 500 culus culus culus culus culus 9/87

88 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE Ordering Information Replace *** with a number from the coil table. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/70. Wiring Diagram see page 9/88. Replacement Parts see page 9/34. Coil Table VAC 60Hz *** Replace the (***) with a number from the coil table. Combination Contactor Enclosure Type Max. Disc. Disc Amp/ Circuit Amp of NO Amp Fuse Clip Breaker 3/3R/2, 4 4/4X 304 S.S. Disconnect Type Rating Poles Rating Rating Rating A LEDBB003***B LEDB2B003***B LEDB4B003***B A LEDBC003***B LEDB2C003***B LEDB4C003***B Non-Fusible A LEDDD003***B LEDD2D003***B LEDD4D003***B A LEDFE003***B LEDF2E003***B LEDF4E003***B A LEDHF003***A LEDH2F003***A LEDH4F003***A A LEDKG003***A LEDK2G003***A LEDK4G003***A A/250V LEFAB003***B LEFA2B003***B LEFA4B003***B 3 30A/600V LEFBB003***B LEFB2B003***B LEFB4B003***B A/250V LEFAC003***B LEFA2C003***B LEFA4C003***B 3 30A/600V LEFBC003***B LEFB2C003***B LEFB4C003***B Fusible A/250V LEFCD003***B LEFC2D003***B LEFC4D003***B 3 60A/600V LEFDD003***B LEFD2D003***B LEFD4D003***B A/250V LEFEE003***B LEFE2E003***B LEFE4E003***B 3 00A/600V LEFFE003***B LEFF2E003***B LEFF4E003***B A/250V LEFGF003***A LEFG2F003***A LEFG4F003***A 3 200A/600V LEFHF003***A LEFH2F003***A LEFH4F003***A A/250V LEFJG003***A LEFJ2G003***A LEFJ4G003***A 3 400A/600V LEFKG003***A LEFK2G003***A LEFK4G003***A A LEBTB003***B LEBT2B003***B LEBT4B003***B Circuit Breaker A LEBVC003***B LEBV2C003***B LEBV4C003***B A LEBYD003***B LEBY2D003***B LEBY4D003***B A LEBZE003***B LEBZ2E003***B LEBZ4E003***B Not available on A contactors. Type 2 field convertible to type 3/3R. Type 4 painted enclosure through 00 Amp only. 9/88

89 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LC Features Class LC lighting contactors deliver unprecedented versatility in application, simplicity in configuration and performance in operation. Ingenious design, rugged construction and a host of truly useful features make them uniquely appealing to all those who use them. Convenient side access field power wiring. Contact position indication when button protrudes, contact is closed. Power poles can easily be added at any time based on changing needs. Furthermore, they may be converted from NO to NC (or vice versa) simply by repositioning. A simple kit easily converts electrically held units to mechanically held and includes a 2- or 3-wire control module. Plug-in auxiliary contacts are NO when installed on the left side of the contactor, NC on the right. Standard base enables contactor to be field expandable for flexibility and future needs. Finger and back-of-hand safe terminals. Used in all applications where either electrically or mechanically held contactors are specifically suited and also ideal for maximum flexibility and future expansion Rated for tungsten lighting (incandescent filament), ballast lighting (fluorescent, HID, metal halide, mercury vapor, quartz halogen and sodium-lamp), resistive and general use loads Contacts are rated up to 30 amps at 600 volts Up to 2 poles (maximum of 8 normally closed) Wide range of coil voltages from 24 to 600 VAC 50/60Hz Can be ordered as either electrically or mechanically held and can also be converted from electrically to mechanically held in the field with a simple conversion kit Modular design enables you to stock the building block components to assemble all configurations of both the electrically and mechanically held contactors thus dramatically reducing inventory Full line of enclosures including NEMA, 3/3R, 4, 4/4X stainless steel and 2 Full line of factory and field modifications 9/89

90 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LC Features ing System Controller Type E0 = Electrically Held (Convertible to MH) Enclosure Type 0 = Open = NEMA 2 = NEMA 2/3R 4 = NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Contactor Rating (Amp) C = 30 N.C. Poles 0 = None = One 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = Four 5 = Five 6 = Six 7 = Seven 8 = Eight N.O. Poles 00 = None 0 = One 02 = Two 03 = Three 04 = Four 05 = Five 06 = Six 07 = Seven 08 = Eight 09 = Nine 0 = Ten = Eleven 2 = Twelve Coil Voltage 024 = 24V 60Hz / 20V 50Hz 20 = 5-20V 60Hz / 0V 50Hz 208 = V 60Hz 240 = V 60Hz / 220V 50Hz 277 = 277V 60Hz / 240V 50Hz 347 = 347V 60Hz 480 = V 60Hz / 440V 50Hz 600 = V 60Hz / 550V 50Hz LC E0 C A 9/90

91 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LC Ordering Information To order standard electrically held contactor, simply select catalog number from tables below. To order mechanically held contactor, select catalog number from tables below and specify conversion module from factory modification section from page 9/22. To convert standard electrically held contactor to mechanically held in the field, select catalog number from tables below and select conversion module kit from field modification section on page 9/06. Replace *** with a number from the coil table. Field Modification Kits see page 9/04. Factory Modifications see page 9/9. Dimensions see page 9/48 open, page 9/70 enclosed. Wiring Diagrams see page 9/88. Replacement Parts see page 9/34. Coil Table VAC 60Hz *** Replace the (***) with a number from the coil table. Non-Combination Contactor (30 Amp max.) No. of Poles Enclosure Type Open 3/3R/2 4/4X 304 S.S. N.C. N.O. 2 LCE00C200***A LCE0C200***A LCE02C200***A LCE04C200***A 3 LCE00C300***A LCE0C300***A LCE02C300***A LCE04C300***A 4 LCE00C400***A LCE0C400***A LCE02C400***A LCE04C400***A 5 0 LCE00C500***A LCE0C500***A LCE02C500***A LCE04C500***A 6 LCE00C600***A LCE0C600***A LCE02C600***A LCE04C600***A 7 LCE00C700***A LCE0C700***A LCE02C700***A LCE04C700***A 8 LCE00C800***A LCE0C800***A LCE02C800***A LCE04C800***A LCE00C0***A LCE0C0***A LCE02C0***A LCE04C0***A 2 LCE00C20***A LCE0C20***A LCE02C20***A LCE04C20***A 3 LCE00C30***A LCE0C30***A LCE02C30***A LCE04C30***A 4 LCE00C40***A LCE0C40***A LCE02C40***A LCE04C40***A 5 LCE00C50***A LCE0C50***A LCE02C50***A LCE04C50***A 6 LCE00C60***A LCE0C60***A LCE02C60***A LCE04C60***A 7 LCE00C70***A LCE0C70***A LCE02C70***A LCE04C70***A 8 LCE00C80***A LCE0C80***A LCE02C80***A LCE04C80***A 0 LCE00C002***A LCE0C002***A LCE02C002***A LCE04C002***A LCE00C02***A LCE0C02***A LCE02C02***A LCE04C02***A 2 LCE00C202***A LCE0C202***A LCE02C202***A LCE04C202***A 3 LCE00C302***A LCE0C302***A LCE02C302***A LCE04C302***A 4 2 LCE00C402***A LCE0C402***A LCE02C402***A LCE04C402***A 5 LCE00C502***A LCE0C502***A LCE02C502***A LCE04C502***A 6 LCE00C602***A LCE0C602***A LCE02C602***A LCE04C602***A 7 LCE00C702***A LCE0C702***A LCE02C702***A LCE04C702***A 8 LCE00C802***A LCE0C802***A LCE02C802***A LCE04C802***A 0 LCE00C003***A LCE0C003***A LCE02C003***A LCE04C003***A LCE00C03***A LCE0C03***A LCE02C03***A LCE04C03***A 2 LCE00C203***A LCE0C203***A LCE02C203***A LCE04C203***A 3 LCE00C303***A LCE0C303***A LCE02C303***A LCE04C303***A 4 3 LCE00C403***A LCE0C403***A LCE02C403***A LCE04C403***A 5 LCE00C503***A LCE0C503***A LCE02C503***A LCE04C503***A 6 LCE00C603***A LCE0C603***A LCE02C603***A LCE04C603***A 7 LCE00C703***A LCE0C703***A LCE02C703***A LCE04C703***A 8 LCE00C803***A LCE0C803***A LCE02C803***A LCE04C803***A Type 2 field convertible to Type 3/3R. 9/9

92 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LC Non-Combination Contactor (30 Amp max.) Enclosure Type No. of Poles Open 3/3R/2 4/4X 304 S.S. N.C. N.O. 0 LCE00C004***A LCE0C004***A LCE02C004***A LCE04C004***A LCE00C04***A LCE0C04***A LCE02C04***A LCE04C04***A 2 LCE00C204***A LCE0C204***A LCE02C204***A LCE04C204***A 3 LCE00C304***A LCE0C304***A LCE02C304***A LCE04C304***A 4 4 LCE00C404***A LCE0C404***A LCE02C404***A LCE04C404***A 5 LCE00C504***A LCE0C504***A LCE02C504***A LCE04C504***A 6 LCE00C604***A LCE0C604***A LCE02C604***A LCE04C604***A 7 LCE00C704***A LCE0C704***A LCE02C704***A LCE04C704***A 8 LCE00C804***A LCE0C804***A LCE02C804***A LCE04C804***A 0 LCE00C005***A LCE0C005***A LCE02C005***A LCE04C005***A LCE00C05***A LCE0C05***A LCE02C05***A LCE04C05***A 2 LCE00C205***A LCE0C205***A LCE02C205***A LCE04C205***A 3 5 LCE00C305***A LCE0C305***A LCE02C305***A LCE04C305***A 4 LCE00C405***A LCE0C405***A LCE02C405***A LCE04C405***A 5 LCE00C505***A LCE0C505***A LCE02C505***A LCE04C505***A 6 LCE00C605***A LCE0C605***A LCE02C605***A LCE04C605***A 0 LCE00C006***A LCE0C006***A LCE02C006***A LCE04C006***A LCE00C06***A LCE0C06***A LCE02C06***A LCE04C06***A 2 LCE00C206***A LCE0C206***A LCE02C206***A LCE04C206***A 3 6 LCE00C306***A LCE0C306***A LCE02C306***A LCE04C306***A 4 LCE00C406***A LCE0C406***A LCE02C406***A LCE04C406***A 5 LCE00C506***A LCE0C506***A LCE02C506***A LCE04C506***A 6 LCE00C606***A LCE0C606***A LCE02C606***A LCE04C606***A 0 LCE00C007***A LCE0C007***A LCE02C007***A LCE04C007***A LCE00C07***A LCE0C07***A LCE02C07***A LCE04C07***A 2 7 LCE00C207***A LCE0C207***A LCE02C207***A LCE04C207***A 3 LCE00C307***A LCE0C307***A LCE02C307***A LCE04C307***A 4 LCE00C407***A LCE0C407***A LCE02C407***A LCE04C407***A 0 LCE00C008***A LCE0C008***A LCE02C008***A LCE04C008***A LCE00C08***A LCE0C08***A LCE02C08***A LCE04C08***A 2 8 LCE00C208***A LCE0C208***A LCE02C208***A LCE04C208***A 3 LCE00C308***A LCE0C308***A LCE02C308***A LCE04C308***A 4 LCE00C408***A LCE0C408***A LCE02C408***A LCE04C408***A 0 LCE00C009***A LCE0C009***A LCE02C009***A LCE04C009***A 9 LCE00C09***A LCE0C09***A LCE02C09***A LCE04C09***A 2 LCE00C209***A LCE0C209***A LCE02C209***A LCE04C209***A 0 LCE00C00***A LCE0C00***A LCE02C00***A LCE04C00***A 0 LCE00C0***A LCE0C0***A LCE02C0***A LCE04C0***A 2 LCE00C20***A LCE0C20***A LCE02C20***A LCE04C20***A 0 LCE00C0***A LCE0C0***A LCE02C0***A LCE04C0***A 0 2 LCE00C02***A LCE0C02***A LCE02C02***A LCE04C02***A Type 2 field convertible to Type 3/3R. 9/92

93 Lighting and Heating Control Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LC Technical Data General technical data: Finger-safe (main circuit / control circuit) yes / yes Degree of pollution 3 Altitude (m) 2,000 Ambient storage temperature ( C) -30 to 65 Ambient operating temperature ( C) -25 to 40 Humidity (% non-condensing) no data Shock resistance at rectangular impulse (g/ms) no data Shock resistance at sine pulse (g/ms) no data Rated impulse voltage resistance (kv) no data Rated insulation voltage (V) 600 Mechanical operating cycles as operating time: of contactor 00,000 of contactor with additional aux contacts 00,000 Main circuit: of main contacts 2-2 (maximum of 8 NC) Typical power loss per conductor (W) no data Off-load operating frequency (cycles per hour) 60 for continued operation Current ratings: p ph Tungsten (poles per phase) 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph Ballast (poles per phase) 2p ph 3p 3ph p ph General and resistive (poles per phase) 2p ph 3p 3ph Coil ratings: Nominal voltage (refer to coil voltage table) Inrush / sealed power (VA) 248 / 28 Coil voltage tolerance factor External/optional auxiliary contact: of NC / NO auxiliary contacts 2NC / 2NO max Rating A600, 24VDC, 24VAC Installation/mounting/dimensions: Mounting orientation vertical Type of mounting: screw / DIN rail yes / no Height x Width x Depth (mm) 88 x 06 x 98 Minimum clearance to sides (mm) 2.7 Minimum clearance to earthed parts (mm) 2.7 Connection type / torque: Main contact terminals screw / 35 lb in Coil terminals screw / 5 lb in Auxiliary contact terminals screw / 7-2 lb in Control module terminals screw / 5 lb in Solid and stranded conductors (AWG): Main contact terminals x(4-8), #8 solid or stranded 2x(4-8), #8 stranded only Coil terminals 2x(8-4) Auxiliary contact terminals 2x(22-2) Control module terminals x(22-2) Conductor type for main / control circuits 75 C CU / C CU Short circuit current rating of main circuit: Short circuit current rating (see SCCR tables) Certificates: cul Coil voltages: 24V 60Hz / 20V 50Hz 5-20V 60Hz / 0V 50Hz V 60Hz V 60Hz / 220V 50Hz 277V 60Hz / 240V 50Hz 347V 60Hz V 60Hz / 440V 50Hz V 60Hz / 550V 50Hz Short circuit current ratings with fuses: Max. Volt. Fuse Max. Device Rating (Amps) 600 RK fuse 60 5 Short circuit current ratings with circuit breakers: Max. Volt. Siemens ed Circuit Breaker Max. Device Rating (Amps) 600 NGG3B040L HEG3B040L ED63B040L NGG3B040L 40 5 Conversion module: Input Volt. (AC) Steady State Rated (ma) Max. VA Conversion module: Min. pulse duration (3-wire module) Max. allowable leakage current EMI Surge transient peak Frequency range 250ms.8 ma 35 V/m 6 kv Hz SCCR (ka) SCCR (ka) 9/93

94 Lighting and Heating Contactors Mechanically and Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CLM CLM 20 Amp CLM 00 Amp Mechanically Latched Lighting and Heating Contactor The CLM Lighting Contactors can be used with metal halide, mercury vapor, quartz halogen, tungsten and fluorescent lighting. They provide reliable and convenient lighting control in numerous applications, such as industrial plants, schools, hospitals, office buildings, shopping centers, airports, stadiums... literally everywhere lighting is required. The CLMs are listed under UL 508 with no derating when used open or enclosed. Combination lighting contactors are listed for UL service entrance. UL listed File #E6030 CSA Certified File LR 6535 Type CLM 20 Amp Lighting Contactor Solid State Control Modules The CLM 20 amp lighting contactor is an electromagnetically operated, mechanically latched three wire control contactor. The most commonly used method of control is a three position momentary contact switch with a center-off position. The controlling device must be able to make the coil inrush current but need not break it. The coil current is interrupted by the control contacts within the CLM contactor. Power for the control line may come from a separate source or directly from the line side of the CLM contactor. The CLM contactor can also be controlled by devices such as: b Break-glass control stations b Timers having single pole, double throw contacts b Photo-electric cells a b Energy management systems a b Microprocessors a b Occupancy sensors a Control modules make it possible to use a controlling device that does not have enough current-carrying capacity to control the CLM contactor directly. Control modules are also used when the control station is to be located at a distance greater than the allowable contactor line run. Another use for control modules occurs when the controlling device is only available as a single pole single-throw contact necessitating a two wire control line. Still another application for control modules is when start-stop three wire control is needed. Control modules also can make it possible to operate the CLM coil from its own incoming line at one voltage while providing the control at a second, perhaps lower voltage. Two Wire Control Module (Accessory 47) The advantages of two wire controls are:. Control station can have lower ampacity rating. 2. Control station can be located an extended distance from the CLM contactor. 3. Control module can frequently be controlled directly from microprocessor. 4. Control devices can be two wire single pole, single-throw types. 5. Control voltage may be different than the CLM coil circuit and at a lower voltage level. Note: If the control power to the solid state control module is lost while the module is energized the lighting contactor will open. If the line power to the lighting contactor is lost while the contactor is energized the contactor will not change state with return of line voltage. Power will be restored to the load if the control module is still energized. Control station should be the maintained type. Three Wire Control Module (Accessory 48). The accessory 48 consists of two relays with contacts appropriately interconnected which provides for an interlocking that prevents both relays from being energized simultaneously. 2. This module has similar characteristics to the two wire module (Accessory 47) except there is no change of switch contact position upon loss of control line power. Control stations should be the momentary type. Stop-Start Control Module (Accessory 49) Stop-start three wire maintained control is an arrangement used mostly when controlling motors, but can be used in lighting applications. Any number of momentary contact control stations consisting of normally open start buttons and normally closed stop buttons can be used. Start buttons are connected in parallel and stop buttons in series. Operation (Magnetic Latch) A permanent magnet is built into the contactor structure of the 30A, 60A, 00A, and 200A contactors that will maintain the contactor in its energized state indefinitely without using control power. When energized, a DC current is applied that produces a magnetic field that reinforces the polarity of the permanent magnet, and the contactor pulls in immediately. The current to the coil is disconnected by the coil clearing interlock. In order to drop out the contactor, it is necessary to apply a field through the OFF coil in the reverse direction to the permanent magnet. This momentarily cancels the magnetic attraction and the contactor drops out. Coil and module failures are possible when used with solid state relays and PLC outputs. 24-volt systems are ok to use, but 20 volts and above should be discouraged. If higher values cannot be avoided, an interposing relay should be used. (Mechanically Latched) The 300 & 400A lighting and heating contactors operate using a latching mechanism. Closing When the close pushbutton is operated, the closing coil is energized, closing the contactor. As the contactor closes, the latch lever hooks over the latch pin to mechanically latch the contactor closed. The coil-clearing auxiliary contact de-energizes the closing coil. Opening When the Trip pushbutton is operated, the trip solenoid coil is energized, unhooking the latch lever from the latch pin, which allows the contactor to open. As the contactor opens, the coil-clearing auxiliary contact de-energizes the trip solenoid coil. a Operation through control modules. 9/94

95 Lighting Control Mechanically and Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CLM Ordering Information E Replace *** with a number from the coil table. E Field modification kits see page 9/04. E Factory modifications see page 9/9. E Dimensions see page 9/53 open page 9/70 enclosed. E Wiring Diagrams see page 9/9. E Replacement parts see page 9/34. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage 24 b e 600 Open and Non-combination Enclosed Contactors Open Type d Open 20 Amp Contactors Enclosure NEMA NEMA 2 NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel c General Purpose NEMA 3/3R c Watertight, Dust-tight, Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant, Max Weatherproof 304 Stainless Steel Amp Rating of Poles 2 CLMB02*** CLM2B02*** CLMSB02*** 3 CLMB03*** CLM2B03*** CLMSB03*** 4 CLMB04*** CLM2B04*** CLMSB04*** 20 6 see table CLMB06*** CLM2B06*** CLMSB06*** 8 below CLMB08*** CLM2B08*** CLMSB08*** 0 CLMB0*** CLM2B0*** CLMSB0*** 2 CLMB2*** CLM2B2*** CLMSB2*** 2 CLM0C02*** CLMC02*** CLM2C02*** CLMSC02*** 3 CLM0C03*** CLMC03*** CLM2C03*** CLMSC03*** 4 CLM0C04*** CLMC04*** CLM2C04*** CLMSC04*** 5 CLM0C05*** CLMC05*** CLM2C05*** CLMSC05*** 30 6 CLM0C06*** CLMC06*** CLM2C06*** 8 CLM0C08*** CLMC08*** CLM2C08*** 9 CLM0C09*** CLMC09*** CLM2C09*** 0 CLM0C0*** CLMC0*** CLM2C0*** 2 CLM0C2*** CLMC2*** CLM2C2*** 2 CLM0D02*** CLMD02*** CLM2D02*** CLMSD02*** 3 CLM0D03*** CLMD03*** CLM2D03*** CLMSD03*** 4 CLM0D04*** CLMD04*** CLM2D04*** CLMSD04*** 5 CLM0D05*** CLMD05*** CLM2D05*** CLMSD05*** 60 6 CLM0D06*** CLMD06*** CLM2D06*** 8 CLM0D08*** CLMD08*** CLM2D08*** 9 CLM0D09*** CLMD09*** CLM2D09*** 0 CLM0D0*** CLMD0*** CLM2D0*** 2 CLM0D2*** CLMD2*** CLM2D2*** 2 CLM0E02*** CLME02*** CLM2E02*** CLMSE02*** 00 3 CLM0E03*** CLME03*** CLM2E03*** CLMSE03*** 4 CLM0E04*** CLME04*** CLM2E04*** CLMSE04*** 5 CLM0E05*** CLME05*** CLM2E05*** CLMSE05*** 2 CLM0F02*** CLMF02*** CLM2F02*** CLMSF02*** CLM0F03*** CLMF03*** CLM2F03*** CLMSF03*** 4 CLM0F04*** CLMF04*** CLM2F04*** CLMSF04*** 5 CLM0F05*** CLMF05*** CLM2F05*** CLMSF05*** CLM0G02*** CLMG02*** CLM2G02*** 3 CLM0G03*** CLMG03*** CLM2G03*** CLM0H02*** CLMH02*** CLM2H02*** 3 CLM0H03*** CLMH03*** CLM2H03*** Max 0 20V Coil 50/60Hz V Coil 50/60Hz V Coil 50/60Hz Amp Rating of Poles a 2 CLM2203 CLM2206 CLM CLM3203 CLM3206 CLM CLM4203 CLM4206 CLM CLM6203 CLM6206 CLM CLM8203 CLM8206 CLM CLM0203 CLM0206 CLM CLM2203 CLM2206 CLM2207 a Contactors with 2 6-poles will be assembled with all poles located in the top portion of the contactor. Contactors with 8 2-poles will be assembled with 6-poles in the top portion and the remaining poles in the bottom portion of the contactor. b 24 volt coils are not available on 20, 300 and 400 amp contactor sizes. For 24 volt control of 20 amp contactor select solid state control module. c For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. Product Category: NEMA d CLM 30 & 60A 6-2-pole can be field assembled. Order mounting kit 49MCMPMA and the appropriate number of 2-5 pole contactors. e 24, 480 or 600 volt coils are not available on 20 amp contactors. 9/95

96 Lighting Control Combination Mechanically and Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CM Ordering Information E Replace *** with a number from the coil table. E Field modification kits see page 9/04. E Factory modifications see page 9/9. E Dimensions see page 9/70. E Wiring Diagrams see page 9/9. E Replacement parts see page 9/34. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage 24 a c 600 Combination Lighting Contactors Enclosure NEMA NEMA 2, NEMA 3/3R b NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel General Purpose NEMA 4 Painted (thru 00 amps) Watertight, Dust-tight, Industrial Use Corrosion Resistant, Contactor Disc Disc Amp/ Circuit Weatherproof, Watertight, Dust-tight 304 Stainless Steel Disconnect Amp of NO Amp Fuse Clip Breaker Type Rating Poles Rating Rating Rating A CMNB4*** CMNB24*** CMNBS4*** A CMNC4*** CMNC24*** CMNCS4*** Non-Fusible A CMND5*** CMND25*** CMNDS5*** A CMNE6*** CMNE26*** CMNES6*** A CMNF7*** CMNF27*** CMNFS7*** A CMNG8*** CMNG28*** CMNGS8*** A/250V CMFB0*** CMFB20*** CMFBS0*** 3 30A/600V CMFB*** CMFB2*** CMFBS*** A/250V CMFC0*** CMFC20*** CMFCS0*** 3 30A/600V CMFC*** CMFC2*** CMFCS*** Fusible A/250V CMFD2*** CMFD22*** CMFDS2*** 3 60A/600V CMFD3*** CMFD23*** CMFDS3*** A/250V CMFE4*** CMFE24*** CMFES4*** 3 00A/600V CMFE5*** CMFE25*** CMFES5*** A/250V CMFF6*** CMFF26*** CMFFS6*** 3 200A/600V CMFF7*** CMFF27*** CMFFS7*** A/250V CMFG8*** CMFG28*** CMFGS8*** 3 400A/600V CMFG9*** CMFG29*** CMFGS9*** A CMBB4*** CMBB24*** CMBBS4*** Circuit A CMBC5*** CMBC25*** CMBCS5*** Breaker A CMBD8*** CMBD28*** CMBDS8*** A CMBE8*** CMBE28*** CMBES8*** A CMBF0*** CMBF20*** CMBFS0*** A CMBG*** CMBG2*** CMBGS*** Lighting & Heating Contactor Ratings CLM Maximum AC/DC Voltage and Amp Ratings Poles to Load Load Amperes 2 for -Phase Type Continuous for -Phase 3 for 3-Phase Tungsten V AC 250V AC Ballast V AC 600V AC General V AC 600V AC General 20 25V DC 250V DC Inrush Current Over Fuse (amps RMS) at AC Control Voltage 20A CLM Amps 20V 240V 277V 347V 480V Inrush Fuse Contactor Ratings Load Amperes Max Max Type Continuous Line to Line Line to Neutral Tungsten Ballast Heating AC Coil Data Contactor Amperes No. Poles Inrush VA Dropout VA / / / a 24 volt coils are not available on 20 and 300 amp contactors. Use solid state control module on 20 amp size. b For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. c 600 volt coils are not available on 20 amp contactors. 9/96 Product Category: NEMA

97 Industrial Control Power Transformers Class MT Features b Enclosed coils ( VA); Completely encloses the transformer coils against moisture, dust, dirt and industrial contaminants for maximum protection in hostile and industrial environments. b Fuse clips (most models). Factory mounted for integral fusing on the secondary side to save panel space, save wiring time and save the cost of buying an add-on fuse block or kit b Integrally finger safe terminals. Between terminals and transformer, protect against electrical creepage. Up to 30% greater terminal contact area permits low-loss connections. Extra-deep barriers reduce the chance of shorts from frayed leads or careless wiring b Terminals. Molded into the transformer, are difficult to break during wiring. A full quarter-inch of thread on the 8-32 terminal screws prevents stripping and pullout b Jumpers supplied. Two jumper links are standard with all transformers which can be wired for dual primary voltages Operation Industrial control circuits and motor control loads typically require more current when they are initially energized than under normal operating conditions. This period of high current demand, referred to as inrush, may be as great as ten times the current required under steady state (normal) operating conditions, and can last up to 40 milliseconds. A transformer in a circuit subject to inrush will typically attempt to provide the load with the required current during the inrush period. However, it will be at the expense of the secondary voltage stability by allowing the voltage to the load to decrease as the current increases. This period of secondary voltage instability, resulting from increased current, can be of such magnitude that the transformer is unable to supply sufficient voltage to energize the load. The transformer must therefore be designed and constructed to accommodate the high inrush current, while maintaining secondary voltage stability. According to NEMA standards, the secondary voltage would typically be at 85% of the rated voltage. Industrial Control Power Transformers are specifically designed and built to provide adequate voltage to the load while accommodating the high current levels present at inrush. These transformers deliver excellent secondary voltage regulation and meet or exceed the standards established by NEMA, ANSI, UL and cul. Their rugged construction and excellent electrical characteristics ensure reliable operation of electromagnetic devices and trouble-free performance. Specifications b Laminations are built with silicon steel to minimize core losses and to increase optimum performance and efficiency b Copper magnet wire of the highest quality assures efficient operation b Factory mounted type K fuse clips are standard on all secondary transformers where possible b Two jumper links are standard with all transformers which can be wired for dual primary voltages b cul ed and CSA certified General b 50/60 Hz rated b Insulation materials are of the highest rating available for the temperature class b Mounting plate is heavy gauge steel to add strength to core construction and provide stable mounting. Slotted mounting feet permit easy installation b Attractive black finish; easy-to-read nameplate with complete rating data and wiring diagram b Class 30 C (226 F) insulation system. 80 C (76 F) temperature rise. (50-750VA typical) b Class 80 C (356 F) insulation system. 20 C (248 F) temperature rise. ( VA typical) b Optional field mounted 2-pole primary Class CC fuse block is available 9/97

98 Industrial Control Power Transformers Class MTG General Features b Class MTG Industrial Control Transformers are 00% certified for all domestic and International Applications b The MTG line has full compliance with IEC Safety standards EN b CE Mark in accordance with requirements for EN b Meets IP-20 specifications per IEC 529 for finger-safe protection when used with Siemens Touch Safe snap on terminal cover kits. Meets IP-00 specifications when covers are not used. b UL ed b Exceeds applicable requirements for control transformers as determined by NEMA and ANSI b Insulation requirements is twice that of UL5085 b Available in 50 to 750 VA sizes, in all standard voltage combinations b Class 30 C (226 F) insulation system. 80 C (76 F) temperature rise. (50-750VA typical) b Class 80 C (356 F) insulation system. 20 C (248 F) temperature rise. ( VA typical) b Primary and secondary fusing capability available as field installed kits for domestic or international fusing b Integrally-molded terminals and barriers between terminals make breakage virtually impossible during wiring. The MTG transformer construction is the same as our high quality Class MT transformers Optional Field Installed Fuse Clip Kits For Panel Mounting b 2-Pole primary Class CC fuse block b -Pole secondary midget fuse block for 3 32 u 2 fuses b 2-Pole primary international type fuse blocks b -Pole secondary international type fuse blocks Optional Touch-Safe Snap-On Terminal Cover Kits The Touch-Safe terminal covers are designed to comply with IEC 742 and IP 20 requirements. When installed, the covers prevent contact with current carrying parts on the transformer and are available for 4 terminal configurations. The international fuse block kits have inherent touch safe terminals and fuse clips. Siemens Meets International Standards CSA (Canadian Standards Association) was utilized as a Competent Body in reviewing, interpreting and properly complying with the requirements of IEC-742 to place a CE mark on its MTG Series product. As a National Certification Body, CSA also has the proper documentation and reports on file for MTG Series to utilize the CB Scheme ensuring acceptance throughout the world. The standard Siemens MTG product is available with terminal covers which meets the requirements of IEC-529, IP20 degree of protection and meets the applicable requirements for covers per IEC-742. IEC-742 The requirements for industrial control circuit transformers to be used in the European Common Market are identified by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and specified under IEC-742, Non-Short Circuit Proof Isolating Transformers, under the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC. Manufacturers of control transformers indicate compliance with these requirements by placing a CE mark on the product. b Winding to winding insulation requirements may be twice that for IEC-742 compared to UL506 b The electrical clearances between current carrying parts are one-third greater to comply with IEC-742 requirements for units up to 250VA with voltages up to 440 volts ac b Transformers manufactured to IEC-742 requirements will have a minimum of 0% higher overload capacity than those manufactured only to UL506 requirements While no requirement exists in IEC-742 for the electrical connections to be either finger safe or touch proof, the specification does state that IF a transformer is supplied with a cover to prevent incidental contact with current carrying parts, that cover must utilize two separate methods or places of securing it to the component, with neither being dependent upon the other. Additionally, one of these methods MUST require a tool to remove it. IEC-529 The requirements for finger-safe or touch-proof electrical connections are identified by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) under specification 529, Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures. These various degrees of protection are identified and differentiated by IP ratings. The IP specification which most closely approximates protection to a human finger is IP20. This IP rating would be the most common degree of touch-proof connection for electrical components such as transformers. EN The requirements for industrial control transformers to be used in the European Common Market are identified by the IEC and specified in EN 6 558, Safety of Power Control Transformers, under Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC. CE mark on the product indicates compliance. 9/98

99 Industrial Control Power Transformers Class MT, MTG Transformer Process Selecting a transformer for industrial control circuit applications requires knowledge of the following terms: Inrush VA is the product of load voltage (V) multiplied by the current (A) that is required during circuit start-up. It is calculated by adding the inrush VA requirements of all devices (contactors, timers, relays, pilot lights, solenoids, etc.), which will be energized together. Inrush VA requirements are best obtained from the component manufacturer. Sealed VA is the product of load voltage (V) multiplied by the current (A) that is required to operate the circuit after initial start-up or under normal operating conditions. It is calculated by adding the sealed VA requirements of all electrical components of the circuit that will be energized at any given time. Sealed VA requirements are best obtained from the component manufacturer. Sealed VA is also referred to as steady state VA. Primary Voltage is the voltage available from the electrical distribution system and its operational frequency, which is connected to the transformer supply voltage terminals. Secondary Voltage is the voltage required for load operation which is connected to the transformer load voltage terminals. Once the circuit variables have been determined, transformer selection is a simple 5-step process as follows:. Determine the Application Inrush VA by using the following industry accepted formula: Application Inrush VA = (Inrush VA) 2 r (Sealed VA) 2 2. Refer to the Regulation Data Chart. If the primary voltage is basically stable and does not vary by more than 5% from nominal, the 90% secondary voltage column should be used. If the primary voltage varies between 5% and 0% of nominal, the 95% secondary voltage column should be used. 3. After determining the proper secondary voltage column, read down until a value equal to or greater than the Application Inrush VA is found. In no case should a figure less than the Application Inrush VA be used. 4. Read left to the Transformer VA Rating column to determine the proper transformer for this application. As a final check, make sure that the Transformer VA Rating is equal to or greater than the total sealed requirements. If not, select a transformer with a VA rating equal to or greater than the total sealed VA. 5. Refer to the following pages to determine the proper catalog number based on the transformer VA, and primary and secondary voltage requirements. Regulation Data Chart General Inrush VA At 20% Power Factor NEMA/IEC NEMA/IEC NEMA/IEC Transformer 95% Sec 90% Sec 85% Sec VA Ratings Voltage Voltage Voltage 25 00/ 30/ 50/ 50 70/90 200/ / /350 40/ / /40 540/ / / /030 50/ /900 50/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / a 5000/ 2000/ 27000/ 000 b 9000/ 3000/ 8500/ / 5000/ / / 25500/ 34000/ / 36000/ 47500/ / 92500/ 5000/ To comply with NEMA standards, which require all magnetic devices to operate successfully at 85% of rated voltage, the 90% secondary voltage column is most often used in selecting a transformer. a For units with Class 05 C insulation systems. b For units with Class 80 C insulation systems. Fuse Clip Kit KCCFPX2R Primary Fuse Kit In addition to factory installed secondary fusing, Siemens offers a primary fuse kit for class MT transformers size VA for field installation. The primary fuse kit includes a 2-pole Class CC fuse block, instructions and all associated mounting and wiring hardware. Additionally, this fuse kit will fit most competitors units. To order this kit, use catalog number KCCFPX2R. The primary fuse kit, when installed, will add a maximum of 0.69 in. (8 mm) to the transformer A dimension and.94 in. (49 mm) to the C dimension. Primary Fuse Kit Installation Class MT Transformer with Primary Fuse Kit, KCCFPX2R 9/99

100 Industrial Control Power Transformers Domestic, Class MT Ordering Information E Use the Voltage Table to determine the primary and secondary voltage required. E Field Modifications see page 9/2. E Dimensions see page 9/55. E Wiring Diagrams see page 9/93. E Touchsafe cover chart see page 9/0. Voltage Table Primary 50/60 Hz Secondary Letter 240 X 480, 230 X 460, 220 X /5/0 A 240 X B 20 X C 5 X D 550/575/600 0/5/20 E 208/ F 208/230/460 5 G 230/460/575 95/5 H 380/400/45 0 X 220 I 208/230/460, 200/220/440,240/ X 5, 23 X 0, 25 X 20 J 240/46/480/600, 230/400/460/575, 99/20/30, 95/5/25, 220/380/440/550, 208/500 9/0/20, 85/00/0 L 240 X X 240 M Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter VA A B C D E F Rating No No No No No No 50 MT0050A MT0050B MT0050C MT0050D MT0050E MT0050F 75 MT0075A MT0075B MT0075C MT0075D MT0075E MT0075F 00 MT000A MT000B MT000C MT000D MT000E MT000F 50 MT050A MT050B MT050C MT050D MT050E MT050F 200 MT0200A MT0200B MT0200C MT0200D MT0200E MT0200F 250 MT0250A MT0250B MT0250C MT0250D MT0250E MT0250F 300 MT0300A MT0300B MT0300C MT0300D MT0300E MT0300F 350 MT0350A MT0350B MT0350C MT0350D MT0350E MT0350F 500 MT0500A MT0500B MT0500C MT0500D MT0500E MT0500F 750 MT0750A MT0750B MT0750E MT0750F 000 MT000A MT000E 500 MT500A 2000 MT2000A 3000 MT3000A 5000 MT5000A Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter VA G H I J L M Rating No No No No No No 50 MT0050G MT0050H MT0050I MT0050J MT0050L MT0050M 75 MT0075G MT0075H MT0075I MT0075J MT0075M 00 MT000G MT000H MT000I MT000J MT000L MT000M 50 MT050G MT050H MT050I MT050J MT050L MT050M 200 MT0200G MT0200H MT0200I MT0200J MT0200M 250 MT0250G MT0250H MT0250I MT0250J MT0250L MT0250M 300 MT0300G MT0300H MT0300I MT0300J MT0300M 350 MT0350G MT0350H MT0350I MT0350J MT0350L MT0350M 500 MT0500G MT0500H MT0500I MT0500J MT0500L MT0500M 750 MT0750G MT0750H MT0750I MT0750L MT0750M 000 MT000G MT000H MT000I MT000M 500 MT500G MT500H MT500I 2000 MT2000G MT2000H MT2000I 3000 MT3000G MT3000H MT3000I 5000 MT5000G MT5000H 9/00 Product Category: NEMA

101 Industrial Control Power Transformers International, Class MTG Ordering Information E Use the Voltage Table to determine the primary and secondary voltage required. E Field Modifications see page 9/2. E Dimensions see page 9/55. E Wiring Diagrams see page 9/93. E Touchsafe cover chart see below. Voltage Table Primary 50/60 Hz Secondary Letter 240 X 480, 230 X 460, 220 X /5/0 A 240 X B 20 X C 550/575/600 0/5/20 E 380/400/45 0 X 220 I 208/230/460, 200/220/440, 240/ X 5, 23 X 0, 25 X 20 J P Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter VA A B C E I J P Rating No No No No No No No 50 MTG0050A MTG0050B MTG0050C MTG0050E MTG0050I MTG0050J MTG0050P 75 MTG0075A MTG0075B MTG0075C MTG0075E MTG0075I MTG0075J MTG0075P 00 MTG000A MTG000B MTG000C MTG000E MTG000I MTG000J MTG000P 50 MTG050A MTG050B MTG050C MTG050E MTG050I MTG050J MTG050P 200 MTG0200A MTG0200B MTG0200C MTG0200E MTG0200I MTG0200J MTG0200P 250 MTG0250A MTG0250B MTG0250C MTG0250E MTG0250I MTG0250J MTG0250P 300 MTG0300A MTG0300B MTG0300C MTG0300E MTG0300I MTG0300J MTG0300P 350 MTG0350A MTG0350B MTG0350C MTG0350E MTG0350I MTG0350J MTG0350P 500 MTG0500A MTG0500B MTG0500C MTG0500E MTG0500I MTG0500J MTG0500P 750 MTG0750A MTG0750B MTG0750C MTG0750E MTG0750I MTG0750J MTG0750P 000 MTG000A MTG000B MTG000C MTG000J 500 MTG500A 2000 MTG2000A 3000 MTG3000A 5000 MTG5000A Touchsafe Covers For MT style CPT VA Rating Voltage Letter Primary Side Touchsafe? Secondary Side Touchsafe? Secondary Side Fuse Clips? 50 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 75 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,M Yes Yes No b 00 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 50 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 200 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,M Yes Yes No b 250 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 300 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,M Yes Yes No b 350 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes Yes Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 500 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,J Yes No c Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 750 A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H Yes No c Yes a I,L,M Yes Yes No b 000 A,E,G,H Yes No c Yes a I,M Yes Yes No b 500 A,G,H Yes No c Yes a I Yes Yes No b 2000 A,G,H Yes No c Yes a I Yes Yes No b 3000 A,G,H,I Yes Yes No b 5000 A,G,H Yes Yes No b Touchsafe Covers For MTG style CPT VA Rating Voltage Letter Primary Side Touchsafe? Secondary Side Touchsafe? 50 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 75 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 00 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 50 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 200 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 250 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 300 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 350 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 500 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 750 A,B,C,E,I,J,P Yes Yes No 000 A,B,C,J Yes Yes No 500 A Yes Yes No 2000 A Yes Yes No 3000 A Yes Yes No 5000 A Yes Yes No Secondary Side Fuse Clips? d a Needs US2:KCCSECFCVR to be Touchsafe b If secondary fuse holder is required, use KCCFG panel mount fuse holder Product Category: NEMA c Needs US2:KCCSECFCVR2 d International fusing options, see CPT accessory page 9/0

102 Field Modification Kits Class SMF, MMS, MRS Accessories Class SMF Description Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provision SMFFL Emergency Off Actuator SMFPB Additional Key for Key Operated Devices SMFFK Pilot Light Kits Class MMS, MRS a Red Green Voltage Pilot Light Pilot Light Device Rating Class SMF 5 277V AC SMFPL0 SMFPL0G Enclosures Class SMF Enclosure Type For Use With SMF Standard FO, FOP, FO2, FO2P, FO3, NEMA FO3P, FO4, FO4P General Purpose SMFFE2 Oversized FO, FOP, FO2, FO2P, FO3, NEMA Type FO3P, FO4, FO4P General Purpose SMFFE NEMA 3R, 4, 2 FO, FOP, FO2, FO2P, FO3, Watertight FO3P, FO4, FO4P Dust-tight SMF40BC2 Accessories Class MMS, MRS Description Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provision SMFFL Emergency Off Actuator SMFPB Additional Key for Key Operated Devices SMFFK Pilot Light Kits Class MMS, MRS a Red Green Voltage Pilot Light Pilot Light Device Rating 0 20V AC SMFPL SMFPLG Class MMS V AC SMFPL2 SMFPL2G V AC SMFPL3 SMFPL3G Enclosures Class MMS Enclosure Type For Use With MMS Standard KO, KOP, KOB, KO2, NEMA KO2A, KO2B, KO3, KO3A, MMSKE3 General Purpose KO3B, KO4, KO4A, KO4B Oversized KO, KO2B, KO2C, KO3, NEMA Type KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, SMFKE General Purpose KO4C, KO2 Jumbo KO, KO2B, KO2C, KO3, NEMA Type KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, SMFKE2 General Purpose KO4C, KO2 NEMA 3R, 4, 2 KO, KO2B, KO2C, KO3, Watertight KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, SMF40BC2 Dust-tight KO4C Nameplates Class SMF Without With Pilot Light Pilot Light Nameplate For Use On Marking Standard commercial switch box cover including None SMFFN2 stainless steel plates Stainless Steel Plate None SMFFSN3 SMFFSN4 NEMA None SMFFN30 SMFFN40 surface mounted enclosure High SMFFN3 SMFFN4 or gray flush plate Low SMFFN32 SMFFN42 Nameplates Class MMS Without With Pilot Light Pilot Light Nameplate For Use On Marking Standard commercial switch box cover including None SMFFN stainless steel plates NEMA None SMFFN0 SMFFN20 surface mounted High SMFFN SMFFN2 enclosure or Low SMFFN2 SMFFN22 gray flush plate Forward SMFFN3 Reverse SMFFN4 SMFFN24 Replacement Parts Class SMF, MMS Description Replacement Toggle Kits:Type FW and KW (NEMA 4 Metallic Enclosure) SMFHW a Pilot lights can be field installed on standard NEMA general purpose surface mount enclosures, and NEMA 3R, 4 and 2 enclosures only. For flush mounting units a complete switch unit with pilot light must be ordered. 9/02 Product Category: NEMA

103 Field Modification Kits Class - 3RV 3RV290-D 3RV290-A 3RV2922-CP0 Description Type Auxiliary Contact Blocks Plug in contact block block per 3RV mountable at the front Side mount auxiliary contact with screw connection side mount auxiliary contact per 3RV mountable on the left-hand side Signaling Contact Block Signaling contact signaling contact per 3RV mountable on the left-hand side. Can also be fitted together with side mount auxiliary contact. Auxiliary Releases Undervoltage release undervoltage release per 3RV mountable on the right-hand side. Cannot be fitted together with shunt trip. Undervoltage release with early make contacts (2NO) undervoltage release per 3RV mountable at the right-hand side. Cannot be fitted together with shunt trip. Shunt trip shunt trip per 3RV mountable at the righthand side. Cannot be fitted together with undervoltage release. Pilot Lights SPDT contact, NO/NC NO r NC SPDT contact NO/NC electronic contact d 3RV290-D 3RV290-E 3RV290-G NO r NC 3RV290-A 2 NO 3RV290-B 2 NC 3RV290-C 2 NO r 2 NC 3RV290-J NO + NC for any trip + NO + NC for short circuit trip only. 3RV292-M AC 50Hz AC 60Hz 20V 3RV2902-AF0 230V 208V 3RV2902-AM 45V 240V 3RV2902-AP0 480V 3RV2902-AV AC 50Hz AC 60Hz 230V 240V 3RV2922-CP0 45V 480V 3RV2922-CV AC 50Hz/60Hz a DC b 20 24V 20 70V 3RV2902-DB0 90 0V 70 90V 3RV2902-DF V V 3RV2902-DP V V 3RV2902-DV0 AC 50Hz/60Hz 24V 49SBLBJ c For NEMA enclosure only. Kit 20V 49SBLBF c includes Red, Green, and 240V 49SBLBG c Amber lenses 480V 49SBLBH c 3RV2902-DP0 600V 49SBLBE c 3RV2928-H 3RV290-0H Lug Kit Required for Type E Manual Combination Starter Mounting Push-in Mounting Hole Kit For screw panel mounting of the 3RV Sealing device Adjustment Dial covers Front mount auxiliary cover Door Operators Thru-the-door operators Rotary operating mechanism, rated NEMA 2, lockable with up to 3 padlocks in the OFF position. Includes extension shift and connecting element for the 3RV. For 3RV with amp range: 0.-22A up to 480V Max A up to 575V Max Four mounting holes required for each 3RV. For sealing the FLA adjustment dial (Kit includes 0 covers) For sealing the front mount auxiliary opening. (Kit includes 0 covers) With Black Handle 3RV2928-H 3RV2928-0B 3RV2908-0P 3RV290-0H 30 mm depth 3RV2926-0B 330 mm depth with supporting bracket 3RV2926-0K a 00% on time. b 5 sec. max. on time. c Product Category: PILO. d Compatible for use in dusty atmospheres. Contacts rated for 3-60V. Product Category: NEMA 9/03

104 Field Modification Kits Pilot Devices Push Buttons and Enclosure Controller or Selector Switches Class Type (Lighting Rating) Type 49SBPB5 49SBSB 49SAP05 49SAS0 Start, Stop Push Buttons 49SAPB5 Open 00-4 Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SASB Off-On Selector Switch 49SASB4 Start, Stop Push Buttons 49SBPB or (20 00A) Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SBSB Off-On Selector Switch 49SBSB4 4, 40, LC, LEN, CLMa Start, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP05 Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SAS0 5-8 or ( A) Keyed Hand-Off-Auto (key removable in all positions) 49SAS09 Off-On Selector Switch 49SAS04 Start, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP05 2, 4/4X 00-8 or (20 400A) Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SAS0 Keyed Hand-Off-Auto (key removable in all positions) 49SAS09 Off-On Selector Switch 49SAS04 Open 00-4 Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SASB Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SBSB2 22, 43 Forward, Reverse, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SAS02 2, 4/4X 0-8 Forward, Reverse, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP02 Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SAS02 Open 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SASB High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SBSB3 30 (2SW) High, Low, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SAS03 2, 4/4X 0-4 High, Low, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP03 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SAS03 Open 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SASB3 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SBSB3 30 (2S2W) High, Low, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP03 2, 4/4X 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SAS03 7, 8, 36, 37, 83, 84, Start, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP05 LED,LEF, LEB, CMN a, Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SAS0 CMF a, CMB a, 2, 4/4X 0-8 (20-400A) Keyed Hand-Off-Auto (key removable in all positions) 49SAS09 Off-On Selector Switch 49SAS04 25, 26, 2, 4/4X 0-8 Forward, Reverse, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP02 Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SAS02 32, 2, 4/4X 0-4 High, Low, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP03 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SAS03 a To be used for replacement of switch only. Does not include relay or extra contact block on A CLM and CM Lighting Contactors. Class 49SB not available for these devices. 9/04 Product Category: NEMA

105 Field Modification Kits Pilot Lights Description 49SBLBF 49SPL0BRF Class 4, 40, 22 b, 43 b, 30 (2S2W) c, LC, LEN, CLM 30 (2SW) b 7, 8, 25 b, 26 b, 32 b, 36, 37, 8, 83, 84, 87, 88, LC, LED, LEF, LEB, CMN, CMF, CMB Enclosure Type Controller or (Lighting Rating) Lens Color(s) Legend(s) Voltage 00 4 or (20 200A) Red, Green, Amber 2, 4/4X 5 8 or ( A) 0 8 or (20 400A) , 4/4X 0 4, 2, 4/4X 0 6 (20 400A) Red (Transformer Type) Green (Transformer Type) Red, Green, Amber Red (Transformer Type) Green (Transformer Type) Red (Transformer Type) Green (Transformer Type) ON, RUN, OFF a, OL TRIPPED e, FORWARD, REVERSE, LOW, HIGH ON OFF d ON, RUN, OFF a, OL TRIPPED e, FORWARD, REVERSE, LOW, HIGH ON OFF d ON OFF d 24 Vac 49SBLBJ 20 Vac 49SBLBF 208/240/277 Vac 49SBLBG 480 Vac 49SBLBH 600 Vac 49SBLBE 24 Vac (Full Voltage) 49SPL0BRJ 20 Vac 49SPL0BRF 240 Vac 49SPL0BRG 480 Vac 49SPL0BRH 600 Vac 49SPL0BRE 24 Vac (Full Voltage) 49SPL0AGJ 20 Vac 49SPL0AGF 240 Vac 49SPL0AGG 480 Vac 49SPL0AGH 600 Vac 49SPL0AGE 24 Vac 49SBLBJ 20 Vac 49SBLBF 208/240/277 Vac 49SBLBG 480 Vac 49SBLBH 600 Vac 49SBLBE 24 Vac (Full Voltage) 49SPL0BRJ 20 Vac 49SPL0BRF 240 Vac 49SPL0BRG 480 Vac 49SPL0BRH 600 Vac 49SPL0BRE 24 Vac (Full Voltage) 49SPL0AGJ 20 Vac 49SPL0AGF 240 Vac 49SPL0AGG 480 Vac 49SPL0AGH 600 Vac 49SPL0AGE 24 Vac (Full Voltage) 49SPL0BRJ 20 Vac 49SPL0BRF 240 Vac 49SPL0BRG 480 Vac 49SPL0BRH 600 Vac 49SPL0BRE 24 Vac (Full Voltage) 49SPL0AGJ 20 Vac 49SPL0AGF 240 Vac 49SPL0AGG 480 Vac 49SPL0AGH 600 Vac 49SPL0AGE 49SBLBL Lens Kit ONLY (30 (2SW)) (4, 40, 22, 43, 30 (2S2W), LC, LEN, CLM) LED bulb BA9s type Used to replace incandecsent or LED bulbs or (20 200A) Red, Green, Amber 49SBLBL Red 52AED2 Green 52AED3 24 V AC/DC Amber 52AED4 White 52AEDB Red 52AEB2 Green 52AEB V AC/DC Amber 52AEB4 White 52AEBB a Off PL requires: () N.C. aux contact, 49AB0 on sizes b Class 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 43, 83 & 84 requires qty. of (2) pilot light kits. Does not apply to 49SB kits. Select appropriate legend plate as a separate item per type of starter; either FORWARD & REVERSE or LOW & HIGH. c 2S2W is starter size 0 4. d Includes NC aux contact for NEMA starter 0 4. e The OL TRIPPED pilot light with a bimetal OLR, requires the OLR to have a N.O. contact as well as a Product Category: NEMA N.C. contact. LED bulb applies to only 49SP* pilot lights. They do not apply to 49SB* pilot lights. 9/05

106 Field Modification Kits NEMA, Lighting and Heating Contactors, 20 Amp CLM, CMB, CMF, CMN Solid State Control Module Kits For Lighting and Heating Contactors a CLM 20 Amp Contactor Kit Description 20V AC, 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz 240/277V AC, 50/60 Hz Accessory 47 (2-Wire Control) (2W) Accessory Accessory CLM CLM CLM CLM (3-Wire CLM (Start/Stop CLM Control) Control) (3W) (3WS) CLM CLM CLM Protective Shielding for NEMA Products Class 40 Class 4 Disconnect with protective shield Class 4, 22, 30, 40, 43 Contactor or Starter Contactor Shield 49PSC 49PSC2 49PSC3 49PSC4 Starter Shield 49PSS 49PSS2 49PSS3 49PSS4 Class 7, 25, 32, 87 Disconnect 30A 49PSD5 60 & 00A 49PSD6 200A 49PSD7 Power Pole Kits Class Enclosure type Contactor (Amp) Description LC Open,, 2, 4/4X 30 Single power pole Double power pole Field Kit No. 49LCPPA 49LCPP2A Electrically Held to Mechanically Held Conversion Modules Class Enclosure type Contactor (Amp) Description LC Open,, 2, 4/4X 30 2-wire, 24VAC 2-wire, 0-20VAC 2-wire, VAC 3-wire, 24VAC 3-wire, 0-20VAC 3-wire, VAC Field Kit No. 49LCCMA 49LCCM2A 49LCCM3A 49LCCM4A 49LCCM5A 49LCCM6A a These kits are only for use with 20A mechanically held lighting contactors. 9/06 Product Category: NEMA

107 Field Modification Kits NEMA, Reduced Voltage and Lighting Starter/Contactor Auxiliary Contact Kits Description Class Type NO 49AB0 NC 49AB0 NC Early Break 49AB0EB NC Late Break 49AB0LB NC Extra Late Break 49AB0XLB 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 00-4 NO Extra Late Make 49AB0XLM 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, NO & NC 49AB 83, 84, 87, 88 2 NO 49AB20 4 NO 49AB40 3 NO & NC 49AB3 2 NO & 2 NC 49AB22 2 NO 3RH92-EA20 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 5, 6 NO & NC 3RH92-DA 36, 37, 40, 43, 87, 88 2 NC 3RH92-EA02 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26 NO & NC (Inside L or R) 49CAL8-7, 8 40, 43 NO & NC (Outside L or R) 49CAL8-B LC 30 NO/NC 49LCACPA 2 NO/NC 49LCAC2PA 20 Front Mounted NO/NC 3RH29-HA LE 30 Side Mounted NO/NC 3RH29-DA Side Mounted NO/NC 3RH92-EA 20 Amps NO/NC SPDT CLM NO/NC SPDT CLM NO & NC CLMFCAK 2 NC CLMFCAK Amps 2 NO CLMFCAK20 CLM, CMN, CMF, CMB Coil Clearing NO & NC CLMFCCK NO & NC CLMHCAK Amps 2 NC CLMHCAK02 2 NO CLMHCAK20 Coil Clearing NO & NC CLMHCCK Disconnect Auxiliary Switch Kits Disconnect Amp or Description Class CB Rating Type Non-fusible 7, 25, 32, 37, 83, 84, A 2 NO/2 NC DPDT (NEMA A600) HA26234 or Fusible Type 87, 88, LED, LEF, CMN, CMF 3A 25A NO/ NC 240V A02ED62 MCP 8, 26, 32, 37, 83, 84, 250A NO/ NC 480V A02FD64 87, 88, LEB, CMB 400A-600A (2) NO/ NC SPDT-480V A02JLD64 Control Power Transformer Kits a Recommended Transformer VA Transformer Table Description Control Transformer VA Rating Primary Secondary Code or VA KT*050 b VA KT*050P G VA KT* H VA KT*50 240/ VA KT* / Lighting Control 300 VA KT* CLM 500 VA KT* A, 2-2P A, 3P 00 Replace * with code from Transformer table. Kits used with NEMA A, 6-2P 200 general purpose lift-off cover type require extra wide enclosure. 60A, 3P 00 Class 4 s A, 4-6P 50 Class 30 (2S2W) s A, 8-2P 250 Class 30 (2SW) s /200A, 3P /200A, 5P 250 Transformer 300/400A, 3P /60HZ LC & LE LC 30A, 2-2P 00 LE 20, 30, 60A, 3 & 4P 45 LE 30A, 6P 45 LE 30A, 9-2P 00 LE 60A, 6-2P 50 LE 00, 200A, 3P 00 LE 300, 400A, 3P 50 a Installation of CPTs may require a larger enclosure. b 45VA transformer kits will include secondary but not primary fusing. s 50VA and higher include 2-pole primary fusing and -pole secondary fusing. Product Category: NEMA c For 24VAC control a minimum of 00VA CPT is required. 9/07

108 Field Modification Kits ESP200 Accessories Accessories Description ESP200 Tamper Resistance Cover 49ASTC 3UB89848 Frame Controller ESP00/200 Mounting Plate A or A 00-3/4 49ASMP B 2-2 /2 49ASMP2 B ASMP3 Mounting Kit 49ASMS Universal Reset Operator 8" for class 36, 37 and 87 in NEMA, 2 and 3/3R 49MARB Single Reset (blue) for class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30 and 32 in NEMA, 2 and 4/4X 49MBRS Single Reset (red) for class 4, 22 and 30 in NEMA 4/4X 49MARSR ESP200 Reset Extender 49ASRE Protective Boot Offers protection from ice and foreign substances from interfering with button operation. For use with 49MARSR reset. 52AABA Current Transformer 300:5 use with 3UB8234JW2 97CT005 Current Transformer 400:5 use with 3UB8234KW2 97CT006 Current Transformer 600:5 use with 3UB8234LW2 97CT008 Current Transformer 750:5 use with 3UB8234MW2 97CT009 Current Transformer 200:5 use with 3UB8234NW2 97CT02 9/08 Product Category: NEMA

109 Miscellaneous Kits Field Modification Kits NEMA Accessories Encl. Controller Description Class Type Mechanical Interlock 00 49CCF22H for Horizontally Mounted Contactors Includes wire 4, 40 Open EEF22H 2, GGF22H 3, HHP22H 4 49JJG22H Interlock Only 5, 6 3RA954-2A 5 3RA963-2A Wire Kit Only 4, 40 Open 6 3RA973-2A 5 3RA962-2A Base Plate Only 6 3RA972-2A 7 49VM750H Mechanical Interlock 4, 40 Open 8 49VM650H 00 49CCF22HP EEF22HP Includes wire & 4, 40 Open 2, 2 2 mounting plate 49GGF22HP 3, HHP22HP 4 49JJG22HP Includes Left Right mounting plate 4, 40 Open 2, 2 2 3, L07944 (Different Frame s) 3, 3 2 2, L07945 Surge Suppressor for 20V AC Surge coil. Limits transient voltage All but Suppressor produced by the coil to 220% Class LC, LE, CLM maximum peak line volts. All 00 4 a 49D26344 Auxiliary NO 36A at 600V AC Max All but All 49SAF Power Pole NC 25A at 600V AC Max Class LC, LE, CLM 49SAFC Top or Bottom, 2-Pole CLM Main Contacts Top, 3-Pole CLM CLM All 20 Amps Lighting Contactors Top or Bottom, 4-Pole CLM Top or Bottom, 6-Pole CLM Load Side Includes 3 power lugs Power Take for making extra All but All SAE Off Kit connections to the load Class LC, LE, CLM side of the contactor Lug Kit for Contactors For AL/CU Wire 4, 40 All SAAF c SAAH c Item Wire Range 4 Line 4 Load 75D c 49SAAF SAAH 2/0-4 For AL/CU Wire 4, 40 All 5, 6 3RT966-4G b 75D MCM ZATK750-3 Use CU Only 4, 40 All 8 49ZATK650-6 b Three Conductor Ground Lug Kit Meets UL 508 and CSA 2-4 AWG AL/CU Wire All All All 75D Standard 22.2 No Lightning Arrestor All All All 49D Backspin Timer On delay timer that reduces risk of starting into a 87, 88 All All 3RP2025-AQ30 3RP2025-AP30 backspin Covers the hole that is Hole Plug typically used for the 87 All -4 49D conduit hub Hole Plug Covers the hole in the enclosure door/cover 40, 43, LC, LE, normally filled by overload reset 49MBRS. CLM & CM Hole plug is used for enclosed contactors. All 49MZPB2 Illustration Description Contactor Wire 3RT966-4G Lug Kit NEMA size 4 (Vacuum) Kit = Terminal block. kit NEMA size 5 2/0 to 600 MCM, max. one 500MCM necessary for each line and load. NEMA size 6 & one 600MCM 3RT966-4G a Surge Suppression for NEMA sizes 5 8 are supplied internal with the coil. For size 4 panel mount. b Only 3 lugs are suplied for line or load. If lugs for line and load are required order 2 kits. c Lug Kit for contactors include 3 lugs for line or load. 75D for line side. 75D for load side. Product Category: NEMA 9/09

110 Field Modification Kits NEMA Accessories Fused and Non-Fused Disconnect Switch Kits b Basic Switch Switch Load Base Load Base Switch Lug Ampere Kit Wire Rating Non-Fused Fused Description Class J Class H c 30 HNB62 HFB2 30A, 250V HBB2 #4-2 AWG (Cu/AI) HFB62 30A, 600V HBB62 HBB62 60 HNB623 HFB22 60A, 250V HBB22 #4-2 AWG (Cu/AI) HFB62 60A, 600V HBB62 HBB62 00 HNB623 HFB63 00A, 250V HBB63 #4-/0 AWG (Cu/AI) 00A, 600V HBB HNB64 HFB64 200A, 250V HBB64 #6-300 AWG (Cu/AI) 200A, 600V HBB64 Class R Fuse Conversion Kits Description HR2 30A, 240V HR62 30A, 600V HR62 60A, 240V HR62 60A, 600V HR63 00A, 240/600V HR64 200A, 240/600V Hazardous Location Accessories For Enclosure Types 7 & 9 Description Conduit Inches Install in bottom as drain. Install in top as breather. Breather/Drain Suitable for Class I groups C & D and 5AADB for Class II groups F & G applications only. for 2" NPT. Conduit Hubs Conduit Controller Enclosure Description Class Type Conduit Hubs For Enclosures Noncombination - NEMA 2 may be field modified for NEMA 3/3R. Combination - NEMA 2 may be field modified for NEMA 3/3R/4 enclosure. Use UL ed conduit hub for the appropriate NEMA type. NEMA 3R requires the location of the conduit hub to be at a level above the lowest live part and holes of /8" dia. to be added in the bottom of the enclosure. Does not apply to class 87 Pump Panels. 3 4" 49MACML " 49MACMD Metal Hub 2" All All 2, 3, 3R, 4 49MACMN 2" 49MACMF 2 2" 49MACMG " 75D44900 Metal Hub 2" 8, 87 All 3R 75D " 75D " 75D a Product Category: PILO. b Product Category: HDSS. c For Class R fuses order Class H kit from this table and the Class R conversion kit. 9/0 Product Category: NEMA

111 Field Modification Kits NEMA, Overload Relays Sirius 3RB20 Illustration Description For Overload Type Reset mechanisms Reset plunger Mounts directly to overload relay. Requires 3RB206 3RU900-A separate reset operator in enclosure door. Kit includes reset plunger, holder and funnel. Reset plunger with reset button Cable length 3RU900-B Flexible cable reset mechanism 5.75 in (400mm) Requires a 6.5 mm hole in the 3RB206 enclosure with a maximum Cable length enclosure thickness of 8 mm in (600mm) 3RU900-C Flexible reset Covers Tamper resistant cover for current setting and manual/automatic reset button. 3RB206 3RB Competitive Retrofit Overload Plates NEMA Plate Manufacturer Part A-B 0, 49D57090 A-B 2 49D576 Sq. D 0, 49D5709 Electronic Coil System with Remaining Lifetime Indication and 24VDC PLC Output 2-27V 96-27V V Class Model Type All 5 P 3RT965-5PF3 3RT965-5PP3 V 3RT966-5PF3 3RT966-5PP3 6 P 3RT975-5PF3 3RT975-5PP3 V 3RT976-5PF3 3RT976-5PP3 Product Category: NEMA 9/

112 Field Modification Kits Class MT, MTG Fuse Blocks, Touch-Safe Terminal Covers Description International Fusing a Description KCCFG SECONDARY FUSE BLOCK,P,250V MAX SINGLE POLE FUSE BLOCK COVER KIT -Pole Fuse Block, Touch-Safe. Up to 6.3A for 5 mm u 20 mm or 5 mm u 25 mm (Requires DIN Rail Mounting) KCCFBCK 8WA0-SF2 KCCFP2RG 2 Pole PRIMARY FUSE BLOCK,2P,600V MAX (block only) -Pole Fuse Block, Touch-Safe 32A, for 0 u 38 mm Cylindrical Fuses. (Requires DIN Rail Mounting.) 2 Pole PRIMARY FUSE BLOCK KIT with wire Leads 3NW703 KCCFPX2R US2:49FCCPT Secondary Fuse Clips, 2 per pack 2-Pole Fuse Block, Touch-Safe 32A, for 0 u 38 mm Cylindrical Fuses. (Requires DIN Rail Mounting.) US2:49JUCPT Terminal Jumpers 3NW7023 Terminal touchsafe cover Secondary Side: VAs 45 thru 350 -Pole Fuse Block, Touch-Safe 4-50A, for 4 u 5 mm Cylindrical Fuses. (Requires DIN Rail Mounting.) US2:KCCSECFCVR 3NW7 US2:KCCSECFCVR2 US2:KCCFP3POLE a Product Category: IEC. Terminal touchsafe cover Secondary Side: VAs 500 thru 2K 3 pole fuse blk (2 pole primary and pole secondary) 8WA85 Fuse Block DIN Rail Mounting for separate screw mounting to panel. (Max 2-pole 2-25A size per rail.) (Max -pole 4-50A size per rail.) 9/2 Product Category: NEMA

113 49 E B 4 E B R Heavy Duty Control Non-Combination Enclosure Kits, Class 49 Class 49 Field Kit Type E Enclosure Only Model B Model C 2002 Product Class 4 Class 4, Class 22, Class 30 Starter E 00, 0,, 3 4 G 2, 2 2 I 3, 3 2 J 4 NEMA Type B NEMA 0 NEMA 2 W NEMA 4 S.S. Width (In Inches) Height (In Inches) Depth (In Inches) Reset Installation R Reset Non-Reversing Starters & Contactors Class 4, 40 NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 2/3/3R a General Purpose (Clamshell) bd Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant cf Industrial Use, Weatherproof ce Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Model C Enclosure Model C Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max CPT CPT CPT VA VA VA EC4EB0705R 49EC4IB20208R EB4EW30806R 49EB22EW3306R 49EB4E030806R 49EB22E03306R 2, EC4GB40807R 49EC4IB20208R EB4GW60907R 49EB22GW6406R 49EB4G060907R 49EB22G06406R 3, EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R 00 49EB4JW26408R 49EB4JW26408R 49EB4J026408R 49EB4J026408R 3, EC4JB25409R EC4JB25409R 49EC4JB25409R EB4JW26408R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB4J026408R 49EB22J030240R Reversing Starters & Reversing Contactors Class 22, 43 NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 2/3/3R a General Purpose (Clamshell) bd Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant cf Industrial Use, Weatherproof ce Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Model C Enclosure Model C Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max CPT CPT CPT VA VA VA EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R EB22EW3306R 49EB22EW3306R 49EB22E03306R 49EB22E03306R 2, EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R EB22GW6406R 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22G06406R 49EB22G06406R 3, EC4JB25409R 49EC4JB25409R EB22IW26808R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB22I026808R 49EB22J030240R 4 49EC4JB25409R 49EC4JB25409R EB22JW30240R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB22J030240R 49EB22J030240R Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters Class 30 NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 2/3/3R a Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant cf Industrial Use, Weatherproof ce Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Model C Enclosure Model C Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max CPT CPT CPT VA VA VA EC4IB20208R b 49EC4JB25409R b EB30EW3306R 49EB30GW6808R 49EB30E03306R 49EB30G06808R 2, EC4IB20208R b 49EC4JB25409R b EB30GW6406R 49EB30GW6808R 49EB30G06406R 49EB30G06808R 3, EC4JB25409R b 49EB22JB30240R c EB30IW26808R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB30I026808R 49EB22J030240R 4 49EC4JB25409R b 49EB22JB30240R c EB22JW30240R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB22J030240R 49EB22J030240R Two-Speed One-Winding Starters Class 30 NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 2/3/3R a General Purpose (Clamshell) bd Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant cf Industrial Use, Weatherproof ce Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Model C Enclosure Model C Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max CPT CPT CPT VA VA VA EC4IB20208R b 49EC4JB25409R b EB30EW3306R 49EB30GW6808R 49EB30E03306R 49EB30G06808R 2, EB30GB6808R c 49EB22JB30240R c EB30GW6808R 49EB22IW26808R 49EB30G06808R 49EB22I026808R 3, EB30IB92208R c 49EB22JB30240R c EB22JW30240R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB22J030240R 49EB22J030240R 4 49EB22JB30240R c 49EB22JB30240R c EB22JW30240R 49EB22JW30240R 49EB22J030240R 49EB22J030240R Note: Dimensions...See appropriate Product Class Outline Drawing beginning on page 9/57. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b Clamshell enclosure suitable for one operating device and two pilot lights. See Field Mods page 9/04. c Hinged cover enclosures, except for 49EB4E030806R, are suitable for one or more class 52 operating devices and one or more class 52 pilot lights. See Field Mods page 9/00. d Install NEMA hole plug cat. no. 3SB902-0AR (included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. Product Category: NEMA e Install NEMA 2 hole plug cat. no. 52ABH6 (not included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. f Install NEMA 4X stainless steel hole plug cat. no. 52ABHS (not included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. 9/3

114 Heavy Duty Control Lighting Enclosure Tables Lighting Contactors Class LC and LE Contactor Type ) Type 4/4X Stainless Steel 2) Type 3/3R/2 3) Without CPT With CPT Max. Without CPT With CPT Max. Without CPT With CPT Max. CPT VA CPT VA LC 30A 2-2P 49EC4GB40807R 49EC4IB20208R EB22GW6406R 49EB30GW EB22G06406R 49EB30G0B6808 LE 20, 30A 3-4P 49EC4EB0705R 49EC4IB20208R EB22GW6406R 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22G06406R 49EB22G06406R LE 30A 6-9P 49EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R ECLXXW EB4JW26408R 49ECLXX EB4J026408R LE 30A 2P 49EC4IB20208R 49EC4JB25409R ECLXXW EB4JW26408R 49ECLXX EB4J026408R LE 60A 3P 49EC4GB40807R 49EC4IB20208R EB22GW6406R 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22G06406R 49EB22G06406R LE 60A 6-9P 49EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R ECLXXW EB4JW26408R 49ECLXX EB4J026408R LE 60A 2P 49EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20209R ECLXXW EB4JW26408R 49ECLXX EB4J026408R LE 00A 3P 49EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R ECLXXW EB4JW26408R 49ECLXX EB4J026408R CPT VA Lighting & Heating Contactors Class CLM NEMA NEMA 4/4X Stainless a NEMA 2/3/3R a General Purpose (Clamshell) bd Watertight, Corrosion Resistant cf Industrial Use ce Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Model C/B Enclosure Model C/B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Model B Enclosure Max Max Max Pole CPT CPT CPT 20A EC4GB40807R 49EC4IB20208R 200VA 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22G06406R 49EB22G06406R 30A EC4EB0705R 49EC4IB20208R 200VA 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22GW6406R 49EB22G06406R 49EB22G06406R 30A EB30GB6808R 49EB30GB6808R 200VA 49ECLXXW EB30GW6808R 49ECLXX EB30G06808R 60A EC4GB40807R 49EC4IB20208R 200VA 60A EB30IB92208R 49EB30IB92208R 250VA 00A EC4IB20208R 49EC4IB20208R 200VA Note: Dimensions...See appropriate Product Class Outline Drawing on page 9/70. a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. b Clamshell enclosure suitable for one operating device and two pilot lights. See Field Mods page 9/04. c Hinged cover enclosure suitable for one or more class 52 operating devices and one or more class 52 pilot lights. See Field Mods page 9/04. d Install NEMA hole plug cat. no. 3SB902-0AR (included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. e Install NEMA 2 hole plug cat. no. 52ABH6 (not included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. f Install NEMA 4X stainless steel hole plug cat. no. 52ABHS (not included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. 9/4 Product Category: NEMA

115 Combination Starter Enclosure Kits Features and Benefits Features b Manufactured with a cold forming TOX process b 00kA short circuit rating when protected with class R fuses to 600V or MCP to 480V and when installing listed components from the instruction guide b Enclosure types available, Nema, 2, 3/3R and painted NEMA 4. Nema 2 field convertible to 3/3R/4 with the appropriate conduit hub and drain hole b Pre-Drilled mounting panels b Heavy duty quarter turns b Industrial type disconnect handle Disconnect Type Enclosure Kit b Used to assemble both non-fusible and fusible combination starters b Accommodates Class 4 full voltage non-reversing (FVNR) NEMA starters 00 4 including Siemens exclusive half sizes b Handle mechanism, power wire, mounting panel, reset assembly, and instruction guide included. Hardware for panel mounted devices and disconnect switch are not included MCP Type Enclosure Kit b Used to assemble combination starters with circuit breakers b Accommodates Class 4 full voltage non-reversing (FVRN) NEMA starters 00 4 including Siemens exclusive half sizes b Handle mechanism, power wire, mounting panel, reset assembly and instruction guide included. Circuit breaker not included however, mounting hardware for the circuit breaker is How to Select the Required Kits to Assemble a Combination Starter. From the catalog, select a class 4 open type starter with the required starter size and overload relay type. 2. Based on the starter size, select the enclosure kit from table a for fusible or non-fusible combination starters or select from table b for combination starters with an MCP. 3. For a non-fusible combination starter, select the disconnect switch kit from table 2a. For a fusible combination starter, select the appropriate disconnect switch, fuse clip kit, and class R rejection kit from table 2b (for H fusing, class R rejection kit not required). For combination starters with MCP, select the appropriate circuit breaker kit from table 3. Nomenclature for Combination Enclosure Kits 49 E C 7 B B R Class 49 Field Kit Type E Enclosure Kit Model C Model C Product Class 7 Disconnect Type 8 Circuit Breaker Type Height Enclosure Type (In Inches) B NEMA N NEMA 2/3R, 4 Painted Width (In Inches) Depth (In Inches) Reset Installation R Reset Installed Disc / CB Amp Rating B 30/60 amp disconnect C 00 amp disconnect D 25 amp breaker frame E 50 amp breaker frame F 200 amp disconnect 9/5

116 Combination Starter Enclosure Kits Table a - FVNR Combination Starter Kits for use with Disconnect Devices NEMA NEMA 2, 3/3R, 4 Painted a NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Disc. Starter Amp General Purpose Industrial Use, Weatherproof, Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant Rating EC7BB2408R 49EC7BN2408R 49EC7BW2408R EC7CB242008R 49EC7CN242008R 49EC7CW242008R EC7FB362408R 49EC7FN362408R 49EC7FW362408R Table b. FVNR Combination Starter Kits for use with MCP Devices NEMA NEMA 2, 3/3R, 4 Painted a NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Max Starter MCP General Purpose Industrial Use, Weatherproof, Watertight, Dust-tight Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion Resistant Amps EC8DB2408R 49EC8DN2408R 49EC8DW2408R EC8DB242008R 49EC8DN242008R 49EC8DW242008R EC8DB362408R 49EC8DN362408R 49EC8DW362408R EC8EB362408R 49EC8EN362408R 49EC8EW362408R Table 2a Non-Fusible Disconnect Kits Disconnect Switch Switch Rating 30A HNB62 60A HNB623 00A HNB A HNB64 Table 2b Fusible Disconnect Kits Disconnect Switch Load Base for Fuse Rejection Clips for Class R Fusing Fuse Clip Ratings Class 30A-250V H HFB2 HBB2 HR2 30A-600V H HFB62 HBB62 HR62 60A-250V H HFB22 HBB22 HR62 60A-600V H HFB62 HBB62 HR62 00A-250V H HFB63 HBB63 HR63 00A-600V H HFB63 HBB63 HR63 200A-250V H HFB64 HBB64 HR64 200A-600V H HFB64 HBB64 HR64 Table 3 Circuit Breaker Kits MCP Type Used with Solid State MCP Type Used with Overload Relay Thermal Overload Relay Overload Motor Circuit Motor Circuit Starter Amp Interrupter Circuit Interrupter Circuit Range Amps Breaker Kit Amps Breaker Kit ED63A003 3 ED63A ED63A00 0 ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A003 3 ED63A ED63A00 0 ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A00 00 ED63A ED63A00 00 ED63A ED63A25 25 ED63A FXD63A50L 50 FXD63A50L a For conduit hubs and conversion instructions, see page 9/0. 9/6 Product Category: NEMA

117 Heavy Duty Control Class 87 Pump Panel Enclosure Kits Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Refer to Class 87 section of catalog for pump panel ratings and other details. Handle mechanism, power wire, mounting panel, reset assembly and instruction guide are included with the enclosure kit. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A a D G / C a 277 L H E Pump Panels with Solid-State Overload Relay Class 87 To Field Assemble This Pump Panel: Order these components Enclosure Starter with Solid-State Overload Relay Disconnect Switch Fuse Load Base Class R Rejection Clips Motor Circuit Interrupter 87DUB6F* 49EB87GF DUB32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87DUC6F* 49EB87GF DUC32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87DUD6F* 49EB87GF DUD32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87DUD60* 49EB87GF DUD32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87EUE6F* 49EB87GF EUE32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87EUE60* 49EB87GF EUE32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87FUF6F* 49EB87GF FUF32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87FUF60* 49EB87GF FUF32A* HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87GUG6F* 49EB87GF GUG32A* HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87GUG60* 49EB87GF GUG32A* HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HUG6F* 49EB87JF HUG32A* HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HUG60* 49EB87JM HUG32A* MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87IUH6F* 49EB87JM IUH32A* MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87JUH6F* 49EB87JM JUH32A* MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87DUC6L* 49EB87GF DUC32A* HFB2 HBB2 HR2 87DUD6L* 49EB87GF DUD32A* HFB2 HBB2 HR2 87DUE6L* 49EB87GF DUE32A* HFB2 HBB2 HR2 87DUE6P* 49EB87GF DUE32A* HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87EUE6L* 49EB87GF EUE32A* HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87FUF6L* 49EB87GF FUF32A* HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87FUF6P* 49EB87GF FUF32A* HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87GUG6L* 49EB87GF GUG32A* HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87GUG6P* 49EB87GF GUG32A* HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HUG6L* 49EB87JF HUG32A* HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HUG6P* 49EB87JM HUG32A* MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87IUH6L* 49EB87JM IUH32A* MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87JUH6L* 49EB87JM JUH32A* MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87DUB6M* 49EB87GB DUB32A* ED63A003 87DUC6M* 49EB87GB DUC32A* ED63A00 87DUD6M* 49EB87GB DUD32A* ED63A025 87DUE6M* 49EB87GB DUE32A* ED63A030 87EUE6M* 49EB87GB EUE32A* ED63A040 87FUF6M* 49EB87GB FUF32A* ED63A050 87GUG6M* 49EB87GB GUG32A* ED63A00 87HUG6M* 49EB87IB HUG32A* ED63A00 87IUH6M* 49EB87IB IUH32A* ED63A25 87JUH6M* 49EB87JB JUH32A* FXD63A50L Enclosure Dual voltage coils not available in size 5-8 starters. 9/7

118 Heavy Duty Control Class 87 Pump Panel Enclosure Kits Ordering Information Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless specified on order. Refer to Class 87 section of catalog for pump panel ratings and other details. Handle mechanism, power wire, mounting panel, reset assembly and instruction guide are included with the enclosure kit. Coil Table 60Hz Voltage Letter 24 J 20 F 0 20/ A a D G / C a 277 L H E Pump Panels with Bimetal Overload Relay Class 87 To Field Assemble This Pump Panel: Order these components Enclosure Starter with Bimetal Overload Relay Disconnect Switch Fuse Load Base Class R Rejection Clips Motor Circuit Interrupter 87DAE6F* 49EB87GF DP32A*8 HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87DAE60* 49EB87GF DP32A*8 HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87EAF6F* 49EB87GF EP32A*8 HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87EAF60* 49EB87GF EP32A*8 HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87FAJ6F* 49EB87GF FP32A*8 HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87FAJ60* 49EB87GF FP32A*8 HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87GAK6F* 49EB87GF GP32A*8 HFB62 HBB62 HR62 87GAK60* 49EB87GF GP32A*8 HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HAN6F* 49EB87JF HP32A*8 HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HAN60* 49EB87JM HP32A*8 MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87IAP6F* 49EB87JM IP32A*8 MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87JAR6F* 49EB87JM JG32A*8 MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87DAE6L* 49EB87GF DP32A*8 HFB2 HBB2 HR2 87DAE6P* 49EB87GF DP32A*8 HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87EAG6L* 49EB87GF EP32A*8 HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87FAJ6L* 49EB87GF FP32A*8 HFB22 HBB22 HR62 87FAJ6P* 49EB87GF FP32A*8 HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87GAL6L* 49EB87GF GP32A*8 HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HAN6L* 49EB87JF HP32A*8 HFB63 HBB63 HR63 87HAN6P* 49EB87JM HP32A*8 MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87IAP6L* 49EB87JM IP32A*8 MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87JAR6L* 49EB87JM JG32A*8 MCS620R FCK620 SSRK34 87DAA6M* 49EB87GB DP32A*8 ED63A003 87DAB6M* 49EB87GB DP32A*8 ED63A00 87DAD6M* 49EB87GB DP32A*8 ED63A025 87DAE6M* 49EB87GB DP32A*8 ED63A030 87EAF6M* 49EB87GB EP32A*8 ED63A040 87EAG6M* 49EB87GB EP32A*8 ED63A050 87FAH6M* 49EB87GB FP32A*8 ED63A040 87FAJ6M* 49EB87GB FP32A*8 ED63A050 87GAK6M* 49EB87GB GP32A*8 ED63A050 87GAL6M* 49EB87GB GP32A*8 ED63A00 87HAN6M* 49EB87IB HP32A*8 ED63A00 87IAP6M* 49EB87IB IP32A*8 ED63A25 87JAR6M* 49EB87JB JG32A*8 FXD63A50L Enclosure Dual voltage coils not available in size 5-8 starters. For NO/NC SPDT contact on overload, replace "8" with "9". "8" will give a NC contact. 9/8

119 Factory Modifications Ordering Information All modifications will consist of Siemens standard components as available. Standard equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain modifications and special features are added. Pilot Devices Enclosure Description Modification Class Type Modification Code e Start, Stop 4, 7, 8, 36, 37, 40, 83, 84, CLM, CM, LC, LE All A Forward, Reverse, Stop 22, 25, 26, 43 All A2 Push Buttons High, Low, Stop 30, 32 All E-Stop 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43 All ES e 4, 7, 8, 36, 37, 40, 83, 84, LC, LE All A3 Hand-Off-Auto CM, CLM All A3 For 24 volt HOA control, 20 Amp contactor only CM, CLM EM Off-On 4, 7,8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 83, 84, CLM, CM, LC, LE All A4 e Selector Switches Auto-Off 4, 7, 8, 40, 83, 84, CM, CLM, LC, LE All A6 e Forward-Off-Reverse 22, 25, 26, 43 All High-Off-Low 30, 32 All A5 Hand-Off-Auto (Keyed) 4, 7, 8, 36, 37, 40, 83, 84, LC, LE, CLM, CM All A9 e Auto-Off-Low-High 30, 32 All A0 Pilot Lights Lens Red Green Green LED Bulb Color Red Green Red Green Red Green Amber White Push-To-Test Push-To-Test Push-To-Test Upgrade On On Control On On For/Rev For/Rev OL Power For/Rev For/Rev Legend Low/High Low/High Run Run Off Off Tripped On Low/High Low/High Off Enclosure Class Type Mod Code FA FB FC FD FJ FK FL d FW FS FT FU FE a 4, 40, 7, 8, 36, 37, 87, 88, LC, LE, CLM, CM All 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 43, 83, 84 All h h Coil Options Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 40, 43, 83 f, 84 f, 87, 88 Controller Coil Letter 60 HZ 50 HZ Change , J 20 0 F 0 20/ / A D G L / / C H E 24V DC Coil c 48V U 25V V 250V W S g. Coil Letter Controller 4 (Vacuum Only) AC (50 60 HZ) or DC Change 5 & 6 (ALL) 23 26V J 42 48V U 0 27V F V D V G V L V K V H V E a Pilot lights are transformer type as standard. For LED type bulbs, order suffix FE in addition to the standard device suffix(es). For example, to order red ON and green OFF pilot lights with LED bulbs, order FA, FK and FE. b DC coils include NC, late break aux. contact. This aux. contact takes up one side of the starter (00 4 only). c Price x 2 for Classes 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 43, 83, 84. d Bimetal OL /2 available. Solid-state OL , 7 & 8 available. e For Class 83, 84 two devices are provided. Price x 2. f For Class 83, 84 standard enclosure (92) alternating relay available in 24V or 20V control only. g S coil is not available for size 4 contactors or starters. h Class 83 and 84 only. Product Category: NEMA 9/9

120 Factory Modifications Ordering Information Replace (*) with letter from Transformer Table. Transformer Table Primary Secondary Letter B S T J F N P U W R 480/ D 480/ A E C Control Power Transformers Modification Product Enclosure Description Code Class Type , Standard Capacity a 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30,, 3, 4, 2 B* with -Secondary Fuse 32, 40, 43, 83, 84, 87, LE 7 & 9 Standard Capacity 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30,, 3, 4, 2 with 2-Primary and D* 32, 40, 43, 83, 84, 87, -Secondary Fuse LC, LE, CLM, CM 7 & 9 00VA Extra Capacity 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 40,, 3, 4, 2 with 2-Primary and 43, 83 C*, 84, 87, LC, LE, CLM, CM 7 & 9 -Secondary Fuse 36, 37, 88 All 50VA Extra Capacity 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 40, with 2-Primary and C* 43, 83, 84, 87, LC, LE, CLM, CM, 3, 4, 2 -Secondary Fuse 36, 37, 88 All Lighting & Heating Ratings (Amps) Motor Controller Factory Assembled Fuse Clips Class 25, 32, 84 d Fuse Clip Amps Modification Code Note: Factory will furnish the same voltage coils as transformer secondary voltage (except with class 36,37). a The standard control transformer supplied for starter sizes 0 through 2 2 will be rated 45VA and have the appropriate secondary fuse. Primary fuses will not be supplied as standard. For primary fuse option select appropriate suffix from table. For 24VAC control a minimum of 00VA CPT required. Price x 2 Class 83 and 84. d Class 84 Duplex Controllers require two fusible disconnects thus multiply the price adder by two. 9/20 Product Category: NEMA

121 Factory Modifications Additional Auxiliary Contacts Controller NO NC Modication Class Contacts Contacts Code G0 2 G02 G0 G 2 G2 2 G20 2 G2 2 2 G G23 3 G3 4, 7, 8, 40, 83 c, 84 c 3 2 G G33 4 G40 4 G4 4 2 G G44 5 G50 5 G5 5 3 G53 6 G G62 7 G7 8 G80 2 G02 a 2 G20 a 2 2 G22 a 22, 25, 26, 43 & 4 0 G40 a 30, 32 (2-winding) 4 4 G44 a 6 2 G62 a 8 0 G80 a 0 2 G02 a 2 G20 a 2 2 G22 a 30, 32 4 G40 a (-winding) 4 4 G44 a 6 2 G62 a 8 G80 a LE, CLM, CM G LC 0 G0 0 G0 G 0 2 G G20 LE, CLM, CM 0 2 G02 a 2 0 G20 a 2 2 G22 a Controller - Price Deduction $ Modification Description Class Code 0, , 4 5, 6 7, 8 Omit Overload Relay and Reset Button 7, 8, 25, 26 EX a Auxiliary contacts will be added evenly across contactors. (i.e. Class 22, G02 suffix will add 2 NC contacts (one per contactor). b Double the price addition for Class 30 and 32. c For class 83 and 84 contacts will be added to both starters. Price x 2. Product Category: NEMA 9/2

122 Factory Modifications Control Options Enclosure Description Class Type Modification Code 2W (2-wire control module) Lighting Control Modules (does not include pilot devices) CLM 20 Amp only All 3W (3-wire control module) 3WS (Start/Stop control module) Surge Suppression for 20V AC Coil b 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 83, 84, 87, 88 All SS Disconnect Switch Interlock 2 NO/2 NC DPDT 7, 25, 32, 37, 84, CM, LE, 3, 4, 4X, 2 GY Motor Circuit Protector Interlock NO/NC SPDT 8, 26, 32, 37, 84, CM, LE All GY Lightning Arrestor All All L Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip 8, 26, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LE All L6 Circuit Breaker Undervoltage Trip 8, 26, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LE All L7 Circuit Breaker Alarm Switch Trip 8, 26, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LE All L8 Ground Lug Conductor All All L0 Control Circuit Fuse and Holder F ( fuse) All All (Transformer Primary Fusing) F2 (2 fuses) Control Circuit Circuit Breaker Internally Operated All All F4 Space Heater (20V separate control) All All SH Space Heater with Thermostat (20V separate control) All All ST Surge Capacitor 87, 88 All SC Alarm Package (includes horn, light, relay & push-button) 83, 84, 87, 88 All M7 Backspin Protection 87, 88 All T5 Minimum Run Timer 0.2 sec. - 3 mins. 87, 88 All T6 Blown Control Fuse Indicator Light 7, 25, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LC, LE All L Single Phase 20VAC Combination Starter 7, 8, 25, 26 All SP Single Phase 240VAC Combination Starter 7, 8, 25, 26 All SP2 Reversing Options Modification Controller Description Class Code Reversing in one speed only 2 speed winding R6 Reversing in one speed only 2 speed 2 winding R7 30, 32 Reversing in both speeds 2 speed winding R8 Reversing in both speeds 2 speed 2 winding R9 Reversing for Reduced Voltage 36, 37 R Motor Management with PROFIBUS DP Communications Description Class Enclosure Type SIMOCODE pro C With 0.3-3A Current Module SIMOCODE pro C With A Current Module SIMOCODE pro C With 0-00A Current Module SIMOCODE pro C With A Current Module SIMOCODE pro C With A Current Module SIMOCODE pro V With 0.3-3A Current/Voltage Module 4,7,8,22,25,26 All SIMOCODE pro V With A Current/Voltage Module SIMOCODE pro V With 0-00A Current/Voltage Module SIMOCODE pro V With A Current/Voltage Module SIMOCODE pro V With A Current/Voltage Module Factory Parameterization of SIMOCODE Modification Code MC MC2 MC3 MC4 MC5 MV MV2 MV3 MV4 MV5 MM0 Price Electrically Held to Mechanically Held Conversion Modules Class Enclosure type Contactor (Amp) Description LC Open,, 2, 4/4X 30 2-wire, 24VAC 2-wire, 0-20VAC 2-wire, VAC 3-wire, 24VAC 3-wire, 0-20VAC 3-wire, VAC Modification Code 2W 2W2 2W3 3W 3W2 3W3 a Supplied as NEMA 2, field convertible to NEMA 3R. b Surge Suppression for NEMA sizes 5 8 are supplied internal with the coil. A CPT must also be ordered to power the motor management device. Motor management may be ordered with other product classes as specials. 9/22 Product Category: NEMA

123 Factory Modifications Control Relays Enclosure Modification Description Class Type Code 4 NO R40 Control Relay 2 NO/2 NC All, 3, 4, 7, 9, 2 R22 4-Poles Max 4 NC R04 Under/Over Voltage, Phase Failure, Phase Sequence, Phase Unbalance All R Ground Fault Relay All R5 Electronic On Delay Relay (.5s 00h) 24V/20V All T Electronic On Delay Relay (.5s 00h) 24V/240V a T2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 2 Electronic Off Delay Relay (.5s 00s) 20V T3 Electronic Off Delay Relay (.5s 00s) 240V a T4 24 hour time clock T7 24 hour time clock with day omission LC, LE, CLM, CM All T8 7 day time clock T9 Compelling Relay A6 Acceleration Control 30, 32, 4, 2 A7 Deceleration Control A8 Meters Mounted on Enclosure Enclosure Modification Description Class Type Code Ammeter (includes a C.T. if necessary), 3, 4, 4X, 2 M Ammeter and Switch (3-Phase with 3 C.T. s) 4, 7, 8, 22,, 2 M2 Voltmeter 25, 26, 30, 32,, 3, 4, 4X, 2 M3 Voltmeter and Switch (3-Phase) 36, 37, 40, 43, 83,, 2 M4 Elapsed Time Meter 84, 87, 88, 3, 4, 4X, 2 M5 Function Identification Plates Description Class Modification Code Function identification plate, with marking as specified All N Terminal Blocks Description Class Modification Code 3 Point Terminal TC3 6 Point Terminal All TC6 9 Point Terminal TC9 Special Ratings Description Class Modification Code Service Entrance Rating Drawings 7, 8, 25, 26, 32, 37, 84 Description Class Approval/submittal and as-built drawings for factory modified product may be ordered. The drawing set includes an enclosure outline, a panel layout and a schematic. When entering the order, use the line item notes to reference a product and modifications or an existing order that the drawings are to be engineered for. Specify the contact information and an address in the ship to address field. Attach any reference drawings to the order or forward to National Customer Support. Once completed, the drawing set will ed. All N3 CONTROLDRAWING a Not available on Class 36, 37. b Price x 2 Class 83 and 84. c ETM available with 20V coil only. d For terminal point more than 9 terminals use additional suffixes. Max 3 suffixes can be selected. Product Category: NEMA e Class 30 and 32 can be modified with only an elapsed time meter. No other meters apply to class 30 or 32. 9/23

124 Overload Relay Heater Tables of Heater Elements for Overload Relays General Use only when motor full load current is not known. Motor amps will vary depending on the type and manufacturer of the motor. These average values, for motors with service factor of.5, are to be used only as a guide. The formulas at the bottom of the page may be used to obtain approximate amps for other motors. Note: RPM shown for 60 cycle motors. For 50 cycle motors, multiply RPM by Phase Full Load Current (60Hz) 50 Hz Syn Speed Hp RPM CAUTION: Actual motor amps may be higher or lower than the values listed below for a particular motor. For more reliable motor protection, select heater elements by using the full load motor nameplate amps. Single Phase motor full load amps of the same horsepower, voltage and speed vary over wide ranges. The following table conforms with table of the NEC. 3-Phase -Phase Full Load Current (60Hz) Hp Full Load Current (60Hz) 50 Hz Syn Speed Hp RPM Formula Approximate Full Load Amps for Other Motors 208 Volt Full Load Amp P 230 Volt current u 0% 2-Phase FLA P u the 3-Phase FLA 2-Phase, 3-wire current in common wire P.4 u that in the other 2 lines 25Hz 500 RPM, amps P amps of 60Hz, 3600 RPM 25Hz 750 RPM, amps P amps of 60Hz, 800 RPM Service factor.0 P amps u C 55 C motor P amps u 0.9 9/24

125 Overload Relay Heater Tables of Heater Elements for Overload Relays General To Select Heater Use b Product Class b Controller b Motor Amp b Phase No 4 C P 3 2 B C 8 Phase Class. Find heater table number below, using the Product Class, Controller and Phase. Heater table number is found in the column under the type of overload and phase. 2. Refer to the specified table and use the controller size and motor amps to select the heater catalog number. a. If motor amps are not known, an approximate value may be found on the previous page. These values should be used with caution and only when motor amps are not available. Heaters shown on the following pages provide a maximum trip rating of 25% of minimum motor amperes for 40 C motors (service factor.5). For other motors (service factor.0), select the next lower listed heater catalog number within the designated table which provides a maximum trip rating of approximately 5%. Overload relays do not provide protection against short circuits. To ensure proper coordination with short circuit protective device, select heaters from the information packaged with the control device. Heater Table Bimetal Standard Trip (Class 20) Bimetal Quick Trip (Class 0) Compensated Compensated E Heaters K Heaters Controller Green Reset Green Reset or Class Description Amperage Letter Ph 3Ph Ph 3Ph SMF Manual All See Page 9/26 Magnetic 4, 22 Non-reversing, 00-4 B J Reversing 7, 8 Combination 25, 26 Reversing Combination 30, 32 a Multi Speed 0-4 C-J , 84 Pump Controllers 87, 89 Motor Control Centers 48 Panel Mounted Overload Relay 25-80A D J ESP200 starters do not require heater elements. a Overload Relay Multi-Speed Each speed requires a separate set of overloads. The adjustment range must be selected on the basis of the full-load current for each particular speed. 9/25

126 Manual Control Heater Elements, Class SMF General Ordering Information Heater Elements Class SMF. Determine number of heater elements required from Table A. 2. Determine motor full load current and service factor. NOTE: If motor amps are unknown, an approximate value may be found on page 9/24. These values should be used with caution and only when motor amps are not available. 3. If the motor and controller are in the same ambient temperature: a. For.5 to.25 service factor motors use 00% of motor full load current for heater element selection. b. For.0 service factor motors use 90% of motor full load current for heater element selection. c. Heater elements are class If the motor and controller are in different ambient temperatures multiply motor full load current by the multiplier in Table B. Use the resultant full load current for heater element selection. 5. Select proper heater element from table below. 6. All tables are based on the operation of the motor and controller in the same ambient temperature, 40 C (04 F) or less. Always be certain the correct heater element is installed in the starter before operating the motor. Heater Motor Full-Load Current (Amps) SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH Table A of Heater Elements of Device Heater Elements Notes SMFF* SMFF*2 SMFF*3 SMFF*4 SMFF*5 SMFF*6 SMFF*22 SMFF*44 SMFF* SMFF*22 All single pole and two pole SMF starters require only Heater Element. 2 2 Duplex Unit. One Heater Element per starter. Two Speed Starter. One Heater Element per speed. Heater Motor Full-Load Current (Amps) SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH SMFH Table B Special Applications Heater Element Continuous Duty Motor Service Factor Ambient Temperature of Motor Constant 0 C Constant 0 C Same as (8 F) Higher (8 F) Lower Controller Than Controller Than Controller Ambient Ambient Ambient Full Load Current Multiplier.5 to /26 Product Category: NEMA

127 Overload Relay Heater Tables Full Load Motor Amps, Single Phase, Trip Class 20 Tables 23, 26 Table 23 for Class 4, 22 (-Phase) Full Load Amps Heater 00, 0, P 2, 2 2 No E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E76 Table 26 for Class 48 Full Load Amps Heater 48DA, 48GA 48HA 48JA No E E E E E E E E E E E E E7.0.0 E8 E9..2 E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E57 E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E07 Product Category: NEMA 9/27

128 Overload Relay Heater Tables Full Load Motor Amps, 3-Phase, Trip Class 20 Tables 233, 238 Table 233 for Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 83, 84, 87 (3-Phase) Full Load Amps Heater 00, 0, 3 4 2, 2 2 3, No E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E73A E E E E E E80 E E E E E E E E E E E0 E E E04 Table 238 for Class 48 Full Load Amps Heater 48DC 48GC 48HA 48JA No E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E9.0.0 E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E53 E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E73A E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E07 9/28 Product Category: NEMA

129 Overload Relay Heater Tables Full Load Motor Amps, Single Phase, Trip Class 0 Tables 33, 36 Table 33 for Class 4, 22 (-Phase) Full Load Amps Heater 00, 0, P 2, 2 2 No K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K76 Table 36 for Class 48 Full Load Amps Heater 48DA 48GA 48HA 48JA No K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K96 Product Category: NEMA 9/29

130 Overload Relay Heater Tables Full Load Motor Amps, 3-Phase, Trip Class 0 Tables 332, 335 Table 332 for Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 83, 84, 87 (3-Phase) Full Load Amps Heater 00, 0, 3 4 2, 2 2 3, No K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K92 K94 K96 Table 335 for Class 48 Full Load Amps Heater 48DC 48GC 48HA 48JA No K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K96 9/30 Product Category: NEMA

131 Replacement Parts Starters and Contactors AC Coils Ordering Information 4th character of starter or contactor catalog number indicates model. AC Coils For Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 83, 84, 87, 88 Model 60Hz 50Hz D73070J D73070F 0 20/ / D73070A P D73070D U (ESP200) D73070G D73070L / / D73070C D73070H D73070E D7325J D7325F 0 20/ / D7325A P D7325D 3, 3 2 U (ESP200) D7325G D7325L / / D7325C D7325H D7325E D703J D703F 20/ / D703A G D703D 4 U (ESP200) D703G D703L / / D703C D703H D703E RT966-5AB RT966-5AF RT966-5AM3 4, 5 V (Vacuum) RT966-5AP RT966-5AU RT966-5AV RT966-5AR RT966-5AT RT965-5AB RT965-5AF RT965-5AM3 5 P RT965-5AP RT965-5AU RT965-5AV RT965-5AR RT965-5AT RT975-5AB RT975-5AF RT975-5AM3 6 P RT975-5AP3 V (Vacuum) RT975-5AU RT975-5AV RT975-5AR RT975-5AT3 7 H ZAF ZAF H ZAF650-70a a Set of 2 coils. Recommend to change printed circuit board when changing coils. 49ZP650 see page 9/32. Product Category: NEMA 9/3

132 Replacement Parts Starters and Contactors DC Coils, Late Break Aux Contacts, Rectifiers, Contact Kits Ordering Information 4th character of starter or contactor catalog number indicates model. DC Coils for 00-4 require Late Break Interlock. DC Coils For Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 40, 43 Note: For sizes 7 & 8 contactors the AC coils are used for DC see page 9/29. Model DC 2 75D73070R 24 75D73070S 32 75D73070T P 48 75D73070U U (ESP200) 25 75D73070V D73070W 2 75D7325R 24 75D7325S 32 75D7325T 3, 3 2 P 48 75D7325U U (ESP200) 25 75D7325V D7325W D703U G 25 75D703V U (ESP200) D703W RT966-5AB3 4, 5 V (Vacuum) RT966-5AD RT966-5AF RT966-5AU3 Late Break Auxiliary Contacts Control Model Board for 8 Contactor Control Model Price 00 4 P, G, S, T 49AB0LB 8 H 49ZP650 Contact Kits Single Pole Stationary and Movable Contacts, Contact Spring a Model Description of Poles in Kit (4th position in part number) Internal Aux Contact ( ) P, U 75AF4 00 P, U 75BF4 0 P, U 75CF4 P, U 75DF4 3 4 P P, U 75EF4 2 P, U 75FP4 2 2 P, U 75GP4 3 P, U 75HF4 3 2 P, U 75IF4 4 G, T 75JG4 4 (Vacuum) 3 (Bottles) V, C 3RT964-6V Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 5 3 P 3RT966-6A 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 5 (Vacuum) 3 (Bottles) V, C 3RT966-6V 83, 84, 87, P 3RT976-6A 6 (Vacuum) 3 (Bottles) V, C 3RT976-6V 4, H 49ZL H 49ZL650 Armature and Magnet Kits AMSA AMSA3 4 49AMSA4 a On 3-phase controls, all 3-poles should be replaced - 3 kits required. 9/32 Product Category: NEMA

133 Replacement Parts Starters and Contactors Coil VA Ratings and Overload Relays Coil VA Ratings Device Type Contactor Amps of Poles Total Inrush VA Total Sealed VA 00 thru 2 / thru 3 / NEMA Starter ,5,6 (Vacuum) Lighting Contactor Mechanically Held (CLM) Lighting Contactor 30 ALL Electrically Held Held (LC) 20 ALL 3 and ALL 3 and Lighting Contactor 60 ALL Electrically Held Held (LE) 00 ALL ALL ALL ALL Overload Relays ab For Class 4, 7, 8, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 83, 84, 87 Half Ambient Comp Bimetal Model Poles () NC () NO/NC 00 P 48DC8AA3 3 48DC38AA3 48DC39AA3 P P 48EC8AA3 3 4 P 3 48EC38AA3 48EC39AA3 2 P 48GC8AA3 3 48GC38AA3 48GC39AA3 2 2 P 48GC8AA3 3 48GC38AA3 48GC39AA3 3 P 3 48HC38AA3 3 2 P 3 48HC38AA3 4 G 3 48JC38AA3 For Starter and Contactor replacement parts not found in this section, please refer to Field Modification kits found starting on page 9/03. a For replacement Solid State overload relays, please see the Overload Relay section found starting on page 9/64. b Includes overload mounting plate to be coupled to contactor mounting plate. Product Category: NEMA 9/33

134 Replacement Parts Lighting and Heating Contactors, Type LC, LE, CLM, CMF, CMN Power Pole Kits Class Enclosure type Contactor (Amp) Description No. LC Open,, 2, 4/4X 30 Single power pole Double power pole 49LCPPA 49LCPP2A Replacement Coil Kits Class Enclosure type Description No. LC 30 24V 60Hz / 20V 50Hz 5-20V 60Hz / 0V 50Hz V 60Hz V 60Hz / 220V 50Hz 277V 60Hz / 240V 50Hz 347V 60Hz V 60Hz / 440V 50Hz V 60Hz / 550V 50Hz LE 20, 30 NA NA 60 24VAC 50/60Hz 0VAC 50Hz / 20VAC 60Hz 208VAC 50/60Hz 220VAC 50Hz / 240VAC 60Hz 277VAC 60Hz 347VAC 60Hz 480VAC 60Hz 600VAC 60Hz 00 24VAC 50/60Hz 0VAC 50Hz / 20VAC 60Hz 208VAC 50/60Hz 220VAC 50Hz / 240VAC 60Hz 277VAC 60Hz 347VAC 60Hz 480VAC 60Hz 600VAC 60Hz 75LCC024A 75LCC20A 75LCC208A 75LCC240A 75LCC277A 75LCC347A 75LCC480A 75LCC600A 3RT9355AC2 3RT9355AK6 3RT9355AM2 3RT9355AP6 3RT9355AU6 3RT9355AW6 3RT9355AV6 3RT9355AT6 3RT9455AC2 3RT9455AK6 3RT9455AM2 3RT9455AP6 3RT9455AU6 3RT9455AW6 3RT9455AV6 3RT9455AT6 Replacement Contact Kits Class Enclosure type Description No. LC 30 NA NA LE 20, 30 NA NA AC Coils 20 Amps b contact kit includes 3 moving and 6 fixed contacts. Contactor 20V, 60Hz 240V, 60Hz 277V Type of Poles 0V, 50Hz 208V, 50Hz 50/60Hz 3RT935-6A 3RT945-6A 3RT956-6A 3RT965-6A 3RT975-6A CLM CLM 20 Amp 2 2 CLM CLM CLM AC Coils Amps c CLMC4C20 CLMGU3C20 Contactor Type of Poles 24V AC 20V AC 208V AC 220/240V AC 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC 2 3-Pole CLMC4C024 CLMC4C20 CLMC4C208 CLMC4C240 CLMC4C277 CLMC4C480 CLMC4C600 CLM C 30 Amp 4-Pole CLMC4C024 CLMC4C20 CLMC4C208 CLMC4C240 CLMC4C277 CLMC4C480 CLMC4C600 5-Pole CLMC5C024 CLMC5C20 CLMC5C208 CLMC5C240 CLMC5C277 CLMC5C480 CLMC5C Pole CLMD3C024 CLMD3C20 CLMD3C208 CLMD3C240 CLMD3C277 CLMD3C480 CLMD3C600 CLM D 60 Amp 4-Pole CLMD5C024 CLMD5C20 CLMD5C208 CLMD5C240 CLMD5C277 CLMD5C480 CLMD5C600 5-Pole CLMD5C024 CLMD5C20 CLMD5C208 CLMD5C240 CLMD5C277 CLMD5C480 CLMD5C600 CLM E 2 3-Pole CLME3C024 CLME3C20 CLME3C208 CLME3C240 CLME3C277 CLME3C480 CLME3C600 00, Pole CLME5C024 CLME5C20 CLME5C208 CLME5C240 CLME5C277 CLME5C480 CLME5C600 Amp 5-Pole CLME5C024 CLME5C20 CLME5C208 CLME5C240 CLME5C277 CLME5C480 CLME5C600 CLM G 300/400 Latching Coil Amp 2 3-Pole CLMGL3C20 CLMGL3C208 CLMGL3C240 CLMGL3C277 CLMGL3C480 CLMGL3C600 Unlatch Coil 2 3-Pole CLMGU3C20 CLMGU3C208 CLMGU3C240 CLMGU3C277 CLMGU3C480 CLMGU3C600 Control Module Rectifier c Type Device Contactor of Poles CLM CLM C to CLM F Amps All CLMKCMR a Product Category: IEC. b Coil kits for 20 amp CLM contactors include the coil clearing auxiliary contact. c For amp CLM contactors, in the event that either the coil or the control module fails, it is recommended that both be replaced. 9/34 Product Category: NEMA

135 Replacement Parts Lighting Contactors, CLM, CMB, CMF & CMN Ordering Information For CLM: 5th character of contactor catalog number indicates Frame. For CMB, CMF, CMN: 4th character of contactor catalog number indicates Frame. Main Contacts 20 Amp Lighting Contactors CLM Contactor of Type Poles Location CLM 20 Amp 2 Top or Bottom CLM Top CLM Top or Bottom CLM Top or Bottom CLM Main Contacts Amp Lighting Contactors Frame Contactor of Type Poles Auxiliary Contact Blocks 20 Amp Lighting Contactors b Contactor Type Contacts CLM C D 20 Amp Frame Contactor Contact Type Configuration CLM 30 Amp 60 Amp CLM E 00 Amp F G H 200 Amp 300 Amp 400 Amp Auxiliary Contact Blocks Amp Lighting Contactors CLMFCAK C to F b G to H a 2 CLMCCK02 3 CLMCCK03 4 CLMCCK04 5 CLMCCK05 2 CLMDCK02 3 CLMDCK03 4 CLMDCK04 5 CLMDCK05 2 CLMECK02 3 CLMECK03 4 CLMECK04 5 CLMECK05 2 CLMFCK02 3 CLMFCK03 4 CLMFCK04 5 CLMFCK05 2 CLMGCK02 3 CLMGCK03 2 CLMHCK02 3 CLMHCK03 Form C NO, NC Contact CLM Form C NO, NC Contacts CLM Amps Amps NO and NC CLMFCAK 2 NC CLMFCAK02 2 NO CLMFCAK20 Coil Clearing CLMFCCK NO and NC NO and NC CLMHCAK 2 NC CLMHCAK02 2 NO CLMHCAK20 Coil Clearing CLMHCCK NO and NC a Maximum block per contactor. b Maximum 2 blocks per contactor. 9/35

136 Replacement Parts Miscellaneous Replacement Handle Assemblies and Disconnect Mechanisms Enclosure Types, 3R, 4, 4X Stainless Steel & 2 Handle Assembly Only Handle Assembly and Disconnect Mechanism Class Disconnect (Amps) Enclosure 7, 25, 32, 84, 87, CM, LE 30, 60 & 00 75D D , & 60 75D D , 25, 32, D D All Standard and Extra-wide s 37, 88, CM, LE D D D D , 25, 37, 87, 88, CM, LE 400 & D D Motor Circuit Interrupter (Amps) Handle Assembly Only Handle Assembly and Disconnect Mechanism Class Enclosure 8, 26, 32, CM, LE 3-25 (24 H x W x 8 D), (24 H x 20 W x 8 D) 75D D , 26, (36 H x 24 W x 8 D) 75D D , 26, & D D , 26, 37, 87, 88, CM D D D D D D All Standard s D D , D D , 84, 88, CM D D D D Quarter Turn Assemblies Description Class Enclosure Type, 3/3R & 2 75D Quarter-Turn Latch 7, 8, 25, 26, 32, 87 & 88 4 & 4X 75D /36 Product Category: NEMA

137 Manual Control Class SMF, MMS Dimensions Class SMF and MMS Open Type NEMA Type 3R, 4 and 2 (Top and Bottom) Class SMF atypes FO, P, 2, 2P (with toggle operator) Class MMS atypes KO, A, B, 2, 2B, 2C (with toggle operator) NEMA Type B General Purpose Flush Mounting Device Class Type Fractional HP Starter Motor Starting Switch SMF MMS FWN, P, FWN2, 2P FWN3, 3P, FW4, 4P KWN, A, B, KWN2, 2B, 2C KWN3, 3A, 3B, KWN4, 4B, 4C NEMA Type 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure Type of Dimensions in Inches (mm) Device Operator Type A B C Class SMF Fractional HP Starter Class MMS Motor Starting Switch Toggle Key Toggle Key FF, P, 2, 2P FS, P, 2, 2P (37) (70) (4) FSJP, 2P (37) (89) (33) FF3, 3P, 4, 4P FS3, 3P, 4, 4P (37) (70) (4) FSJ3P, 4P (37) (89) (33) KF, A, B, 2, 2B, 2C KS, A, B, 2, 2B, 2C (44) (70) (4) KSJA, B, 2B, 2C (44) (89) (33) KF3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C KS3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C (44) (70) (4) KSJ3A, 3B, 4B, 4C (44) (89) (33) NEMA Type General Purpose Surface Mounting Enclosures Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D E F G H I (76) (70) (28) (6) (95) (9) (08) (6) (20) Device Class Type Fractional HP Starter SMF FW, P, 2, 2P Motor Starting Switch MMS KW, A, B, 2, 2B, 2C Standard Class SMF and MMS Types FG & KG (Single-Unit) Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Dimensions are in inches (mm). Oversized Class SMF and MMS Types FGJ & KGJ (Single-Unit) a Dimensions typical for key operator devices. Jumbo MMSKE Knock-Out On Back and Sides 9/37

138 Manual Control Class SMF, MMS Dimensions NEMA Type 7 and 9 Cast Aluminum Enclosure Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D G H (0) (46) (35) (6) () (30) Device Class Type Fractional HP Starter SMF FR, FR2 Motor Starting Switch MMS KR, KR2 NEMA Type General Purpose Enclosure For Two Unit Devices Type of Device Operator Class Type One Starter Toggle SMF FG02, 02P Key SMF FG04P Two Starters Toggle SMF FG222, 222P Key SMF FG44P One Starter and Toggle SMF FG7, 7P, 72, 72P One Sel. Switch a Key SMF FG74P Reversing Switch b KG, A, B, 22, 22A, Toggle MRS 22B, 22C Two Speed Starter Toggle SMF FG, P, 22, 22P Two Speed Switch Toggle MMS KG, A, B, 22, 22B, 22C NEMA Type B General Purpose Flush Mounting For Two Unit Devices Type of Device c Operator Class Type A B C D FF22, 22P (33) (95) (33) (37) Toggle SMF FS22P Two (6) (89) (4) (37) Starters FF44P (33) (95) (33) (37) Key SMF FS44P (6) (89) (4) (37) FF7, 7P, 72, 72P (33) (9) (33) (5) One Toggle SMF Starter FS7P, 72P (6) (89) (4) (5) and One Selector FF74P Switch d (33) (95) (33) (5) Key SMF FS74P (6) (89) (4) (5) KF, A, B Reversing Toggle MRS KF22, 22A Switch (33) (95) (33) (44) 22B, 22C Two Speed Toggle SMF FF, P, 22, 22P (33) (95) (33) (37) Switch Two KF, A, B Speed Toggle MMS 22, 22B, 22C (33) (95) (33) (37) Switch Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Dimensions are in inches (mm). a Selector switch is on the left, increases overall depth to 3.50 in. (89 mm). b Only one pilot light (located on right) is used on MRS switches. c Dimensions include factory wired power connections. d Selector switch is on the left, extends.62 in. (4 mm) from mounting surface. 9/38

139 Manual Control Class - 3RV Dimensions 3RV02 Class - NEMA Enclosure Class - NEMA 7 & 9, 3 & 4, and NEMA 7 & 9 Enclosure /2 NPT 3/4 - NPT /2-3/4 NPT /2-3/4 NPT 3/4 NPT /2-3/4 NPT /2-3/4 NPT 3/8 Mounting Screw /2-3/4 NPT /4 Mounting Screw Typ. (3) Places /2-3/4 NPT /4 NPT 6.97 /2-3/4 NPT 3/4 - NPT Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. 9/39

140 Heavy Duty Motor Starters Solid State Overload, Class 4 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 C C D2 B.50 B.50 C C D2 B.50 B C L C L A D E J A D J L M M E D G M M L K E D B2 G Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 C C D2.50 B B C C.50 B B E2 D2 C L C L A J J D A D L M M K D E G M M L K D E G Open Type Solid State Overload Mounting Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Screw Reset Dimensions Figure A B B B2 C C D D D2 E E E2 G J K L M M # (89) (89) (46) (95) (89) (65) (5) (5) (59) (25) (42) (5) (82) (87) # (207) (89) (46) (7) (02) (96) (94) (5) (5) (25) (74) (2) (5) (99) (03) (248) (4) (7) (32) (8) (234) (37) (7) (8) (6) (24) (2) (5) (03) (07) (28) (4) (7) (46) (8) (263) (37) () (8) (8) (6) (237) (2) (5) (03) (07) (324) (45) (75) (27) (80) (20) (9) (33) (60) (90) (236) (80) (30) (9) Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. 9/40

141 Heavy Duty Motor Starters & Contactors Ambient Compensated Bimetal Class 4 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 C C D2.50 B B C C D2 B B.50 LC CL A J D A J L 3 PHASE SINGLE PHASE L D K 3 PHASE SINGLE PHASE M M G E M M G E D FIGURE 6/92 DRAWING # 5672 Figure 3 FIGURE 2 6/92 DRAWING Figure 4# D B B D2 C C C C D2.50 B B E LC A D J J D A L L R E S E T G E D B2 M M M M E D G B2 FIGURE 3 6/92 DRAWING # D73358 Open Type Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload FIGURE 4 6/92 DRAWING D70098 Mounting Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Screw Reset Dimensions Figure A B B C C D D D2 E E G J K L M M # (89) (89) (46) (99) (89) (65) (4.8) (25) (37) (4) (75) (7) # (23) (89) (46) (02) (96) (97) (5) (4.8) (25) (60) (9) (4) (82) (78) (27) (4) (7) (29) (8) (235) (37) (7) (8) (6) (98) (3) (86) (83) (305) (4) (7) (46) (8) (263) (37) () (8) (8) (6) (223) (3) (92) (89) Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. 9/4

142 Reversing & Multispeed Heavy Duty Starters Solid State Overload Class 22, 30 Dimensions Figure Figure.50 D Figure 3 Figure 2 Figure 2 B C B B C B Figure 3 B C C B D C.50 D.50 C J A D J J A D CL D A CL CL L K K M G B2 L M E K B2 M G K K K E M M G M E Figure 4 FigureFigure 55 Figure 4 B B B.50 C E D C E.50 C C D J A J D D A L L K K G B K K M M G Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 6 Figure 7 C B E.50 C B E C D C.50 D L3 J A D A J D L K K G M B L M K K M G B M Class 22 Reversing & Class 30 2 Speed/2 Winding Figure Outline Dimensions A B B B2 C 00 ¾ 2 2½ 3 3½ C Mounting Dimensions D D E Mounting Screw Reset Dimensions G J K K L M M #0 #0 # Mounting Screw Reset Dimensions G J K K L M M #0 #0 #0 # Class 30 2 Speed/ Winding Figure Outline Dimensions A B B B2 C C Mounting Dimensions D D E 00 ¾ 2 2½ 3 3½ Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. Dimensions are in inches (mm). 9/42

143 NC R E S E T 2 X M N A R T P I T T 2 3 NC R E S E T X 2 2 T M N A R T P I I I Reversing & Multispeed Heavy Duty Starters Ambient Compensated Bimetal Overload Class 22, 30 Dimensions Figure a Figure b.50 B B C L.50 D C C.50 B B C L.50 D C C C L C L C L C L J J D A D A NC R E S E T X 2 M A N T R P I NC R E S E T X 2 M A N T R P L NC R E S E T X 2 M A N T R P I NC R E S E T X 2 M A N T R P L T T2 T 3 T T 2 T 3 T T2 T 3 T T 2 T 3 K K E B2 G THIS OVERLOAD USED ON MULTISPEED STARTERS ONLY M M K K E B2 G THIS OVERLOAD USED ON MULTISPEED STARTERS ONLY M M Figure 2 Figure 3 B B E C Figure A - 6/94 DRAWING D73286 D C B Figure B B - 6/94 DRAWING D73286 E C D C.50 L L A D J J D A L R E S E T R E S E T RES E T RES E T L K K G M M K K G M M Figure 4 B B FIGURE 2 6/94 DRAWING # D74445 D C C Figure 5 B FIGURE B 3 6/94 DRAWING # D7486 D C C.50 C L C L C L L L J A J D A T T D R E S E T R E S E T L L T 3 K K E G M M K K E G M M Class 22 Reversing & Class 30 2 Speed/2 Winding with Bimetal Overload FIGURE 5-6/94 DRAWING # D74483 FIGURE 4 6/94 DRAWING # D73293 Mounting Mounting Outline Dimensions Screw Dimensions Reset Dimensions Figure A B B B2 C C D D E G J K K L M M 00 ¾ a # ½ b # ½ # Class 30 2 Speed/ Winding with Bimetal Overload Mounting Mounting Outline Dimensions Screw Dimensions Reset Dimensions Figure A B B B2 C C D D E G J K K L M M 00 ¾ a # ½ ½ Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. Dimensions are in inches (mm). 9/43

144 Heavy Duty Contactors Class 40 Dimensions Full Voltage Open Type NEMA Contactor 00-8 Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Open Type Mounting Mounting 3rd Character Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw of No. a Fig A B B B2 C D D E G C, D, E 4.3 (0) 3.94 (00) 4.25 (08) 4.75 (2) 3.75 (70) 3.94 (00) 0.9 (5).00 (25) # F,G 4.88 (24) 3.94 (00) 4.25 (08) 4.00 (02) 4.50 (4) 0.9 (5).00 (25) # H, I 6.3 (56) 5.3 (30) 5.50 (40) 5.06 (29) 5.63 (43) 0.25 (6) 0.75 (9) 0.25 (6) 4 J 7.8 (98) 5.9 (32) 5.50 (40) 5.75 (46) 6.56 (67) 0.8 (2) 0.75 (9) 0.5 (3) 5 L (20) 5.7 (45) 6.89 (75) 8.54 (27) 7.09 (80) 4.72 (20) 0.35 (9) 6 M (24) 6.3 (60) 7.48 (90) 9.29 (236) 7.09 (80) 5.2 (30) 0.35 (9) 7 N (357) 8.27 (20) 9.53 (242) 9.80 (249) 2.83 (72) 0.25 (6) 8 P (392) 7.23 (438) 0.56 (268) 2.28 (32) 5.35 (36) 0.35 (9) Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. Dimensions are in inches (mm). a 3rd character of catalog number identifies contactor rating. 9/44

145 Magnetic Reversing Contactors Class 43 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Open Type Horizontal Mounted Mounting Mouning Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw Fig. A B B C C D D E F G (95) 7.75 (97) 9.25 (235) 3.88 (98) 7.25 (84) 0.25 (6) 3.63 (92) #0 2, (227) 7.75 (97) 9.25 (235) 4.56 (6) 8.5 (26) 0.25 (6) 3.63 (92) # (29) 0.94 (278).50 (292) 5.9 (32) 0.75 (273) 0.38 (6) 5.3 (30) (26) 0.94 (278).50 (292) 6.25 (59) 7.8 (98) 0.38 (6) 5.3 (30) (459) 4.20 (36) 9.44 (240) 7.20 (437) 9.6 (244) (295) 8.88 (480) 9.45 (240) 0.85 (276) 7.44 (89) 0.44 (265) 0.7 (272) 7.72 (450).8 (30) Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. Dimensions are in inches (mm). 9/45

146 Overload Relays & Current Transformers Solid State Overload Dimensions Dimensions A Frame ESP200 Solid State Overload Overload ( Amps), SIRIUS 3RB20 Dimensions A Frame ESP200 Solid State Overload Dimensions Frame A Frame A Frame B mm in. mm in. mm in. A B C Dimensions B Frame ESP200 Solid State Overload D E F G H I J K L M N O P Current Transformers (all CT s have the same dimensions) R S T Note: When mounted on a plate, torque screws to lb.in. (.2 Nm). 9/46

147 Overload Relays Panel Mounted Class 48 Bimetal Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Mounting Reset Mounting Max Approx Outline Dimensions Dimensions Dimensions Amp Screw Wire Ship Wt Ref Description Rating Fig A B C D E J K L G Lbs (Kg) Dwg -Pole (89) 7 8 (22) (8) 3 (76) 2 (3) 3 4 (44) 3 4 (9) 8 (3) #0 8 2 () D5820 Bimetal (24) 7 8 (22) (8) 3 (76) 2 (3) (9) 8 (3) #0 2 () D5830 Ambient (24) 4 (32) (90) 3 2 (89) 9 6 (4) (3) 8 (3) # () D5833 Compensated (5) 4 (32) (90) 3 2 (89) 9 6 (4) 3 (76) 2 (3) 8 (3) #0 250 MCM 4 (2) D52206 Mounting Reset Mtg Max Approx Outline Dimensions Dimensions Dimensions Amp Screw Wire Ship Wt Ref Description Rating Fig A B C D E J K K K2 L G Lbs (Kg) Dwg 3-Pole (92) 3 6 (78) 3 8 (79) 3 (76) 2 (38) 4 (32) 3 6 (46) 3 6 (5) #0 8 3 () D5479 Bimetal (98) 3 6 (78) 3 8 (79) 3 (76) 2 (38) 4 (32) 3 6 (46) 3 6 (5) #0 2 3 () D54823 Ambient (24) (3) (90) 3 2 (89) 5 8 (4) (62) 9 6 (4) 5 6 (49) 2 (5) 8 (3) # (2) D5868 Compensated (65) (3) (90) 3 2 (89) 5 8 (4) 3 (76) 9 6 (4) 5 6 (49) 2 (5) 8 (3) #0 250 MCM 5 (2) D52038 Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Dimensions in inches (mm). 9/47

148 Lighting & Heating Contactors Class LC Open Contactors Dimensions 9/48

149 Lighting & Heating Contactors Open Contactors, Class LE Dimensions LEN00B (20A 3 Pole and 4 Pole) LEN00C003 (30A 3 Pole) LEN00C004 (30A 4 Pole) /49

150 Lighting & Heating Contactors Open Contactors, Class LE Dimensions LEN00D003 (60A 3 Pole) LEN00E003 (00A 3 Pole) 22,5 22, SIEMENS , LEN00C006 (30A 6 Pole) LEN00D006 (60A 6 Pole) 9/50

151 Lighting & Heating Contactors Open Contactors, Class LE Dimensions LEN00C009 (30A 9 Pole) LEN00D009 (60A 9 Pole) LEN00C02 (30A 2 Pole) LEN00D02 (60A 2 Pole) 9/5

152 9 Lighting & Heating Contactors Open Contactors, Class LE Dimensions LEN00F003 (200A 3 Pole) SIEMENS LEN00G003 (300A 3 Pole) SIEMENS LEN00H003 (400A 3 Pole) SIEMENS /52

153 Lighting & Heating Contactors Mechanically / Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CLM Dimensions CLM Contactor, 20 Amp Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 G A B C D E F Figure is representative and may not depict the actual number of contactors mounted on the plate. There will be either 2 or 3 contactors. Furthermore, each contactor may have 3, 4 or 5 poles. Open Type Lighting and Heating Contactors Class CLM Figure 2 3 Amp Rating of Poles A B C D E F G (84).65 (42) 3.95 (00) 4.38 () 0.23 (6) 4.6 (7).50 (38) (06) 2.09 (53) 3.95 (00) 4.38 () 0.23 (6) 4.6 (7).50 (38) 60 2, (84).65 (42) 3.95 (00) 4.38 () 0.23 (6) 4.94 (25).50 (38) 60 4, (29) 2.53 (64) 3.95 (00) 4.38 () 0.23 (6) 4.94 (25).50 (38) 00 2, (7) 2.3 (59) 6.00 (52) 6.62 (68) 0.38 (0) 6.75 (7).88 (48) 00 4, (84) 3.62 (92) 6.00 (52) 6.62 (68) 0.38 (0) 6.75 (7).88 (48) 200 2, (7) 2.3 (59) 6.00 (52) 6.62 (68) 0.38 (0) 6.75 (7).88 (48) 200 4, (84) 3.62 (92) 6.00 (52) 6.62 (68) 0.38 (0) 6.75 (7).88 (48) 30 6, (96) 0.3 (8) 5.25 (29) 5.87 (44) 0.3 (8) 4.86 (9) 7.38 (8) 30 9, 0, 2.75 (289) 0.3 (8) 5.25 (29) 5.87 (44) 0.3 (8) 4.86 (9).3 (273) (96) 0.3 (8) 5.25 (29) 5.87 (44) 0.3 (8) 5.9 (27) 7.38 (8) 60 8, 9, 0.75 (289) 0.3 (8) 5.25 (29) 5.87 (44) 0.3 (8) 5.9 (27).3 (273) (40) 0.3 (8) 5.25 (29) 5.87 (44) 0.3 (8) 5.9 (27) 6.3 (395) Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Dimensions in inches (mm). 9/53

154 Lighting Control Mechanically Latched 300 and 400 Amps, Class CLM Dimensions CLM Contactors 300 Amp CLM Contactors 400 Amp Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Dimensions in inches (mm). 9/54

155 Industrial Control Power Transformers Class MT Dimensions For the latest CAD or PDF dimension drawings, look on our website at products/control-circuit-components/control-power-transformers/ Pages/dimensional-drawings.aspx 9/55

156 Industrial Control Power Transformers Class MTG Dimensions For the latest CAD or PDF dimension drawings, look on our website at products/control-circuit-components/control-power-transformers/ Pages/dimensional-drawings.aspx 9/56

157 Heavy Duty Motor Starters & Contactors Enclosed, Class 4, 40 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 View is typical for bottom and top NEMA General Purpose Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) a Mounting Max Approx Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Screw Conduit CPT Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 K4 K5 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg w/o CPT (279) (63) 5 32 (28) (209) (7) (5) D w/o CPT (344) (202) (62) 0 4 (260) 6 (52) (7) D (00VA) (486) 3 8 (289) 7 6 (95) (397) 8 4 (20) (2) D (300VA) (632) (340) 8 8 (206) (552) 9 (229) (7) D (300VA) 5 40 (06) 20 (508) (279) (956) 5 4 (387) (36) D , 7 (300VA) 5 48 (29) 20 (508) 2 2 (37) (48) 0 (254) (44) D (200) 22 (559) 3 (330) 78 (98) 8 (457) 275 (25) D NEMA General Purpose Enclosure (Extra wide for use with CPT) a Mounting Max Approx Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Screw Conduit CPT Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 K4 K5 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (200VA) (486) 3 8 (289) 7 6 (95) (397) 8 4 (20) (2) D (200VA) (486) 3 8 (289) 7 6 (95) (397) 8 4 (20) (2) D (250VA) (632) (340) 8 8 (206) (552) 9 (229) (7) D68870 Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. a Clamshell enclosure 00-4; Standard width and Extra wide. 9/57

158 RES RESET ET Heavy Duty Motor Starters & Contactors Enclosed, Class 4, 40 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 G G A D B G K2 K E K3 C MAX Typical view top and bottom NEMA 4X Fiberglass Enclosures (Standard width for use with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (37).880 (302) (75) (38) (248) 4 (4.9) (604) (604) (75) (62.7) (539.7) 4 28 (2.7) NEMA 7/9/3/4 Hazardous Location Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg w/o CPT (387) (272) (254) (26) 9.25 (32) (4.9) (0 3 4 w/ CPT) (45) (373) (264) (270) (337) (27.0) (45) (373) (264) (270) (337) (27.0) (729) (45).750 (298) (467) (400) (63.5) (038) (58) 4 7/8 (377) 29 (373) (533) (59) NEMA 7/9/3/4 Hazardous Location Enclosure (Extra wide for use with CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg 0 2 a (45) (373) (264) (270) (337) (27.0) NEMA 2/3/3R Industrial Use Enclosure (Standard width for use without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (330) (97) (38) (3) (27) 4 2 (5) D (406) 8.25 (206) (54) (387) (27) 4 8 (8) D (660) 3.25 (333) (92) (64) (254) 4 49 (22) D4552 NEMA 2/3/3R Industrial Use Enclosure (Extra wide for use with CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (330) (32) (37) (3) (254) 4 30 (4) D (406) (337) 6.25 (56) (387).000 (279) 4 33 (5) D (660) 3.25 (333) (92) (64) (254) 4 49 (22) D (738) (589) (235) (700) (508) (29) D (06) (508).000 (279) (04) (254) 3 8 D , (29) (508) (37) (244) (254) 3 8 D (200) (559) (330) (98) (457) (25) D NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosure (Standard width for use without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (330) (97) (38) (3) (27) (8) D (406) 8.25 (206) (54) (387) (27) 4 36 (6) D (660) 3.25 (333) (92) (64) (254) 4 67 (30) D455 NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosure (Extra wide for use with CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (330) (32) (37) (3) (254) 4 30 (4) D (406) (337) (52) (387).000 (279) 4 33 (5) D (660) (457) (92) (64) (254) 4 67 (30) D (737) (589) (235) (699) (508) (29) D (Painted) (06) (508).000 (279) (04) (254) 3 8 D , 7 (Painted) (29) (508) (37) (244) (254) 3 8 D (Painted) (200) (559) (330) (98) (457) (25) D Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. a Used for addition of only CPT on size 2 2. If pilot devices are needed, use size enclosure. 9/58

159 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Enclosed, Class 7, 8 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 H Typical view top and bottom H Typical view top and bottom /2 X 3 /4 Knockout 6.00 (56) X /4 Knockout B C /2 X 3 /4 /2 X 2 Knockout /2 X 2 Knockout Knockout E B D C G A G A E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 3 E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 Figure 3 Figure H Typical view top and bottom /2 X 2 Knockout E /2 X 3 /4 /2 Knockout X 2 Knockout B D C G A E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 NEMA Standard Width 0 6 Mounting Approx Outline Dimensions Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (60) (279) 8 (203) 6.25 (56) 2.25 (54) 2.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 35 (6) D /2, 3 (except 200A Disc) 2 24 (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.25 (54) 2.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 48 (22) D (200A Disc.), 3 /2, (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 4.00 (356) 5.00 (27) (85) 5.00 (27) 0 (46) D (833) 20 (508).03 (280) 7 (803) 6 (406) 250 (3) D (200) 22 (559) 3 (330) 78 (98) 8 (457) 275 (25) D NEMA Extra Wide 0 3 Mounting Approx Outline Dimensions Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.25 (54) 2.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 48 (22) D , (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 4.00 (356) 5.00 (27) (85) 5.00 (27) 0 (46) D /59

160 Combination Heavy Duty Starters Enclosed, Class 7, 8 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure (40) B C E B D C E B D C H G A AGH AGH E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 3 Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 Figure 4 Figure 5 C D A Mounting Hole for /4" screw E B Mounting Holes for No. 0 Screws Qty. 4 NEMA 2/3/3R/4 (Painted), 4/4X (Stainless) Standard Width 0 6 Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (60) (279) 8 (203) 6.00 (52) 2.50 (64) (654) (680) 35 (6) D /2, 3 (except 200A Disc) 2 24 (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.50 (64) (654) (680) 48 (22) D (200A Disc.), 3 /2, (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 2 (305) 6.00 (52) (959) (984) 0 (46) D (Painted) (833) 20 (508).03 (280) 7 (830) 6 (406) 250 (3) D (Painted) (200) 22 (559) 3 (330) 78 (98) 8 (457) 275 (25) D NEMA 2/3/3R/4 (Painted), 4/4X (Stainless) Extra Wide 0 3 Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.50 (64) (654) (654) 49 (22) D , (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 2.00 (305) 6.00 (52) (959) (984) 02 (46) D56033 NEMA 4X Fiberglass Standard Width 0 4 Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (603) 4.62 (37) 7.2 (8) (62) 2.20 (30) 42 (9) (603) (603) 8.50 (26) (6) 2.30 (54) 44 (20) (000) (750) 2.20 (30) (040) (70) 55 (25) Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 9/60

161 RESET Combination Heavy Duty Starters Enclosed, Class 8 Dimensions Figure RESET OFF TRIP ON A D RES ET B G (Qty. 4) K2 C MAX K E K3 Typical view bottom and top NEMA 7 & 9, 3, 4 Standard Width 0 4 Mounting Mounting Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw Conduit Approx Ship Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Wt Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (44) 4.69 (373) 0.38 (264) 0.63 (270) 3.25 (337) (27) (78) 7.75 (45).9 (284) 8.38 (467) 5.75 (400) (72) (89) (508).50 (292) (572) 7.75 (45) (3) (038) (58) (378) 29 (737) 2.75 (552) (63) Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. 9/6

162 RESET Reversing Heavy Duty Starters & Contactors Enclosed, Class 22, 43 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 G A D RES ET B K2 C MAX K E K3 View is typical for bottom and top NEMA General Purpose Enclosure (Standard width for use with and without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Mounting Dimensions Screw Conduit Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 K4 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (200 VA) 9 8 (486) 3 8 (289) 7 6 (95) (397) 8 4 (20) (4) D (300 VA) (632) (340) 8 8 (206) (552) 9 (229) (24) D (300 VA) 40 (06) 20 (508) (279) (956) 5 4 (387) (36) D , 7 (300 VA) 48 (29) 20 (508) 2 2 (37) (48) 0 (254) (44) D NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosure (with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (330) (32) (37) 2 4 (3) 0 (254) 4 30 (4) D (406) 3 4 (337) 6 (52) 5 4 (387) (279) 4 33 (5) D (w/o CPT) (637) (437) (87) (68) 4 (356) 4 53 (24) D (w/ CPT) (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (29) D (Painted) 40 (06) 20 (508) (279) 4 (04) 0 (254) 3 8 D , 7 (Painted) 48(29) 20 (508) 2 2 (37) 49 (244) 0 (254) NEMA 7/9/3/4 Hazardous Location Enclosure (with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (78) 6 4 (43) 9 4 (235) (467) (400) (89) 8 4 (464) (243) 22 2 (572) (45) Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 9/62

163 Reversing Heavy Duty Starters & Contactors Enclosed, Class 22, 43 Dimensions Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure POINT MOUNTING FOR.3 SCREWS DOOR OPEN 90 A B C B A.38 HOLE DIA. FOR PADLOCK K K2 K A COMB. K.O. s FOR.00,.25,.50, 2.00, OR 2.50 CONDUIT B COMB. K.O. s FOR.00,.25, OR.50 CONDUIT C COMB. K.O. s FOR 0.50 OR 0.75 CONDUIT View is typical for bottom and top NEMA 2/3/3R Industrial Use Enclosure (with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (330) (32) (37) 2 4 (3) 0 (254) 4 30 (4) D (406) 3 4 (337) 6 8 (56) 5 4 (387) (279) 4 33 (5) D (w/o CPT) (637) (437) (87) (68) 4 (356) 4 53 (24) D (w/ CPT) (738) (589) 9 4 (235) (700) 20 (508) (29) D (06) 20 (508) (279) 4 (04) 0 (254) 3 8 D (300 VA CPT max.) 7 48 (29) 20 (508) 2 2 (38) (62) 0 (254) 4 NEMA 4X Fiberglass Enclosure (with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (604) 4.68 (373) 6.89 (75) (579) (35) (604) (604) 6.89 (75) (579) (579) 4 38 Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 9/63

164 RES RESET ET RESET OFF TRIP ON Combination Reversing Heavy Duty Starters Enclosed, Class 25, 26 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure H Typical view top and bottom H Typical view top and bottom E /2 X 2 Knockout /2 X 3 /4 Knockout B D /2 X 2 Knockout C /2 X 2 Knockout E /2 X 3 /4 Knockout B D /2 X 2 Knockout C G G A A E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 E B D C A D AGH B Mounting Holes for 3/8" screws Qty. 4 K2 C MAX Typical view top and bottom Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 K E K3 NEMA Standard Width 0 6 Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.25 (54) 2.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 60 (27) D (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 4.00 (356) 5.00 (27) (85) 5.00 (27) 2 (55) D (Painted) (833) 20 (508).03 (280) 7 (803) 6 (406) 250 (3) D (Painted) (200) 22 (559) 3 (330) 78 (98) 8 (457) 275 (25) D NEMA 2/3/3R/4 (Painted), 4/4X (Stainless) Standard Width 0 6 Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 3.50 (90) (654) (654) 63 (29) D (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 2 (305) 6.00 (52) (959) (984) 24 (56) D (Painted) (833) 20 (508).03 (280) 7 (803) 6 (406) 250 (3) D (Painted) (200) 22 (559) 3 (330) 78 (98) 8 (457) 275 (25) D NEMA 4X Fiberglass 0 4 Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (604) (373) (75) (62.7) (3) (8) (604) (604) (75) (62.7) (539.7) (2.7) NEMA 7/9/3/4 Hazardous Location 0 4 Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (729) (45).750 (298) (467) (400) (63.5) Contact Sales Office Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 9/64

165 Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Enclosed, Class 30 Dimensions Figure Figure a Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 K K2 K3 A D A D G E B G E B C C K K2 K3 2 Speed Winding NEMA General Purpose Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Approx Screw Conduit Ship Wt Fig A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg w/o CPT 9 8 (486) 3 8 (289) 7 6 (95) (397) 8 4 (20) (2) D (200 VA) a (632) (340) 8 8 (206) (552) 9 (229) (24) D (406) 7.3 (435) 7.63 (94) 5.25 (387) 4 (355) (20) D (465) 2.9 (538) 7.38 (87) 7.56 (446) 8 (457) (27) D (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (28) D NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) w/o CPT 3 3 (330) (32) (37) 2 4 (3) 0 (254) 4 34 (5) D w/ CPT 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 47 (2) w/o CPT 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 47 (2) w/ CPT (637) (437) (87) (68) 4 (355) 4 55 (25) (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (28) D (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (28) D NEMA 2/3/3R Industrial Use Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) w/o CPT 3 3 (330) (32) (37) 2 4 (3) 0 (254) 4 34 (5) w/ CPT 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 47 (2) D w/o CPT 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 47 (2) D w/ CPT (637) (437) (87) (68) 4 (355) 4 55 (25) (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (28) D NEMA 4X Fiberglass Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) (604) (604) (75) 4 28 (3) (000) (750) 2.60 (320) Speed 2 Winding NEMA General Purpose Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Approx Screw Conduit Ship Wt Fig A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg w/o CPT 9 8 (486) 3 8 (289) 7 6 (95) (397) 8 4 (20) (4) D (200 VA) a (632) (340) 8 8 (206) (552) 9 (229) (24) D w/o CPT a (632) (340) 8 8 (206) (552) 9 (229) (24) D68870 NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) w/o CPT 3 3 (330) (32) (37) 2 4 (3) 0 (254) 4 34 (5) w/ CPT 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 4 (9) w/o CPT 3 6 (406) 3 4 (337) 6 (52) 5 4 (387) (279) 4 4 (9) w/ CPT 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 4 (9) w/o CPT (637) (87) (87) (68) 4 (355) 4 55 (25) w/ CPT 3 29 (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (28) D (737) (589) 9 4 (235) 27 2 (699) 20 (508) (28) D NEMA 2/3/3R Industrial Use Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) w/o CPT 3 3 (330) (32) (37) 2 4 (3) 0 (254) 4 34 (5) w/cpt 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 4 (9) D w/o CPT 3 6 (406) 3 4 (337) 6 8 (56) 5 4 (387) (279) 4 4 (9) w/cpt 3 6 (406) 7 8 (435) (94) 5 4 (387) 4 (355) 4 4 (9) D w/o CPT (637) (87) (87) (68) 4 (355) 4 55 (25) 3 4 w/cpt (738) (589) 9 4 (235) (700) 20 (508) (28) D NEMA 4X Fiberglass Enclosure (Standard width for use with or without CPT) (604) (604) (75) 4 28 (3) (000) (750) 2.60 (320) Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 9/65

166 Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters Enclosed, Class 32 Dimensions Figure Figure H Typical view top and bottom H Typical view top and bottom E /2 X 2 Knockout /2 X 3 /4 Knockout B D /2 X 2 Knockout C /2 X 2 Knockout E /2 X 3 /4 /2 Knockout X 2 Knockout B D C G G A A E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 E D Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 Figure 4 Figure 3 E B D C AGH Mounting Holes for /4" Screws Qty. 4 NEMA Standard Width 0 4 Outline Dimensions Mounting Approx Dimensions Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg ( Winding) 24 (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.25 (54) 2.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 68 (3) D ( Winding) 2 36 (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 4.00 (356) 5.00 (27) (85) 3.50 (90) 7 (32) D , (2 Winding) 24 (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.25 (54) 2.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 35 (6) D (2 Winding) 2 36 (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 4.00 (356) 5.00 (27) (85) 3.50 (90) 38 (63) D68774 NEMA 2/3/3R/4 (Painted), 4/4X Stainless Standard Width ( Winding) 4 24 (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.50 (64) (654) (680) 68 (3) D ( Winding) 4 36 (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 2 (305) 6.00 (52) (959) (984) 7 (32) D , (2 Winding) 4 24 (60) 20 (508) 8 (203) 5.00 (38) 2.50 (64) (654) (680) 35 (6) D (2 Winding) 4 36 (94) 24 (60) 8 (203) 2 (305) 6.00 (52) (959) (984) 38 (63) D68774 Nema 4X Fiberglass 0 4 Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Approx Ship Wt Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg (604) (373) (75) (63) (3) 4 8 (8) (604) (604) (75) (63) (540) 4 28 (3) Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 9/66

167 Reduced Voltage Starters Class 36, 37, 82 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 B H C K C L Handle (Optional) (4).687 Dia Holes D A Restricted Area for Auto Transformer D A E G Mounting Hole for /4" screw E B J Class 36, 37, NEMA, 4, 4X, 2/3R, Combination and Non-combination Reduced Voltage Part Winding & Wye Delta AutoTransformer Circuit Disconnect Breaker Figure A B C D E G H I J K L 3 /4 2 / / / /32 42 / /2 2 /2 3 /2 3 3 / / /32 54 / / / / , 6 5, 6 5, / /6 2 6 /2 23 /40 /8 8 3 /40 3 Class 82 size /4-20 x/2" SCREW O.D. FLANGED 26.3 CONDUIT OPENING.375,.700, 2.000, ECCENTRIC KNOCKOUT.25,.385,.750, ECCENTRIC KNOCKOUT (2 PLACES) 5.02 MOUNTING HOLES FOR 5/6" HARDWARE 5.08 ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES START BUTTON HAND-OFF-AUTO SELECTOR SWITCH Class 82 /2, 2 9/67

168 Duplex Heavy Duty Controllers Class 83, 84 Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 A Class 83 Non-Combination Type Mounting Mounting Approx Enclosure Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw Conduit Ship Wt Type Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 K4 K5 Lbs NEMA 2, NEMA 2 2, NEMA 4/4X b 2, Class 84 Combination Type Mounting Mounting Approx Enclosure Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw Conduit Ship Wt Type Figure A B C D E G K K2 K3 K4 K5 Lbs NEMA NEMA 4(painted), X, a Dimensions may vary for size 3 & 4 stainless steel enclosures. b NEMA 4 Painted, 4X Stainless Steel. 9/68

169 Pump Control Panels Class 87, 88 Dimensions Outline Drawings Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 F F B E C C F B Opening for Conduit Hub "P" C A D G Mounting Hole for /4" screw D A F E B Figure 4 A D G B H C K L Handle (Optional) L M L N Mounting Holes For 5/6" Hardware A H I J K J (4).687 Dia Holes D F E G Class 87 Standard and Vacuum Starter Pump Panel Conduit Knockout Hub Figure A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P 2½ 28½ 20 8 / / 2 8 /2 /2 4 /2 / 2 x 3 / 4 / 4 x 3/ 4 x / ½ / /6 5 /6 5 7 /6 3 / 32 x 2 5 / 7 32 / 8 x / 8 2 / / / / / / / /8 4 (Vac) / / / /32 20 /4 2 / / / /32 Class 88 Reduced Voltage Pump Panels Part Winding & Wye Delta RVAT Fusible Circuit Disconnect Breaker Figure A B C D E F H I J K L 2 2½ 2 2½ / / / / 6 3 3½ 2½ 3½ 3 3½ / / / / / / / / 8 5, 6 5, 6 5, / 4 / 2 / 8 8 / 6 3 Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales Office for dimensions not listed. 9/69

170 Lighting Contactors Enclosed Contactors, Class LC and LE Dimensions Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Enclosure Type Contactor Rating (Class LC and LE) Fig. Outline Dimensions Mounting Conduit A B C D E K K2 K3 K4 K5 LE 20/30A 3-4P without CPT with CPT LC 30A 2-2P, LE 60A 3P LE 30/60A 6-2P, LE 00A 3P LE A 3P LC 30A 2-2P, LE 20A 3-4P, LE 30A 3-9P, LE 60A 3-9P, LE 00A 3P LE 30/60A 2P LE A 3P /3R & 4/4X without CPT LE 20A 3-4P, LE 30/60A 3-9P, LE 00A 3P, LC 30A 2-2P LE 30/60A 2P LE A 3P LE 20/30A 3-4P, LE 60A 3P /3R & 4/4X with CPT LC 30A 2-2P LE 30/60A 6-2P, LE 00A 3P LE A 3P Enclosure Type, 2 & 4/4X with and without CPT Type (Class LE) Fusible and Non-fusible Disconnect Contactor Outline Dimensions Rating Fig. A B C 20 60A A A A Circuit Breaker 20-00A Dimensions are in inches. ) G designates 0.25" mounting screw. 2) Enclosures shown in figure have lift-off covers. All other enclosures have hinged covers. 9/70